m ,u\ PC s) > ^ rn x4\osv^x ^ ^ ^ 2: co '" — x 01 IAN“lNSTlTUT!ONWNOIiniIlSNl“NVINOSHlllAJS S3 ! HVH 9 II L1 B RAR 1 ES^SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION j 5 \ ^ ^ 1 A 1 V § < V a X o - >• 1 \ I s ^ s ^ 1 IWSWS3llivaanZLIBRARIEs"sMITHS0NIAN INSTITUTION NOIiniliSNI_NVINOSHllWS S3 I d VS a H co ^ = to ” m — X - — - UJ /»)5\ a XiixSN ui HAN^JNSTITUTION^NOlinill.SNI^NVINOSH.LIWS S3 I iJViJQ n^LIBRAR I ES ^SMITHSONIAN ^INSTITUTION 5 .. C _£*/ S O . “ xS^EI5cX c LIWS^SB I HVH 9 n” LI B R AR I ES^SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION N0I101I1SNI NVIN0SH1IINS S3 I HVH S ST w 5 ,*'■ gj 5 ■ s < s sw S t s VM# i m - w = = HAN**" INSTITUTION^NOIlfUllSNI NWINOSHIIWS^ S3 I HVH 0 H LI B RAR I ES SMITHSONIAN __ SNSTITU1 ION <0 rz co -?■ _ r? *’ — q \Oai pc I ISAIS^SB I H VH 8 IT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIlfllllSNI NVIN0SH1IIAIS^S3 I H VH 8 11 5 , _ r- ^ ^ Z [I ^ - \. O o ™ XTSg^oX H ftN ro 03 PD > .67 33 ^^yStS^o/ — jn *• " •■ m Xt^os;^/ co XjvAst^y' m HAN~INSTITUTI0N%0linillSNl“NVIN0SHllWSMS3 I H VH 8 IT ~LI B RAR 1 ES^SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION W Z 52 5* \ 3? 5F _ W =■* ' ' 5 |- S -ST § '■=*=“' = IMS*0 S3 i HVH a n^LI BRAR I ES^SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOlinillSM^NVINOSHlMS^SB I HVH a H CO ~ CO = ^ - 2 X . . .^rr^. fjr o “ ' o __ 'NIAN^lNSTITUTION^NOlinillSNI^NVINOSHIHAIS^Sa I H VH Q I^L I B R A R I £S^ SMITHSONIAN^INSTITUTION ✓SwsovX O ~ O Xv^vTTx m — di 03 m xa'.o^ ^ xoiiiissx m ^ z z " ^ IIItAJS^Sa I HVH a n~LI B RAR I ESC/>SMITHSONiAN"lNSTITUT!ON^NOIinillSNI NVINOSHlIWS^Sa I HVH 3 ! y ..... <73 co — X CO o m ^2* 1 I IS N I ~~ NVI N0SH1I i/NJS S3 I aVd 8 1 1 L ! B RAR I ES^SMITHSONIAN^INSTITUTIOn"* NOIinillSN!“NVINOSHlI Z CO 2 **’. W «5S> 05 2 2 o to H§> t %*«^y £ v^r 5 " ■'v - 5 > *AR I ES^SMITHSONIAN^ INSTITUTION "NOliniliSNi NVINOSHillAIS^S 3 ! H V H 0 11^ L 1 B R A R 1 E s SMITHSON! s ^ 2 ^ -j, . CO ^ . ^ ^ * CO ^ m tu ✓SSvST'v CO X<3I°Nt O ^ O Jl!lSNI^NVIN0SHilWS“S3 I HVH 8 ll^LI B RAR I ES^SMITHSONIANJNSTITUTION z NOliniliSNI^NVINOSHlII ro 5 /Sd^\ - 05 30 > m '"V^” ~ rn n^osh5?/ £0 m Xl^osv^X m CO = to 5 C/5 — co R\RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOSiniULSN! NV1N0SH1IWS SBiavaail LIBRARIES SMITHSONI 2 » w 2 co 5 > <5 _ S < A 2 2 < >v 5 to O 2 > ' s N ‘ 2 |lllSNI_NVIN0SHHWSt/>S3 I H VH 8 H^LI B RAR I ES^SMITHSONIAN^JNSTITUTION NOliniliSNi NVINQSH1II — “ CO . — to — CO ^ "v O X^osv\>y _ O RORIES SMITHSONIAN”lNSTITUTION NOIlfUllSNI^NVINOSHlIWS^SBiyvaan^UBRARIES SMITHSONI i^jc^ ” m rn . , CO 5 to - - - _ ■liisni nvinoshhins saiavaan libraries Smithsonian institution NOliniliSNi nvinoshiii IsA /Mfc § >// yV’i J% J%- I y.,J ^ 3 CO J ^ > ^ «= Y _ __ _ rR!ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOliniliSNi NVINOSHJLIWS^Sa I a va a LI B RAR ! ES^SMITHSONIi -v-. y> 2 ™ £0 = ___ CO ^'Nx ^ ,• ,, .« co M W UJ o LI-liSNI^NVINOSHimS^Sa I ava a n^LI B RAR I ES^SMiTHSOMAN^INSTITUTlON^NOIiniliSNllWlNOSHlII/ ° 2 JiUk* m 2 CO — to “ w ~ CO ' “ ' ^RR 1 ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOliniliSNi NVINOSHil^S S3 1HVaail LIBRARIES SMITHSONI ^2 _ ^ 2 ^ CO 2 to 2 „CO s 3 s 5 mm*, s \iw,^ 5 BULLETIN V OP THE VOL. XXIII, FOR 19 0 3. 3? XL IR, T X _ GEORGE M. BOWERS, Commissioner. Issued July 29, 1905. WASHINGTON: GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. 4 . ' fV’. THE AQUATIC RESOURCES OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. s BY DAVID STARR JORDAN ANb BARTON WARREN EVERMANN. Part I.— THE SHORE FISHES. in LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS, COLORED PLATES. PLATE I. Facing page. Echidna nebulosa (Ahl) 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 29 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE II. Synodus varius (Lacepede) 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 10 inches long, collected at the Hawaiian Islands by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE III. Parexocoetus brachypterus (Sol under) 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 7 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE IV. Hoiotrachys lima (Cuvier & Valenciennes) 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE V. Myripristis murdjan (Forskal) 574- Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 8 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE VI. Myripristis chryseres Jordan & Evermann 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 50629, U.S.N.M., a specimen 9 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE VII. Flammeo scythrops Jordan & Evermann 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 5063 , U.S.N.M., a specimen 9.25 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE VIII. Holocentrus spinifer (Forskal) 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 15 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. Holocentrus leo Cuvier & Valenciennes on the plate. PLATE IX. Holocentrus xantherythrus Jordan & Evermann 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 50635, U.S.N.M., a specimen 6 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. V VI BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. PLATE X. Facing page. Holocentrus diadema (Lacepede) 574 Painting by Kako Morita from a specimen 6.1 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE XI. ' ' Holocentrus ensifer Jordan & Evermann 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 8.5 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901 ; not the type, as labeled. PLATE XII. Caranx speciosus (Forskal) - 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 16 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE XIII. Amia menesema (Jenkins) 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 6 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. Apogon menesemus Jenkins on the plate. PLATE XIV. Pikea aurora Jordan & Evermann 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 50675, U.S.N.M., a specimen 6.2 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE XV. Odontanthias fuscipinnis (Jenkins) 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 8 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. Anthias fuscipinnis Jenkins on the plate. PLATE XVI. Apsilus brighami (Seale) 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 10 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE XVII. Etelis marshi (Jenkins) 574 Painting by A. II. Baldwin from a specimen 13 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. Eteliscus marshi Jenkins on the plate. PLATE XVI II. Etelis evurus Jordan & Evermann 574 Painting by A. II. Baldwin from the type, No. 50662, U.S.N.M., a specimen 12.5 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE XIX. Erythrichthys schlegeli Gunther 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 12 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE XX. Sectator azureus Jordan & Evermann 574 Painting by Kako Morita from the type, No. 50664, U.S.N.M., a specimen 15.25 inches long, collected at Heeia, Oahu Island, by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE XXL Pseudupeneus chrysonemus Jordan & Evermann 574 Painting by A. II. Baldwin from the type, No. 50666, U.S.N.M., a specimen 6.75 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. VII PLATE XXI], Facing page. Pseudupeneus multifasciatus (Quoy & Gaimard) . 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 12 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE XXIII. Lepidaplois strophodes Jordan & Evermann 574 Painting by A.H. Baldwin from a specimen 4.7 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE XXIV. Lepidaplois albotaeniatus (Cuvier & Valenciennes) 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 8.3 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann . in 1901. Lepidaplois bilunulatus (Lacepede) on the plate. PLATE XXV. Verriculus sanguineus Jordan & Evermann. 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 50677, U.S.N.M., a specimen 7.5 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE XXVI. Stethojulis albovitta a (Kolreuter) 574 Painting by Kako Morita from a specimen 4.6 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE XXVII. Julis pulcherrima (Gunther) 1 574 Painting by C. B. Hudson from a specimen 8.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE XXVIII. Julis flavovittata Bennett 574 Painting by Kako Morita from a specimen 2 inches long, collected at Laysan Island by the Albatross in 1902. PLATE XXIX. Julis eydouxi Cuvier & Valenciennes 574 Painting by A. II. Baldwin from a specimen 11.25 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Ever- mann in 1901. PLATE XXX. Julis greenovii Bennett 574 Painting by Kako Morita from a specimen 3.5 inches long, collected at Samoa by Jordan and Kellogg in 1902. PLATE XXXI. Coris venusta Vaillant & Sauvage 574 Painting by C. B. Hudson from a specimen 6 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. Hemicoris venusta (Vaillant & Sauvage) on the plate. PLATE XXXII. Coris ballieui Vaillant & Sauvage 574 Painting by A. II. Baldwin from a specimen 10 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. Hemicoris tallieui (Vaillant & Sauvage) on the plate. PLATE XXXIII. Cheilio inermis(Forskal) 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 10 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. VIII BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. PLATE XXXIV. Facing page. Thalassoma fuscum (Lacepede) _ 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 9.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermaiin in 1901. Thalassoma purpureum (ForskSJ) on the plate. PLATE XXXV. Thalassoma duperrey (Quoy & Gaimard) 574 Painting by C. B. Hudson from a specimen 6.75 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermanu in 1901. PLATE XXXVI. Gomphosus tricolor Quoy & Gaimard 574 Painting by C. B. Hudson from a specimen 8 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE XXXVII. Pseudocheilinus octotaenia Jenkins 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 4.1 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE XXXVIII. Cheilinus bimaculatus Cuvier & Valenciennes 574 Painting by C. B. Hudson from a specimen 5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE XXXIX. Hemipteronotus baldwini Jordan & Evermann . 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 50644 U.S.N.M., a specimen 8.5 inches long, collected at Hono- lulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE XL. Novaculichthys woodi Jenkins 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 6.2 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE XLI. Novaculichthys kallosoma ( Bleeker) 574 Painting by Kako Morita from a specimen 2.4 inches long, collected at Samoa by Jordan and Kellogg in 1902. PLATE XLII. Iniistius pavoninus (Cuvier & Valenciennes) 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 13 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE XLI II. Callyodon lauia (Jordan & Evermann) 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 50648, U.S.N.M., a specimen 14 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE XLI V. Pseudoscarus jordani Jenkins. . 574 Painting by Kako Morita from a specimen 15 inches long, collected at the Hawaiian Islands by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE XLV. Antigonia steindachneri Jordan & Evermann 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 6.2 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. IX PLATE XLYI. Facing page. Forcipiger longirostris (Broussonet) 574 Painting by Kako Morita from a specimen 5.6 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE XLVII. Chaetodon setifer (Bloch) 574 Painting by A. II. Baldwin from a specimen 4.75 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE XL VIII. Chaetodon miliaris (Quoy & Gaimard) 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 4.2 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE XLIX. Chaetodon quadrimaculatus Gray 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE L. Chaetodon unimaculatus Bloch 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 5.25 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Ever- manu in 1901. PLATE LI. Chaetodon fremblii Bennett 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 6.5 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE LII. Chaetodon trifasciatus Mungo Park 574 Painting by Kako Morita from a specimen 6 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE LII I. Chaetodon ornatissimus Solander 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 4.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE LIV. Chaetodon lunula (Lacepede) 574 Painting by A. PI. Baldwin from a specimen 5.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE LV. Heniochus acuminatus (Linnaeus) 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 6.75 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. Heniochus macrolepidotus (Linnteus) on the plate. PLATE LVI. Holacanthus bispinosus Gunther 574 Painting by Kako Morita from a specimen collected at Samoa by Jordan and Kellogg in 1902. PLATE LVI I. Zanclus canescens ( Linnseus) - 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 4.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE LVIII. Hepatus achilles (>Shaw) 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 8.4 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. X BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. PLATE LIX. Facing page. Zebrasoma flavescens (Bennett) 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 5.3 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE LX. Callicanthus lituratus (Forster) 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 11 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. Aca"thurus unicornis (Forskal) on the plate. PLATE LXI. Balistes vidua Solander 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 8.75 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE LXII. Balistapus aculeatus (Linnaeus) 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 8.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE LXIII. Balistapus rectangulus (Bloch & Schneider) 574 Painting by C. B. Hudson from a specimen 7.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE LXI V. Melichthys radula (Solander) 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 9 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE LXV. Stephanolepis spilosomus (Lay & Bennett) 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 5.4 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE LX VI. Tetraodon hispidus Linnaeus 574 Painting by C. B. Hudson from a specimen 9 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE LXVII. Paracirrhites forsteri (Bloch & Schneider) 574 Painting by C. B. Hudson from a specimeu 7 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE LXVII I. Paracirrhites cinctus (Gunther) 574 Painting by C. B. Hudson from a specimen 3.75 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE LXIX. Paracirrhites arcatus (Cuvier & Valenciennes) 574 Painting by C. B. Hudson from a specimen 4.2 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. PLATE LXX. Cirrhites marmoratus (Lacepcde) - 574 Painting by C. B. Hudson from a specimen 7 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. XI PLATE LXXI. Facing page. Scorpaenopsis cacopsis Jenkins - 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 12 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Everma.m in 1901. PLATE LXXII. Scopaena ballieui Vaillant & Sauvage - - 574 Painting by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 3.3 inches long, collected at Honolulu by .Jordan and Evermann in 1901. Sebastapistes ballieui (Vaillant & Sauvage) on the plate. PLATE LXXIII. Dendiochirus barberi Steindachner 574 Painting by C. B. Hudson from the type of D. hudsoni Jordan & Evermann, a specimen 4 inches long, col- lected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. Map of the Hawaiian Islands 574 BLACK AND WHITE PLATES. PI. 1. Carcharias melanopterus Quoy & Gaimard 38 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from a specimen 31 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 2. Carcharias phorcys Jordan & Evermann 39 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50612, U.S.N.M., a specimen 27.5 inches long, col- lected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 3. Fig. 1. Carcharias insularum Snyder 40 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50859, U.S.N.M., a specimen 84 inches long, collected at Station 3815, off Diamond Head, Oahu Island, by the Albatross in 1902. 3. Fig. 2. Carcharias nesiotes Snyder 40 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50860, U.S.N.M., a specimen 60 inches long, collected at French Frigate Shoals by the Albatross in 1902. 4. Fig. 1. Dasyatis hawaiensis Jenkins 48 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, a specimen 6.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 4. Fig. 2. Dasyatis sciera Jenkins 48 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, a specimen 41 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 5. Fig. 1. Veternio verrens Snyder 80 Drawing by Sekko Shimada from the type, No. 50862, U.S.N.M., a specimen 11 inches long, collected at Honolulu by the Albatross in 1902. 5. Fig. 2. Sphagebranchus flavicaudus Snyder 80 Drawing by Sekko Shimada from the type, No. 50863, U.S.N.M., a specimen 13 inches long, collected at Station 3874, between Maui and Lanai islands, by the Albatross in 1902. 6. Microdonophis fowleri Jordan & Evermann •. 82 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 50613, U.S.N.M., a specimen 23 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 7. Brachysomophis henshawi Jordan & Snyder 84 Drawing by Sekko Shimada from the type, No. 51399, U.S.N.M., a specimen 20 inches long, collected at Honolulu by E. L. Berndt in 1902. 8. Fig. 1. Callechelys luteus Snyder 86 Drawing by Sekko Shimada from the type, No. 50864, U.S.N.M., a specimen 31.5 inches long, collected at Station 3821, off southern coast of Molokai, by the Albatross in 1902. 8. Fig. 2. Moringua hawaiiensis Snyder 86 Drawing by Kako Morita from the type, No. 50865, U.S.N.M., a specimen 12 inches long, collected at Honolulu by the Albatross in 1902. XII BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION Facing page. PI. 9. Muraena kailuae Jordan & Evermann 88 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 50614, U.S.N.M., a specimen 19 inches long, collected at Kailua by Goldsborough and Sindo in 1901. 10. Enchelynassa bleekeri Kaup 90 Drawing by Sekko Shimado from a specimen 53 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 11. Enchelynassa vinolentus (Jordan & Evermann) 91 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 50615, U.S.N.M., a specimen 29 inches long, collected at Kailua by Goldsborough and Sindo in 1901. 12. Gymnothorax laysanus (Steindachner) 94 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 4.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan . and Evermann in 1901. 13. Fig. 1. Gymnothorax waialuae Snyder 98 Drawing by Sekko Shimada from the type, No, 50870, U.S.N.M., a specimen 4 inches long, collected at Waialuse, Oahu Island, by the Albatross in 1902. 13. Fig. 2. Europterygius leucurus Snyder 98 Drawing by R. L. Hudson from the type. No. 50871, U.S.N.M., a specimen 4.5 inches long, collected at Station 3874, between Maui and Lanai islands, by the Albatross in 1902. 14. Fig. 1. Gymnothorax mucifer Snyder 98 Drawing by Kako Morita from the type, No. 50868, U.S.N.M., a specimen 26.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by the Albatross in 1902. 14. Fig. 2. Gymnothorax xanthostomus Snyder 98 Drawing by Sekko Shimada from the type, No. 50869, U.S.N.M., a specimen 36 inches long, collected at Honolulu by the Albatross in 1902. 15. Fig. 1. Gymnothorax nuttingi Snyder 98 Drawing by Kako Morita from the type, No. 50866, U.S.N.M., a specimen 29 inches long, collected at Honolulu by the Albatross in 1902. 15. Fig. 2. Gymnothorax berndti Snyder 98 Drawing by R. L. Hudson from the type, No. 50867, U.S.N.M., a specimen 35 inches long, collected at Honolulu by the Albatross in 1902. 16. Gymnothorax undulatus (Lacepede) 98 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 35 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 17. Gymnothorax flavimarginatus (Riippell) __ 98 Drawing by C. B. Hudson from a specimen 23 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. Type of Gymnothorax tlialassopterus Jenkins. 18. Gymnothorax hilonis Jordan & Evermann 102 Drawing by Kako Morita from the type, No. 50618, U.S.N.M., a specimen 9.5 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 19. Gymnothorax pictus (Ahl) 104 Drawing by C. B. Hudson from a specimen 27.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 20. Echidna zebra (Shaw) I 106 Drawing by C. B. Hudson from a specimen collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 21. Echidna zonophaea Jordan & Evermann 109 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the. type, No. 50621, U.S.N.M., a specimen 21 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 22. Scuticaria tigrina (Lesson) - 112 Drawing by C. B. Hudson from a specimen 40 inches long collected at the Hawaiian Islands by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. XIII Facing page. PL 23. Hippocampus hilonis Jordan & Evermann 119 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 58626, U.S.N.M., a specimen 6 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 24. Exonautes gilberti Snyder 134 Drawing by Sekko Shimada from the type, No. 50872, U.S.N.M., a specimen 10.2 inches long, col- lected between Stations 3799 and 3800 by Albatross in 1902. 25. Cypsilurus atrisignis Jenkins 136 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50713, U.S.N.M., a specimen 13.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 26. Myripristis symme. rices Jordan & Evermann 151 Drawing by C. B. Hudson from the type, No. 50632, U.S.N.M., a specimen 5.5 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 27. Myripristis argyromus Jordan & Evermann 154 Drawing by C. B. Hudson from the type, No. 50631, U.S.N.M., a specimen 9 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1902. 28. Holoccnfrus ensifer Jordan & Evermann 165 Drawing by C. B. Hudson from the type, No. 50637, U.S.N.M., a specimen 6.25 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 29. Promethichthys prometheus (Cuvier & Valenciennes) 178 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 17 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 30. Decapterus sanctae-helenae (Cuvier & Valenciennes) 186 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the type of D. canonoides Jenkins, No. 5 846, U.S.N.M., a specimen 9 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Dr. A. B. Wood in 1899. 31. Carangus elacate Jordan & Evermann 190 Drawing by Kako Morita from the type, No. 50638, U.S.N.M., a specimen 27 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 32. Carangus helvolus (Forster) 196 Drawing by Sekko Shimada from a specimen 15 inches long, collected at Honolulu by the Albatross in 1902. 33. Fig. 1. Carangus cheilio Snyder 196 Drawing by Sekko Shimada from the type, No. 50873, U.S.N.M., a specimen 28.5 inches long, col lectecl at Honolulu by the Albatross in 1902. 33. Fig. 2. Carangoides ajax Snyder 200 Drawing by Sekko Shimada from the type, No. 50874, U.S.N.M., a specimen 39 inches long, collected at Honolulu by the Albatross in 1902. 34. Fig. 1. Collybus drachme Snyder 203 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50875, U.S.N.M., a specimen 3.5 inches long, collected at Station 4176, off Niihau Island, by the Albatross in 1902. 34. Fig. 2. Amia erythrinus (Snyder) 203 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 60876, U.S.N.M., a specimen 1.9 inches long, collected in Puako Bay, Hawaii, by the Albatross in 1902. 35. Mionorus waikiki (Jordan & Evermann) 210 Drawing by Kako Morita from the type, No. 50640, U.S.N.M., a specimen 2.2 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 36. Amia snyderi (Jordan & Evermann) 214 Drawing by Kako Morita from the type. No. 50640, U.S.N.M., a specimen 5.25 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 37. Ariomma lurida Jordan & Snyder 218 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 51400, U.S.N.M., a specimen 7.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by E. L. Berndt in 1902. F. C. B. 1903— ij XIV BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION Facing page. PL 38. Etelis evurus Jordan & Evermann 242 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50662, U.S.N.M., a specimen 12.5 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 39. Upeneus arge Jordan & Evermann 264 Drawing by C. B. Hudson from the type, No. 50667, U.S.N.M., a specimen 8.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 40. Abudefduf sindonis (Jordan & Evermann) 272 Drawing by Kako Morita from the type, No. 50669, U.S.N.M., a specimen 3.75 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 41. Thalassoma aneitense (Gunther) 304 Drawing by Sekko Shimada from a specimen 6 inches long, collected at Honolulu by the Albatross in 1902. 42. Fig. 1. Cirrhilabrus jordani Snyder ,-=■ : 316 Drawing by C. B. Hudson from the type, No. 5087C U.S.N.M., a specimen 3.15 inches long, collected at Station 3876, between Maui and Lanai islands, by the Albatross in 1902. 42. Fig. 2. Hemipteronotus jenkinsi Snyder 316 Drawing by Sekko Shimada from the type, No. 50879, U.S.N.M., a specimen 10 inches long, collected in Puako Bay, Hawaii, by the Albatross in 1902. 43. Pseudocheilinus evanidus Jordan & Evermann 317 Drawing by G. B. Hudson from the type, No. 50678, U.S.N.M., a specimen 3.25 inches long, collected at Hilo b.y Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 44. Callyodon dubius (Bennett) 350 Drawing by Sekko Shimada from a specimen 6.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by the Albatross in 1902. 45. Callyodon bennetti (Cuvier & Valenciennes) 352 Drawing by Kako Morita from a specimen 5.16 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Dr. T. D. Wood in 1898. 46. Fig. 1. Chaetodon corallicola Snyder 374 Drawing by Sekko Shimada from the type, No. 50880, U.S.N.M., a specimen 2.6 inches long, collected at Station 4032, off Diamond Head, Oahu Island, by the Albatross in 1902. 46. Fig. 2. Holacanthus fisheri Snyder 374 Drawing by Sekko Shimada from the type, No. 50881, U.S.N.M., a specimen 3 inches long, collected at Station 4032, off Diamond Head, Oahu Island, by the Albatross in 1902. 47. Hepatus umbra (Jenkins) 387 Drawing by Kako Morita from the type, a specimen 7.2 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jor- dan and Evermann in 1901. 48. Stephanolepis pricei Snyder 421 Drawing by Kako Morita from the type, No. 50882, U.S.N.M., a specimen 2.5 inches long, collected at Station 4021, vicinity of Kaui Island, by the Albatross in 1902. 49. Lagocepbalus oceanicus Jordan & Evermann 425 Drawing by Kako Morita from the type, No. 59820, U.S.N.M., a specimen 5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 50. Canthigaster psegma (Jordan & Evermann) 434 Drawing by Kako Morita from the type, No. 50885, U.S.N.M., a specimen 3.75 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 51. Ostracion oahuensis Jordan & Evermann 443 Drawing by Kako Morita from the type, No. 50668, U.S.N.M., a specimen 5.6 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 52. Lactoria schlemmeri Jordan & Snyder 444 Drawing by Sekko Shimada from the type, No. 8440, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus., a specimen 4 inches long, collected off Laysan Island by Max Schlemmer in 1902. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. XV Facing page. PL 53. Lactoria schlemmeri Jordan & Snyder 444 Drawing by Sekko Shimada from the type, No. 8440, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus., a specimen 4.15 inches long, collected at Laysan Island by Max Schlemmer in 1902. 54. Cheilodactylus vittatus Garrett 447 Drawing by Sekko Shimada from a specimen 5.25 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Dr. Julius Rosenstern. 55. Merinthe macrocephalus (Sauvage) - 461 Drawing by Chloe Lesley Starks from a specimen 10.75 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 56. Scorptenopsis gibbosa (Bloch & Schneider) 468 Drawing by Sekko Shimada from a specimen 9.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by the Albatross in 1902. Type of Scorpsmopsis calocala Jordan & Evermann. 57. Gobiomorphus eugenius (Jordan & Evermann) 483 Drawing by C. B. Hudson from the type, No. 50674, U.S.N.M., a specimen 2 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 58. Gnatholepis knighti Jordan &-Evermann 488 Drawing by Chloe Lesley Starks from the type, No. 50653, U.S.N.M., a specimen 2.25 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 59. Gobiopterus farcimen Jordan & Evermann 482 Drawing by Chloe Lesley Starks from the type, No. 50654, N.S.N.M., a specimen 1.1 inches long, col- lected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 60. Vitraria clarescens Jordan & Evermann 486 Drawing by C. B. Hudson from the type, No. 50655, U.S.N.M., a specimen 12 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 61. Fierasfer umbratilis Jordan & Evermann 505 Drawing by Kako Morita from the type, No. 50656, U.S.N.M., a specimen 7.6 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 62. Engyprosopon arer.icola Jordan & Evermann 515 Drawing by Kako Morita from the type, No. 50658, U.S.N.M., a specimen 2.5 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 63. Antennarius laysanius Jordan & Snyder 520 Drawing by Sekko Shimada from the type, No. 8439, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus., a specimen 4 inches long, collected off Laysan Island by Max Schlemmer in 1903. 64. Antennarius drombus Jordan & Evermann 521 Drawing by Kako Morita from the type, No. 50659, U.S.N.M., a specimen 1.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 65. Fig. 1. Antennarius nexilis Snyder 522 Drawing by Kako Morita from the type, No. 50883, U.S.N.M., a specimen 4.1 inches long, collected at Honolulu by the Albatross in 1902. 65. Fig. 2. Antennarius duescus Snyder 522 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50884, U.S.N.M., a specimen 1.6 inches long, collected at Station 3872 by the Albatross in 1902. TEXT FIGURES. Page. 1. Amphioxides pelagicus (Gunther) 33 After Gunther, Zool. Challenger, Report Pelagic Fishes, pi. vi, fig. B. 2. Galeus japonicus (Muller & IJenle) 36 After Muller and Henle, Plagiostomen, pi. 22. 3. Prionace glauca (Linnaeus) 37 After Jordan and Evermann, Fishes North and Middle America, pi. iv, fig. 16, XVI BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Page. 4. Alopias vulpes (Gmelin) 42 After Jordan and Evermann, Fishes North and Middle America, pi. vi, fig. 20. 5. Isuropsis glauca (Muller & Henle) 43 After Muller and Henle, I’lagiostomen, pi. 29. 6. Squalus mitsukurii Jordan & Snyder : 45 Drawing from the type, No. 7184, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus., a specimen 28.5 inches long, collected at Misaki, Japan, by Jordan and Snyder in 1900. 7. Stoasodon narinari (Euphrasen) 49 After Jordan and Evermann, Fishes North and Middle America, pi. xv. 8. Elops saurus (Linnfeus) •. .• 54 After Jordan and Evermann, Fishes North and Middle America, pi. i.xvn, fig. 178. 9. Albula vulpes (Linnfeus) 55 After Jordan and Evermann, Fishes North and Middle America, pi. i.xviii, fig. 179. 10. Chanos chanos (Forskal) 57 Drawing by Chloe Lesley Starks from a specimen 9 inches long, collected at Honolulu by E. L. Berndt in 1902. 11. Etrumeus micropus (Schlegel) 59 After Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., pi. 107, fig. 2. 12. Anchovia purpurea (Fowler) 60 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 3 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 13. Trachinocephalus myops (Forster) 62 After Jordan-and Evermann, Fishes North and Middle America, pi. I.xxxvni, fig. 235. 14. Synodus varius (Lacepede) ., 64 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 5.2 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Ever- mann in 1901. 15. Rhinoscopelus oceanicus Jordan & Evermann 68 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 50622, U.S.N.M., a specimen 1.3 inches long, collected at 137° 35' west, 10° 57' north by the Albatross in 1899. 16. Copgrellus bowersi Jenkins 77 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, a specimen 10 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 17. Congrellus aequoreus (Gilbert & Cramer) 78 After Gilbert and Cramer, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIX, 1897, pi. xxxvn; from the type, No. 47696, U.S.N.M. 18. Microdonophis macgregori Jenkins 83 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, a specimen 10.2 inches long, collected at Lahaina by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 19. Myrichthys stypurus (Smith & Swain) 85 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the type, a specimen 24.25 inches long, collected at Johnston Island by the captain of a vessel belonging to the North Pacific Guano Company, in 1880. 20. Muraena kailuae Jordan & Evermann 88 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from a specimen 8 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. Type of Murxna lampra Jenkins. 21. Muraena kailuae Jordan & Evermann 89 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type of M. kauila Jenkins, No. 50684, a specimen 13 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 22. Gymnothorax laysanus (Steindachner) 93 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 7 inches long obtained at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. XVII Page. 23. Gymnothorax gracilicauda Jenkins 95 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50679, U.S.N.M., a specimen 8.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 24. Gymnothorax ercodes Jenkins 95 Drawing by VV. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50843, U.S.N.M., a specimen 8.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by the Albatross in 1891. 25. Gymnothorax leucostictus Jenkins 9tS Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50681, U.S.N.M., a specimen 6.13 inches long, collected at Honolulu by 0. I’. Jenkins in 1889. 26. Gymnothorax goldsboroughi Jordan & Evermann 100 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 50617, U.S.N.M., a specimen 21 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 27. Gymnothorax petelli (Bleeker) 101 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type of G. leucacme Jenkins, No. 50682, U.S.N.M., a specimen 21 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 28. Gymnohorax steindachneri Jordan & Evermann 102 After Steindaehner, Denks. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LXX, pi. vr, tig. 3. 29. Echidna psalion Jenkins 107 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50685, U.S.N.M., a specimen 13 inches long, collected at Honolulu by the Albatross in 1896. 30. Echidna obscura Jenkins 107 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50686, U.S.N.M., a specimen 9.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 31. Echidna zonata Fowler 108 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type of K. vincta Jenkins, No. 50687, U.S.N.M., a specimen 13.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 32. Echidna leihala Jenkins 110 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50844, U.S.N.M., a specimen 17 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 33. Uropterygius marmoratus ( Lacepede) . . . . . . Ill After Bleeker, Atlas Ichth., IV, pi. xi, fig. 2. 34. Auloslomus valentini ( Bleeker) 115 After Gunther, Fische der Siidsee, VII, pi. 123, figs. B and C. 35. Solenostomus cyanopterus Bleeker 118 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen about 6 inches long, an adult female, collected at Boshu (Awa), Japan, by Dr. Kishinouye, about the year 1900. 36. Hippocampus fisheri Jordan & Evermann 120 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 50625, U.S.N.M., a specimen 2.6 inches long, collected at Kailua by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 37. Doryrhamphus pleurotsenia (Gunther) 121 After Gunther, Zool. Challenger, Kept. Shore Fishes, pi. 26, tig. D. 38. Belone platyura Bennett 123 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 15 inches long, collected at Kailua by Jordan and Ever- mann in 1901. 39. Tylosurus giganteus (Schlegel) 124 After Bleeker, Atlas Ichth., VI, pi. 258, fig. 3. 40. Athlennes hians (Cuvier & Valenciennes) - 125 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 30 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Ever- mann in 1901. XVIIL BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Page. 41. Hyporhamphus pacificus (Steindachner) 127 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 10 inches long, collected at Kailna by Goldsborongh and Sindo in 1901. 42. Hemiramphus depauperatus Lay & Bennett 128 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 11.75 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 43. Euleptorhamphus longirostris (Cuvier) 129 Drawing by A. II. Baldwin from a specimen 17.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Ever- mann in 1901. 44. Evolantia microptera (Cuvier & Valenciennes) 131 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 7 inches long, collected at Honolulu by 0. P. Jenkins in 1889. 45. Exocoetus volitans Linnteus. . r 133 After Jordan and Evermann, Fishes North and Middle America, pi. cxvin, fig. 318. 46. Cypsilurus simus (Cuvier & Valenciennes) . 135 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 15 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Ever- mann in 1901. 47. Atherina insularum Jordan & Evermann 138 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50819, U.S.N.M., a specimen 2.25 inches long, collected at Honolulu by the Albatross in 1902. 48. Mugil cephalus Linnaeus . 140 After Jordan and Evermann, Fishes North and Middle America, pi. cxxvi, fig. 343. 49. Chaenomugil chaptalii (Eydoux & Souleyet) 141 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 9.7 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 50. Sphyraena snodgrassi Jenkins 142 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 49093, U.S.N.M., a specimen 10.4 inches long to base of caudal, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 51. Sphyraena helleri Jenkins 143 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 49,692, U.S.N.M., a specimen 15 inches long; collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 52. Ostichthys pillwaxii (Steindachner) 148 After Steindachner, Ichth. Beitriige, XVI, taf. 1. 53. Myripristis sealei Jenkins 152 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50708, U.S.N.M., a specimen 5.25 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 54. Myripristis berndti Jordan & Evermann 153 Drawing by Chloe Lesley Starks from the type, No. 50627, U.S.N.M., a specimen 8.25 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. , 55. Myripristis argyromus Jordan & Evermann. 154 Drawing by Chloe Lesley Starks from the type, No. 50631, U.S.N.M., a specimen 9.5 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 56. Flammeo sammara ( Forskal ) 156 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 7.25 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 57. Flammeo scythrops Jordan & Evermann 157 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 50633, U. S. N. M., a specimen 9.25 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 58. Holocentrus microstomus Gunther 160 After Gunther, Fische der Stidsee, IV, taf. 64, fig. B. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. XIX Page. 59. Holocentrus erytnraeus Gunther 162 After Gunther, Fische der Siidsee, IV, taf. 63, fig. B. 60. Holocentrus punctatissimus Cuvier & Valenciennes 163 After Gunther, Proc. Zool. Soc. Loud. 1871, pi. 60. 61. Xiphias gladius Linnteus 168 After Cuvier, lig. 226. Histoire des Poissons. 62. Scomber japonicus Houttuyn 170 After Jordan and Evermann, Fishes North and Middle America, pi. cxxxm, tig. 364. 63. Auxis thazard (Lacepede) 171 After Jordan and Evermann, Fishes North and Middle America, pi. cxxxm, tig. 365. 64. Gymnosarda pelamis ( Linnaeus) 172 Drawing from a specimen 16.65 inches long. 65. Gymnosarda alletterata ( Ratinesque) 173 After Jordan and Evermann, Fishes North and Middle America, pi. cxxxiv, tig. 366. 66. Germo germo ( Lacepede) 174 After Schlegcl, Fauna Japon., Poiss., pi. 50. 67. Ruvettus pretiosus Cocco 177 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 5 feet long, collected at Honolulu by E. L. Berndt in 1902. 68. Naucrates ductor (Linmeus) 182 After Jordan and Evermann, Fishes North and Middle America, pi. cxxxix, fig. 379. 64. Seriola purpurascens Schlegel 183 After Gunther, Fische der Siidsee, V, taf. 90, tig. A. 70. Seriola sparna Jenkins 185 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 50845, U.S.N.M., a specimen 9 inches long collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 71. Trachurops crumenophthalma (Bloch) 187 After Jordan and Evermann, Fishes North and Middle America, pi. cxi.i, tig. 385. 72. Carangus ignobilis ( Forskal ) 189 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson, from type of Carangus hippoides Jenkins, a specimen 9,25 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 73. Carangus melampygus (Cuvier & Valenciennes) 193 After Gunther, Fische der Siidsee, taf. 86. 74. Carangus rhabdotus Jenkins 194 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50711, U.S.N.M., a specimen 5.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by the Albatross in 1896. 75. Carangus politus Jenkins 195 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50709, U.S.N.M., a specimen 8 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 76. Carangus affinis (Riippell) 195 Drawing by VV. S. Atkinson from a specimen 14 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 77. Carangoides ferdau (Forskal) 198 78. Alectis ciliaris (Bloch) 201 Drawing by H. L. Todd from a specimen 4.5 inches long, collected at Woods Hole, Mass., by V. N. Edwards in 1884. 79. Coryphaena hippurus Linmeus 204 After Jordan and Evermann, Fishes North and Middle America, pi. cxi.ix, fig. 402. XX BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Page. 80. Coryphana equisetus Linnaeus 205 Alter Gunther, Fische der Sudsee, V, taf. 93, fig. A 81. Kulia taeniura (Cuvier & Valenciennes) 209 After Gunther, Fische der Sudsee, taf. 19, tig. C. 82. Foa brachygramma (Jenkins) 211 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50699, U.S.N.M., a specimen 1.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 83. Amia maculifera (Garrett) 212 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 5.2 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 84. Amia evermanni (Jordan & Snvtler) 213 Drawing by Chloe Lesley Starks from the type, No. 51487, U.S.N.M., a specimen 5.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by E. L. Berndt in 1904. 85. Amia snydeii (Jordan & Evennann) 214 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from Gunther, Fische der Sudsee, taf. 19, fig. A. 86. Amia menesema (Jenkins) 216 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 50700, U.S.N.M., a specimen 5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Snyder in 1900. 87. Synagrops argyrea (Gilbert & Cramer) 218 After Gilbert and Cramer, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xix, 1897, pi. 39, fig. 3. 88. Cephalopholis argus (Bloch & Schneider) 222 After Gunther, Fische der Siidsee, I, taf. 4, fig. A. 89. Epinephelus quernus Seale 223 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 15.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Ever- mann in 1901. 90. Epinephelus quernus Seale (young) 224 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 91. Odontanthias fuscipinnis (Jenkins) .. 225 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 49695, U.S.N.M., a specimen 8.65 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Dr. T. D. Wood in 1898. 92. Pseudanthias kelloggi (Jordan & Evermann) 227 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 50642, U. S. N. M., a specimen 7.75 inches long, collected off Kailua by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 93. Priacanthus alalua Jordan & Evermann 229 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 50643, U.S.N.M., a specimen 8.25 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 94. Priacanthus cruentatus (Lacepede) 230 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 9 inches long, collected at Kailua by Goldsborough and Sindo in 1901. 95. Priacanthus meeki Jenkins 231 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50847, U.S.N.M., a specimen 12 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Dr. T. D. Wood in 1898. 96. Aphareus flavivultus Jenkins 235 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 49691, U.S.N.M., a specimen 12 inches long, collected at Kailua by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 97. Bowersia violescens Jordan & Evermann 237 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the typ°, No. 50660, U.S.N.M., a specimen 24 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 98. Bowersia ulaula Jordan & Evermann 238 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 50661, U.S.N.M , a specimen 14.25 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901 . LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. XXI Page. 99. Aprion virescens Cuvier & Valenciennes 239 After Bleeker, Atlas, VII, pi. 293, fig. 3. 100. Etelis marshi (Jenkins) 241 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50714, U.S.N.M., a specimen 15 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Dr. T. D. Wood in 1898. 101. Monotaxis grandoculis (Forskal) 243 After Bleeker, Atlas Iehth., VIII, pi. 299, fig. 1. 102. Erythrichthys schlegelii Gunther 245 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 13.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 103. Mulloides auriflamma (Forskal) 250 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 8.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 104. Mulloides flammeus Jordan & Evermann 252 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 50665, U.S.N.M., a specimen 9.5 inches long, collected at Kailua by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 105. Mulloides samoensis Gunther 253 After Gunther, Fisehe der Siidsee, III, taf. 43, fig. B. 106. Pseudupeneus chryserydros (Lacepede) 255 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 9.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Ever- mann in 1901. 107. Pseudupeneus bifasciatus (Lacepede) 259 After Gunther, Fisehe der Siidsee, III, taf. 44, fig. A. 108. Pseudupeneus pleurostigma ( Bennett) 260 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 9.25 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 109. Pseudupeneus fraterculus (Cuvier & Valenciennes) 261 After Playfair, Fishes of Zanzibar, pi. 5, fig. 4. 110. Pseudupeneus porphyreus Jenkins 262 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50705, U.S.N.M., a specimen 10.6 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 111. Pseudupeneus preorbitalis (Smith & Swain) 264 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 29662, U.S.N.M., a specimen 14.75 inches long, collected at Johnston Island by the captain of a vessel belonging to North Pacific Guano Company, in 1880. 112. Dascyllus albisella Gill 267 After Bleeker, Atlas, IX, taf. 409, fig. 8. 113. Chromis elaphrus Jenkins 268 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50703, U.S.N.M., a specimen 2.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 114. Chromis ovalis (Steindachner) 269 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type of Chromis velox Jenkins, No. 49698, U.S.N.M., a specimen 6 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Dr. T. D. Wood in 1898. 115. Pomacentrus jenkinsi Jordan & Evermann 271 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type of Eupumacentrus marginatus Jenkins, No. 49700, U.S.N.M., a specimen 4.6 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 116. Abudefduf abdominalis (Quoy & Gaimard) 273 After Gunther, Fisehe der Siidsee, taf. 126, fig. A. 117. Abudefduf sordidus (Forskal ) 274 After Riippell, Atlas Reis. Nord. Af.. PI. VIII, fig. 1. XXII BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Page. 118. Malacanthus parvipinnis Vaillant & Sauvage 276 After Gunther, Fische der Siidsee, V, taf. 98, tig. B. 119. Lepidaplols modestus (Garrett) 279 After Gunther, Fische der Siidsee, taf. 129, fig. B. 120. Verreo oxycephalus (Bleeker) 282 After Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIV, p. 620, fig. 3. 121. Stethojulis axillaris (Quoy & Gaimard) 283 After Gunther, Fische der Siidsee, VII, taf. 136, fig. 6. 122. Halichceres lao Jenkins 286 Drawing by Anna L. Brown from the type, No. 6132, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus., a specimen 4 inches long, col- lected at Honolulu by 0. P. Jenkins in 1889. 123. Halichceres ornatissimus (Garrett) 287 Drawing by Anna L. Brown from the type of Halichceres iridescens Jenkins, No. 6131, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus., a specimen 5.65 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 124. Macropharyngodon geoffroy (Quoy & Gaimard) 288 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type of JJ. kquilulo Jenkins, No. 1 130, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus., a speci- men 5.25 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 125. Gomphosus varius Lacepede 289 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 7.2 inches long, collected at Kailua by Jordan and Ever- mann in 1901. 126. Anampses cuvier Quoy & Gaimard 292 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 9.5 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Ever- mann in 1901. 127. Anampses evermanni Jenkins 293 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 6136, L. S. Jr. Uni*-. Mus., a specimen 12 inches long, col- lected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 128. Thalassoma ballieui (Vaillant & Sauvage) 298 After Gunther, Zool. Challenger, Rept. Shore Fishes, pi. 26, fig. A. 129. Thalassoma umb.ostigma (Ruppell) 301 After Bleeker, Atlas, 1, taf. 34, tig. 2. 130. Thalassoma duperrey (Quoy & Gaimard) 302 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type of T. pyrrhovinctum Jenkins, No. 6138, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus., a specimen 6.2 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 131. Julis lepomis (Jenkins) 307 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 12141, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus., a specimen 18 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 132. Coris rosea Vaillant & Sauvage 311 Drawing from a specimen 9 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Dr. T. D. Wood in 1898. Type of Hemicoris keleipionis Jenkins. 133. Coris venusta Vaillant cl' Sauvage 312 Drawing by Anna L. Brown from the type of Hemicoris remedius Jenkins, No. 6133, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus., a specimen 5.65 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 134. Coris aygula Lacepede 314 After Jordan and Snyder, Proc.U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIV, page 642, fig. 9. 135. Pseudocheilinus octotaenia Jenkins 318 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 6122, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus., a specimen 4.6 inches long, collected at Honolulu by A. B. Wood in 1899. 136. Cheilinus hexagonatus Gunther 319 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the typeof C.zonurus Jenkins, No. 6134, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus., aspecimen 10 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. XXIII Page. 137. Novaculichthys woodi Jenkins 323 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 6029, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus., a specimen 6 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Dr. T. D. Wood in 1898. 137a. Novaculichthys woodi Jenkins 324 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type of N. entargyreus Jenkins, No. 5984, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus., a specimen 5.4 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Dr. T. D. Wood in 1898. 138. Novaculichthys taeniourus (Lacepede) 325 Drawing by A. II. Baldwin from a specimen 9 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Ever- mann in 1901. ' 139. Iniistius pavoninus (Cuvier & Valenciennes) 329 Drawing by Anna L. Brown from the type I. leucozonus Jenkins, No. 6137, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus., a specimen 5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by 0. P. Jenkins in 1889. 140. Iniistius niger (Steindachner) 331 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type of I. verater Jenkins, No. 5990, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus., a speci- men 6 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Dr. T. D. Wood in 1898. 141. Hemipteronotus umbrilatus Jenkins 333 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 6135, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus., a specimen 5.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 142. Xyrichthys niveilatus Jordan & Evermann 337 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 50646, U.S.N.M., a specimen 9.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 143. Calotomus irradians Jenkins 339 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 12142, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus., a specimen 16 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 144. Calotomus cyclurus Jenkins 340 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50849, U.S.N.M., a specimen 14 inches long, collected at Honolulu by the Albatross in 1896. 145. Calotomus snyderi Jenkins 342 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50850, U.S.N.M., a specimen 10.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 146. Scaridea zonarcha Jenkins - 344 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50851, U.S.N.M., a specimen 5.75 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 147. Scaridea balia Jenkins 345 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50852, U.S.N.M., a specimen 10 inches long, collected at Honolulu by the Albatross in 1896. 148. Callyodon miniatus (Jenkins) 347 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 12144, L. S., Jr. Univ. Mus., a specimen 19.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 149. Callyodon perspicillatus (Steindachner) 348 After Steindachner, Denks. Ak. Wiss Wien, XLI, pi. iv, fig. 1. 150. Callyodon boiborus (Jordan & Evermann) _ 349 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 60649, U.S.N.M., a specimen 7.75 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 151. Callyodon brunneus (Jenkins) 350 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 6139, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus., a specimen 9.2 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 152. Callyodon ahula (Jenkins) 351 Drawing by IV. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 6112, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus., a specimen 8.7 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. XXIV BULLETIN 'OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Page. Callyodon paluca (Jenkins) 352 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 6141, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mns., a specimen 7.25 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 154. Callyodon gilberti (Jenkins) 354 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 6140, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus., a specimen 11.3 inches long, collected at Honolulu by 0. P. Jenkins in 1889. 155. Callyodon bataviensis (Bleeker) 357 After Bleeker, Atlas Ichth., I, taf. 12, fig. 3. 156. Callyodon erythrodon (Cuvier & Valenciennes) 357 After Bleeker, Atlas Ichth., I, taf. 15, fig. 4. 157. Pseudoscarus troschelii Bleeker 358 After Bleeker, Atlas Ichth., I, taf. 7, fig. 2.. 158. Pseudoscarus jordani Jenkins 359 Drawing by W.S. Atkinson from the type, No. 12143, U.S.N.M.,a specimen 28 inches long, collected at Honolulu by 0. P. Jenkins in 1889. 159. Chaetodon lineolatus Cuvier & Valenciennes 366 After Gunther, Fische der Siidsee, II, taf. 34, tig. A. 160. Chaetodon lunula (Lacepode) 367 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 1.4 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Ever- mann in 1901. 161. Chaetodon unimaculatus Bloch 369 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type of C. sphenospilus Jenkins, No. 49765, U.S.N.M., a specimen 4 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 162. Chaetodon punctatofasciatus Cuvier & Valenciennes 370 After Gunther, Fische der Siidsee, If, taf. xxxiv, fig. B. 163. Chaetodon miliaris Quoy & Gaimard 371 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type of C. mantelliger Jenkins, No. 41599, U.S.N.M., a specimen 4 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 164. Holacanthus arcuatus Gray 378 After Gunther, Fische der Siidsee, II, taf. xxxn, fig. C. 165. Holacanthus bicolor (Bloch) 381 After Gunther, Fische der Siidsee, II, taf. 39, tig. B. 166. Hepatus olivaceus (Bloch & Schneider) 385 167. Hepatus leucopareius (Jenkins) 386 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50712, U.S.N.M., a specimen 7.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 168. Hepatus guntheri (Jenkins) 388 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50842, U.S.N.M., a specimen 8.6 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 169. Hepatus dussumieri (Cuvier & Valenciennes) 390 After Gunther, Fische der Siidsee, iv, taf. 72. 170. Hepatus guttatus (Bloch & Schneider) 392 After Gunther, Fische der Siidsee, IV, taf. 69, fig. A. 171. Hepatus atramenfatus (Jordan & Evermann) 393 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 50673, U.S.N.M., a specimen 9.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 172. Hepatus sandvicensis (Streets) 394 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 4.25 inches long, collected at Kailua by Jordan and Ever- mann in 1901. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. XXV Page. 173. Zebrasoma veliferum (Bloch) 396 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 5.1 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 174. Ctenochsetus striatus (Quoy & Gaimard) 399 After Gunther, Fische der Sudsee, IV, taf. LXXIX, fig. B. 175. Acanthurus incipiens Jenkins 400 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50707, U.S.N.M., a specimen 8.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 176. Acanthurus brevirostris (Cuvier & Valenciennes) 401 After Gunther, Fische der Sudsee, IV, taf. 79, fig. A. 177. Callicanthus lituratus (Forster) 404 After Gunther, Fische der Sudsee, taf. 82. 178. Callicanthus metoposophron Jenkins 406 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50706, U.S.N.M., a specimen 9.25 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 179. Balistes nycteris (Jordan & Evermann) 408 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 50821, U.S.N.M., a specimen 6.25 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 180. Balistes bursa Lacepede 410 After Bleeker, Atlas Ichth., V, pi. 223, fig. 3. 181. Balistes capistratus Shaw 412 After Bleeker, Atlas Ichth., V, pi. 223, fig. 2. 182. Xanthichthys lineopunctatus ( Hollard) 416 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 7.8 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Ever- mann in 1901. 183. Cantherines sandwichiensis (Quoy & Gaimard) 419 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 7.8 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Ever- mann in 1901. 184. Osbeckia scripta (Osbeck) 422 After Jordan and Evermann, Fishes North and Middle America, pi. cclx, fig. 637. 185. Alutera monoceros (Osbeck) 423 After Hugh M. Smith, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XVIII, 1898, pi. 64. 186 Tetraodon lacrymatus (Cuvier) ... 429 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type of Ovoides latifrons Jenkins, No 49696, U.S.N.M., a specimen 8.9 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. ' , 187. Canthigaster jactator (Jenkins) 431 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 49703, U.S.N.M., a specimen 2 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 188. Canthigaster oahuensis (Jenkins) 432 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50690, U.S.N.M., a specimen 4.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 189. Canthigaster cinctus (Solander) 433 Drawing by Kako Morita from a specimen 3.75 inches long, collected at Honolulu by the Albatross in 1902. 190. Canthigaster epilamprus (Jenkins) 434 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50853, U.S.N.M., a specimen 3.5 inches long, collected near Kihei, Maui, by Richard C. McGregor in 1900. 191. Canthigaster bitaeniatus (Jenkins) 435 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 49702, U.S.N.M., a specimen 2.6 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Dr. T. D. Wood in 1898. XXVI BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Page. 192. Diodon hystrix Linnoeus 437 After .Iordan and Evermann, Fishes North and Middle America, pi. cclxvi, fig. 647. 193. Diodon nudifrons Jenkins 438 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50854, U.S.N.M., a specimen 21 inches long, collected at Honolulu by 0. P. Jenkins in 1889. 194. Ranzania makua Jenkins 440 After Jenkins; from a colored drawing by Anna L. Brown from the type, No. 12605, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus., a specimen 24 inches long, collected by Hiel Kapu in Pearl Harbor, Oahu, in 1892. 195. Ostracion sebae Bleeker 442 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type of 0. camurum Jenkins, No. 49697, U.S.N.M., a specimen 5.3 inches long, collected at Honolulu by 0. P. Jenkins in 1889. 196. Lactoria galeodon Jenkins 445 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50717, U.S.N.M., a specimen 1.3 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 197. Cirrhitoidea bimacula Jenkins 448 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50702, U.S.N.M., a specimen 2 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 198. Caracanthus maculatus (Gray) 453 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 1.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann- in 1901. 199. Sebastapistes corallicola Jenkins 457 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50691, U.S.N.M., a specimen 4.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 200. Sebastapistes coniorta Jenkins 459 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50693, U.S.N.M., a specimen 2 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 201. Sebastapistes galactacme Jenkins 460 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50692, U.S.N.M., a specimen 2.6 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 202. Sebastopsis kelloggi Jenkins 462 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50694, U.S.N.M., a specimen 2 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 203. Pterois sphex Jordan & Evermann 464 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 50650, U.S.N.M., a specimen 6 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 204. Dendrocbirus chloreus Jenkins 466 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50701, U.S.N.M., a specimen 5.25 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 205. Scorpaenopsis cacopsis Jenkins 467 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 49690, U.S.N.M., a specimen 14 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 205a. Scorpeenopsis cacopsis Jenkins 468 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson. Dorsal view of above specimen. 206. Scorpaenopsis gibbosa (Bloch & Schneider) 469 After Gunther, Fische der Siidsee, III, taf. 53. 207. Iracundus signifer Jordan & Evermann 470 Drawing by Oliloe Lesley Starks from the type, No. 50886, U.S.N.M., a specimen 4.2 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 208. Cephalacanthus orien ahs (Cuvier & Valenciennes) 473 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 11.7 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. XXVTI Page. 209. Osurus schauinslandi (Steindaehner) 475 After Steindachner, Denks. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LXX, pi. in, fig. 5. 209a. Osurus schauinslandi (Steindachner) 475 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type of Parapercis plerostigma Jenkins, No. 49701, U.S.N M, a specimen 5.25 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Dr. T. D. Wood in 1898. 210. Eleotris sandwicensis Vaillant & Sauvage 480 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 5.5 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan anrl Evermann in 1901. 211. Eviota epiphanes Jenkins 482 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50720, U.S.N.M., a specimen 0.6 inch long, collected at Honlulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 212. Mapo fuscus (Riippell ) 484 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 4 inches long, collected at Kailua by Jordan and Ever- mann in 1901. 213. Gobiichthys lonchotus ( Jenkins) 485 Dra wing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50698, U.S.N.M., a specimen 4.3 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. I1. Jenkins in 1889. 214. Chlamydes laticeps Jenkins , 487 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No 50716, U.S.N.M., a specimen 1.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 215. Kelloggella oligolepis (Jenkins) 488 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50715, U.S.N. II., a specimen 1.2 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 216. Sicydium stimpsoni Gill 490 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 217. Sicydium albotaeniatum Gunther 491 After Gunther, Fische der Siidsee, II, taf. 110, fig. D. 218. Awaous genivittatus (Cuvier & Valenciennes) 492 After Gunther, Fische der Siidsee, VI, taf. 110, fig. C. 219. Enneapterygius atriceps ( Jenkins) 496 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 50719, U.S.N.M., a specimen 1 inch long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 220. Alticus marmoratus (Bennett) 498 After Gunther, Fische der Siidsee, VI, taf. 116, fig. B. 221. Alticus gibbifrons (Quoy & Gaimard) 499 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type of Salarias rutilus Jenkins, No. 50695, U.S.N. M., a specimen 2.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 221a. Alticus gibbifrons (Quoy & Gaimard) 500 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type of Salarias saltans Jenkins, No. 50696, U.S.N.M., a specimen 3.2 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins. 222. Enchelyurus ater (Gunther) 500 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type of Aspidontjis brunneolus Jenkins, No. 50718, U.S.N.M., a specimen 1.25 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. 223. Salarias zebra Vaillant & Sauvage 501 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from a specimen 4.2 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 223a. Salarias zebra Vaillant & Sauvage 502 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type of S. cyplio Jenkins, No. 50697, U.S.N. M., a. specimen 4 inches long, collected at Honolulu by O. P. Jenkins in 1889. XXVIII BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Page. 224. Exallias brevis (Kner) 503 After Gunther, Fisehe der Siidsee, IV, taf. 118, fig. C. 225. Brotula marginalis Jenkins 507 Drawing by W. S. Atkinson from the type, No. 49694, U.S.N.M., a specimen 9.6 inches long, collected at Honolulu by A. B. Wood in 1899. 226. Pelecanichthys crumenalis Gilbert & Cramer 511 After Gilbert and Cramer, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIX, pi. xlvii, from the type, No. 48738, U.S.N.M., a specimen 10 inches long, collected by the Albatross in 1891. 227. Engyprosopon hawaiiensis Jordan & Evermann 515 Drawing by A. H. Baldwin from the type, No. 50657, U.S.N.M., a specimen 3 inches long, collected at Hilo by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 228. Antennarius leprosus (Eydoux & Souleyet) 519 Drawing from a specimen 4 inches long, collected at Honolulu by Jordan and Evermann in 1901. 229. Malthopsis mitriger Gilbert & Cramer 524 After Gilbert and Cramer, from the type, No. 47700, U.S.N.M., a specimen 3 inches long, collected by the Albatross in 1891. I. THE SHORE FISHES OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS, WITH A GENERAL ACCOUNT OF THE FISH FAUNA. By DAVID STARR JORDAN and BARTON WARREN EVERMANN. 1 I. THE SHORE FISHES OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS, WITH A GENERAL ACCOUNT OF THE FISH FAUNA. By DAVID vSTARR JORDAN and BARTON WARREN EVERMANN. HISTORICAL REVIEW. EARLIER INVESTIGATIONS. That group of mid-Pacific islands now known as the Hawaiian Islands was dis- covered January 18, 1778, by Capt. James Cook, when on his third voyage around the world in the years 1776-1779, and was called by him the Sandwich Islands, in honor of his friend and patron, the Earl of Sandwich. Captain Cook’s ship, the Resolution , left the islands on February 2, but returned, and Mowee (Maui) was dis- covered November 26, 1778, and Owjdiee (Hawaii) four daj^s afterwards. The vessel then spent seven weeks cruising about and examining the coasts of the islands, and on January 17, 1779, anchored in the harbor of Karakakooa (Kealakekua), where she remained until February 1. Leaving on that date, she put back again on account of a storm on the 11th, and on February 11 Captain Cook was killed by the natives. In the “Narrative” of Captain Cook’s voyages occasional brief references to fishes are found, but they contain very little of value or interest, and there is nothing to indicate any effort to preserve and carry home collections from the different islands visited. Captain Cook was accompanied “ on his first voyage, however, by Joseph Banks and Dr. Daniel Solander, who evidently preserved a few fishes which were afterwards deposited in the “Museum of Banks.” Among these was a specimen of a chsetodont which Banks himself obtained at the Society Islands. Another specimen of the same species was obtained at the Sandwich Islands by some member of Captain Cook’s third voyage and found its way into the same museum. These two specimens were described in 1782 by Broussonet in his “ Ichthyologia ” as Ghsetodon longirostris , a perfectly good species, which Jordan and McGregor made the type of their new genus Forcipiger in 1898. Forcipiger longirostris (Broussonet) is therefore the first species of fish ever recorded from the Hawaiian Islands. So far as we have been -able to determine, the first actual collection of fishes made at the Hawaiian Islands was that obtained by the royal French corvette Uranie a Captain Cook was accompanied on his first voyage by “Joseph Banks, esq. (later Sir Joseph Banks, bart. ) and Doctor Solander, who, in the prime of life, and the first of them at great expense to himself, quitted all the gratifications of polished society and engaged in a very tedious, fatiguing, and hazardous navigation, with the laudable views of acquiring knowledge in general, of promoting natural knowledge in particular, and of contributing something to the improvement and happiness of the rude inhabitants of the earth.” 3 4 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES PISH COMMISSION. in 1819. The TJranie left Toulon, France, September 17, 1817, on a voyage around the world, under the command of M. Louis de Freycinet. Among those on board who merit mention in this connect ion were M. Jean Rene Constant Quoy, surgeon- general of the expedition; M. Joseph Paul Gaimard, second surgeon; M. Charles Beaupre Gaudichand, pharmacist of the third class; M. Dominique Francois Jean Arago, draftsman; M. Louis Isidore Duperrey, midshipman; and M. Charles Bon- net, mate. The TJranie arrived at Owhyhee (Hawaii) August 15, 1819, and later visited Maui, Oahu, and perhaps other islands of the group. Whether the corvette Physicienne, which accompanied the TJranie on the voyage round the world, visited the Hawaiian Islands is not evident from the narrative. It appeals, however, that the officers of the TJranie took the more active interest in making scientific observa- tions and collections. In the Zoology of the voyage of the TJranie and Physicienne Messrs. Quoy and Gaimard published (1824) an account of the collections obtained. The fishes were collected chiefly in the Pacific and Indian oceans, and the total number of species recorded is 112, of which 22 were from the Hawaiian Islands. Of these 22 species, 21 were described as new. In the following list the type locality in each case is the “Sandwich Islands” unless otherwise stated. Species described as new are indicated by italics. Fishes recorded from the Hawaiian Islands by Quoy and Gaimard. Nominal species. Tetraodon lacrymatus Balistes angulosus Balistes sandivichiensis . . . Saurus variegatus Sa.urns gracilis Salarias gibbifrons Julis gaimard a J ulis batteatns Julis duperrey Julis geoffroy Julis axillaris Cheilio auratus Anampses cuvier a Cheilinus sinuosus Gomphosus tricolora Gomphosus pectoralis Xyriehthys lecluse Mullus multifasciatus Chsetodon miliaris Chsetodon lunulatus G1 y phi sod on abdominalis Pomacentrus nigricans. . . Page. 204 210 214 223 224 253 265 267 268 270 272 274 276 278 280 282 284 330 380 381 390 399 Plate and figure. PI. 48, fig. 3. PI. 54, fig. 1 PI. 56, fig. 1 PI. 56, fig. 2, PI. 56, fig. 3, PI. 54, fig. 2. PI. 55, fig. 1 PI. 55, fig. 2 PI. 65, fig. 1, PI. 59, fig. 1 PI. 62, fig. 6. Present identification. Tetraodon lacrymatus. Canthidermis maculatus. Cantherines sandwichiensis. Synodus yarius. Saurida gracilis. Alticus gibbifrons. Julis gaimard. Stethojulis albovittata. Thalassoma duperrey. Macropharyngodon geoffroy. Stethojulis axillaris. Cheilio inermis. Anampses cuvier. Cheilinus triloba tus. Gomphosus tricolor. Gomphosus varius. Cymolutes lecluse. Pseudupeneus multifasciatus. Chtetodon miliaris. Chtetodon lunula. Abudefduf abdominalis. Pomacentrus jenkinsi. a Type locality, Maui. The voyage of H. M. S. Blonde to the Sandwich Islands was made in the years 1824-25, under the command of Capt. the Right Hon. Lord Byron, for the purpose of conveying to the islands the bodies of King Kamehameha II and his Queen, both of whom had died within a week (the queen on July 8, the king on July 14, 1824), while on a visit to England. The Blonde sailed from Spithead on September 29, and on May 3, 1825, came in sight of the island of Hawaii. After a stay of about ten weeks at the islands, during which Hilo, Honolulu, and various other places were visited, the vessel left for home July 18. During the time spent at Honolulu some collecting was done by John Trembly, esq., R. N., who accompanied the expedition. The fishes obtained were presented FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 5 to the Zoological Society of London and were described by Edward Turner Bennett (1828) in the Zoological Journal. Eleven species are recorded from the Hawaiian Islands, all of them being described as new. Fishes obtained at the Hawaiian Islands by II. M. S. Blonde in 1825. Nominal species. Length of type, in inches. Page. Present identification. 4 34 35 4 ■lulls flavo-vittatus 3.5 3 36 37 Julis flavovittat.us. Julis greenovii. Callyodon dubius. 4.5 37 3.5 38 4 39 2 40 Sebastapistes asperella. Zebrasoma flavescens. 3 40 4 41 Ctenochsetus strigosus. Chsetodon fremblii. 5 42 In Zoological Miscellany, 1831-1842, John Edward Gray described three new species of fishes from the Hawaiian Islands, basing the descriptions upon specimens in the British Museum. The species are as follows: Fishes from the Hawaiian Islands described by John Edward Gray. Nominal species. Page. Present identification. 33 33 33 Chsetodon quadrimaculatus. Cuvier and Valenciennes in their Histoire Naturelles des Poissons, Volumes I-XXII, 1828-1849, record 18 species from the Hawaiian Islands, 13 of which are described as new. Their specimens were from the collections made by the TJranie. The list is as follows: Nominal species. Volume. Page. Year. Present identification. II 365 1828 Cephalopholis argus. Pseudupeneus bifasciatus. Pseudupeneu.s multifasciatus. III 468 1829 III 468 1829 YII 102 1831 X 208 1835 Hepatus matoides. X 229 1835 X 259 1835 XIII 455 1839 Julis eydouxii. Cymolutes lecluse. Iniistius pavoninus. XIV 52 1839 Xyrichthvs pavoninus XIV 63 1839 Cheilinus bimaculatusb XIV 96 1839 XIV 270 283 1839 Callyodon bennetti. Callyodon formosus. XIV 1839 XIV 295 1839 Belone carinata XVIII 437 1846 Belone platyura. Cypsilurus simus. Chanos chanos. Exoccetus simus XIX 105 1846 Chanos cyprinella XIX 198 1846 « Quoted from Quoy and Gaimard, who recorded it from Guam only. fiOnarourow (Honolulu). The next collection of fishes made at the Hawaiian Islands was obtained by H. M. S. Blossom during her voyage to the Pacific Ocean and Bering Straits in 1825-1828, in command of Capt. Frederick William Beechey, R. N., F. R. S., etc. 6 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. There were on board Lieut. Edward Belcher, Surg. Alexander Collie, and George T. Lay, naturalist. The Blossom left England May 19, 1825, for the Pacific by way of Cape Horn, and arrived at Woahoo (Oahu), Sandwich Islands, May 19, 1826. She left Honoruru (Honolulu) May 31 for Oneehow (Niiliau), where she arrived the next day, remaining at these places only long enough to restock with water and provisions and to trade with the natives. She sailed on June 2 for the north, leaving Mr. Lay, however, at Honolulu, where he remained until the return of the vessel January 26, 1827. On March 4, 1827, the Blossom took final leave of the Hawaiian Islands. During this voyage natural history observations were made by Mr. Lay and Dr. Collie, the latter performing the duties of naturalist during the illness of Mr. Lay. Lieutenant Belcher rendered valuable assistance in caring for the collections. Dur- ing Mi-. Lay’s sojourn of a little less than a year at Honolulu, he was ill much of the time, and his observations and notes are therefore not as full as he doubtless otherwise would have made them. It is stated, however, that many species of fishes were observed at Oahu, and that Dr. Collie “here continued his experiments on the Exooceti , and extended his anatomical observations to a fish which is kept and reared in the Taro ponds, and esteemed very highly by the natives, especially the belly part, soaked in salt and water and eaten raw. Its native name is Ava, and it seems to be nearly allied to, if not identical with, the Butirinus glossodonta Cuv. ” “ Mr. Lay listed many species at Honolulu, and has left a number of notes, some of which are very interesting; most of them, however, are general, and the species referred to are not identifiable. The fishes collected during the voyage of the Blossom were reported on by Lay and Bennett in the “Zoology of Captain Beechey’s Voyage.” (Lay and Bennett 1839.) The total number of species recorded is 26, only 4 of which are credited to the Hawaiian Islands. These are from Oahu aud all are described as new. The drawings illustrating the report are by William Smyth, mate, and Richard Belcher. Following is the list of species: Nominal species. Page. Plate and figure. Present identification. 64 PI. XVIII, fig. 2 66 PI. XX, fig. 4 Leiuranus semicinctus* Monaeanthus spilosoma 70 PI. XXII, fig. 1 Stephanolepis spilosomus. The French corvette Bonite visited the Hawaiian Islands and collected fishes there in 1837. The vessel was under command of L. Vaillant, with VI. Eydoux, surgeon- major; L. Souleyet, assistant surgeon, and Henri Marie Ducrotay de Blainville were intrusted with directing the work in zoology and reporting thereon. M. Souleyet, as assistant to M. Eydoux, assisted also in zoology, and when, near the termination of the voyage, M. Eydoux accepted a position as physician at Martinique, Souleyet continued the work and duties previously performed by M. Eydoux. M. Gaudi- chaud (pharma iien-prof esseur) joined the expedition for researches in natural history, Evidently the awa, Chanos chanos. FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 7 and M. Henri Gervais, aid-naturalist to M. de Blainville, assisted Souleyet in the determinations and descriptions of the mammals and birds. The Bonite left Toulon February 6, 1836, to carry French consular agents to Chile, the Philippines, and elsewhere, and arrived at the bay of Karakakooa, Hawaii, October 1, 1837. She remained until October 6, and then proceeded to Honolulu, where she arrived October 8 and remained until November 24, when sue sailed for Manila. During the time spent among the Hawaiian Islands 15 species of fishes were collected, 9 of which were described as new by Eydoux and Souleyet (1842) in the zoology of the voyage of the Bonite. Fishes collected at the Hawaiian Islands by the French corvette Bonite in 1837. Nominal species. Chaetodon miiiaris Caranx pinnulatus Caranx stellatus Aeanthurus humeralis Mugil chaptalii Mugil cephalotus Gobius stamineus Chironectes reticulatus Chironectes leprosus . . . Soarus formosus Chanos eyprinella Saurus limbatus Conger marginalus Mursena valenciennii . . Tetraodon stellatus Vol. Page. Plate and figure. I 163 PI. 2, fig. 2 I 165 M. 3, fig. 1 1 167 PI. 3, fig. 2 I 169 PI. 2, fig. 3 I 171 PI. 1, fig. 1 I 175 PI. 4, fig. 4 I 179 PI. 5, fig. 5 I 186 I’l. 5, fig. 2 I 187 PI. 5, fig. 3 I 191 PI. 6, fig. 3 I 196 PI. 7, fig. 1 I 199 I 201 PI. 9, fig. 1 I 207 I’). 8, fig. 1 I 212 PI. 10, fig. 2 Present identification. Chsetodori miiiaris. Decapterus sanetse-helenae. Carangus melampygus. Hepatus olivaceus. Chsenomugil chaptalii. Mugil cephalus. Awaous stamineus. Antennarius biglbbus. Antennarius leprosus. Callyodon formosus. Chanos chanos. Trachinocephalus myops. Leptocepha.lus marginatus. Gymnothorax undulatus. Tetraodon hispidus ('!). In the Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History at the meeting of October 25, 1858, Agassiz established the new genus Goniobatis for a new skate from the Hawaiian Islands, which he called Goniobatis meleagris (= Stoasodon narinari). In the various volumes of Gunther’s Catalogue of Fishes in the British Museum (Volumes I-VI1I, 1859-1870) 45 species are recorded from the Hawaiian Islands, as follows: Fishes in the British Museum recorded from the Hawaiian Islands. Nominal species. Volume. Page. Present identification. Serranus guttatus I 119 Cephalopholis argns. Chaetodon quadrimaculatus II 13 Ch’aetodon quadrimaculatus. Chaetodon ornatissimus II 15 Chaetodon ornatissimus. chaetodon fremblii II 16 Chaetodon fremblii. Chaetodon humeralis a II 19 Chaetodon humeralis. « Chaetodon miiiaris II 31 Chaetodon miiiaris. Holacanthus arcuatus II 43 Holacanthus arcuatus. Cirrhites cinctus II 73 Paracirrhites cinctus. Cirrhitichthvs maculatus II 74 Cirrhitus marmoratus. Caranx stellatus II 436 Carangus melampygus. Zanclus cornutus II 493 Zanclus eaneseens. Sicydium stimpsoni b III 93 Sicydium stimpsoni. Lentipes concolor III 96 Lentipes concolor. Antennarius multiocellatus var. leprosa III 194 Antennarius leprosus. Antennarius bigibbus III 199 Antennarius bigibbus. Blennius sordidus III 220 Blen nius sordidus. Blennius brevipinnisa III 226 Hvpsoblennius brevipinnis. Salarias marmoratus III 248 Alticus marmoratus. Aeanthurus triostegus III 327 Hepatus sandvicensis. Aeanthurus strigosus III 342 Ctenochaetus strigosus. Aeanthurus rhombeus III 342 Zebrasoma flavescens. Acronurus argenteus III 346 Hepatus dussumieri. Dascyllus albisella IV 13 Dascyllus albisella. Pomacentrus nigricans IV 34 Pomacentrus ienkinsi. Glyphidodon coelestinus IV 38 Abudefduf abdominalis. a Both valid species, but they came from the coast of Mexico, b Hilo, Hawaii. 8 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION, Fishes in the British Museum recorded from the Hawaiian Islands — Continued. Nominal species. Volume. Page. Present identification. Cossyphus albotseniatus IV 105 Lepidaplois albotseniatus. Cheilinus bimaculatus IV 131 Anampses cuvieri IV 136 Anampses cuvier. Macropharyngodon geoffioyii. Iniistius pavoninus. Gomphosus tricolor. Julis gaimard. Julis greenovii. Platyglossus geoft'royii IV 145 Novacula pavo IV 175 IV IV 194 200 Coris gaimardi Coris greenoughii IV 204 IV 205 Cymolutes leclusii IV 207 Cymolutes lecluse. Callyodon dubius. Saurida gracilis. Belone platyura. Pseudoscarus dubius IV 229 v 399 Belone carinata VI 236 VI 280 Muraena undulata VIII 110 Gymnothorax undulatus. Eurymyctera acutirostris. Batistes bursa. Melichthys radula. Stephano'lepis spilosomus. Diodon holacanthus. Muraena acutirostris VIII no VIII 219 VIII 227 VIII 243 VIII 307 In 1860 Dr. Th eo. Grill, in the Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy, described 2 new species from the Hawaiian Islands, from specimens collected by William Stimpson in a fresh-water stream at Hilo: Nominal species. Page. Present identification. 101 Sicydium stimpsoni. Lentipes concolor. 102 In the same volume Dr. Charles C. Abbott described 1 new species from the Hawaiian Islands, the specimens having been collected by Dr. J. K. Townsend, who presented them to the museum of the Philadelphia Academy: Nominal species. Page. Present identification. Myrichthys magnificus. Eurymyctera acutirostris. Gymnothorax undulatus. Gymnothorax eurostus. 476 477 478 Three species from the Hawaiian Islands, one of them being described as new, were recorded by Doctor Gill in 1862 in the same Proceedings, from specimens collected by Rev. W. H. Pease: Nominal species. Page. Present identification. 107 Paracirrhites arcatus. 107 Paracirrhites cinctus. 122 Cirrhitus marmoratus. In his catalogue of fishes of Lower California (1862), in a foot-note on page 119, Dr. Gill describes Dascyllus albisella from specimens collected by Rev. W. H. Pease at the Sandwich Islands. FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 9 Andrew Garrett, in the Proceedings of the California Academy for 1863, described 3 new species from the Hawaiian Islands, as follows: Nominal species. Page. Present identification. 64 Antennarius leprosus. Chgetodon punctatofasciatus. 65 The next year, in the same Proceedings, Mr. Garrett described 5 additional species: Nominal species. . Page. Present identification. 103 Cheilodactylus vittatus. 105 105 Sebastopsis parvipinnis. Lepidaplois modestus. Antennarius commersoni. 106 Chironectes niger 107 Several collections, made at various times by different individuals in the Lesser Antilles, were reported upon by Dr. Edward D. Cope (1870), and scattered through this paper, in footnotes, are descriptions of many species from different parts of the world. Two of them were collected about 1835 by Dr. John K. Townsend at the Sandwich Islands, and one, Tetrodon Jlorealis ( Spheroides florea/As) , was described as new. Cantherines sandvicensis also is recorded from this place. In the Proceedings of the Zoological Societ}r of London for 1871, page 663, Dr. Albert Gunther records Peristethus engyceras ( = Peristedlon engyceras) from the Hawaiian Islands. Gunther’s “Fische der Sudsee,” the most important of the earlier papers on the fish fauna of the Hawaiian Islands, was published in 1873-1881.“ Although never completed, it contains descriptions or mention of no fewer than 439 species of fishes, 78 of which are credited to the Hawaiian Islands. In the following tabular state- ment are given the name and our identification of each species recorded in this work by Gunther from the Hawaiian Islands, with page and plate reference. New genera and new species are indicated by italics. a According to the Zoological Record,' the dates upon which the various parts of this work appeared are as follows: Band I. Heft I, pp. 1-24, Pis. I-XX 1873 Hefts II and III, pp. 25-96, Pis. XXI-LX 1874 Heft IV, pp. 97-128, Pis. LXI-LXXXIII 1875 Band II. Heft V, pp. 129-168, Pis. LXXXIV-C 1876 Heft VI, pp. 169-216, Pis. CI-CXIX 1877 Heft VII, pp. 217-256, Pis. CXX-CXL 1881 10 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION, ■Fishes from the Hawaiian Islands recorded in Gunther’s Fisclie der Sudsee. Nominal species. Apogon frenatus Apogon maculiferus Dules marginatus Chaetodon setifer Chaetodon ornatissimus Chaetodon fremblii Cha'todon humeraliso Chaetodon lunula Chaetodon multieinctus Chaetodon lineolatus Chaetodon miliaris Chaetodon strigatus Chelmo longirostris Holacanthus arcuatus Holacanthus bispinosus Holacanthus bicolor Upeneus trifasciatus Sphaerodon grandoculis rimelepterus fuscus Cirrhitus forsteri Cirrhitus maculatus Cirrhitus cinctus Chilodactylus vittatus Scorpaena parvipinnis Scorpaena cookii Scorpaena asperella Taenianotus garretti. . Micropus uriipinna Micropus maculatus Myripristis murdjan Myripristis (Holotrachys) lima Holocentrum diadema Holocentrum microstoma Holocentrum erythraeum Gempylus serpens Acanthurus triostegus Acanthurus guttatus Acanthurus nigros Acanthurus dussumieri Acanthurus olivaceus Acanthurus strigosus Acanthurus flavescens Naseus unicornis. . . Naseus lituratus Caranx sanctse-helenae Caranx crumenophthalmus . . Caranx ferdau Caranx gallus Caranx ciliaris Seriola dumerilii Zanclus cornutus Coryphsena equisetis Malacanthus hoedtii Antennarius commersonii Antennarius bigibbus Dactylopterus orientalis ...... Gobius genivittatus Gobius albopunctatus Sicydium stimpsoni a Sicydium albotxniatum Lentipes concolor a Blennius sordidus Blennius brevipinnise Salarias marmoratus Salarias gibbifrons Mugil dobula Aulostoma chinense Giyphidodon saxatilis Dascyllus trimaculatus Dascylius albisella Cossyphis bilunulatus Cossyphis modest'is b Labroides dimidiatus Chilinus bimaculatus b Anampses cuvieri Anampses godeffroyi Stethojulis axillaris Stethojulis albovittata Page. Plate and figure. 19 XIX, A 20 XX, C 24 36 XXVI, B 38 39 XXX, B XXIX, B 40 42 XXXIII 44 45 XXXIV, B XXXIV, A XXXV, A 47 48 50 XXXII, C 51 LVI, C 51 XXXIX, B 59 XLIV, B and C 67 68 69 XLIX, A 71 LI, A 72 LI I, A and B 73 LI, B 75 78 LI I D LV’ SO 83 LVI I, C 86 86 92 93 LX I and LXII LXIII, A 97 98 LXIV, B 99 LXIII, B 106 LXVIII, B 108 109 110 LXJX, A 112 LXXII 113 116 116 LXXIX, Band C LXXVI 118 LXXVIII 124 LXXXII 130 131 134 135 LXXXVII and LXXXVIII .. 135 LXXXIX 136 XC, A 142 xcii 147 XCIII, A 160 XCVIII, B 163 165 CIII, B; CVI, B CV. B 169 170 cx, c 172 cx’ A 183 183 CX, D 184 193 194 CXIII, D 204 CXVI, B 205 CXIV^ C 214 CXX, A . . 221 229 CXXIII B and C CXX VI 236 236 240 cxxx 241 CXXIX, B 243 246 251 CXXX VI, A 252 CXL 254 CXXXVI, c 256 CXLI, B Present identification. Amia snyderi. Amia maculifera. Kuhlia malo. Chaetodon setifer. Chaetodon ornatissimus. Chaetodon fremblii. Chaetodon humeralis.c Chaetodon lunula. Chadodon punctatofasciatus. Chaetodon lineolatus. Chaetodon miliaris. Microcan thus strigatus. Forcipiger longirostris: Holacanthus arcuatus. Holacanthus bispinosus. Holacanthus bicolor. Pseud upeneus multifasciatus. Monotaxis grandoculis. Kyphosus fuscus. Paracirrhites forsteri. Cirrhitus marmoratus. Paracirrhites cinctus. Cheilodactylus vittatus. Sebastopsis parvipinnis. Sebastopsis cacopsis. Sebastapistes asperella. Taenianotus garretti. Caracanthus unipinna. Caracanthus maculatus. Myripristis murdjan. Holotrachys lima. Holocentrus diadema. Holocentrus microstomus. Holocentrus erythrseus. Gempylus serpens. Hepatus sand vicensis. Hepatus guttatus. Hepatus elongatus. Hepatus dussumieri. Hepatus olivaceus. Ctenochsetus strigosus. Zebrasoma flavescens. Acanthurus unicornis. Callican th us litu ratus. Decapterus pinnulatus. Trachurops crumenophthalma. Carangoides ferdau. Alectis ciliaris. Alectis ciliaris. Seriola purpurascens. Zanclus canescens. Coryphsena equisetis. Malacanthus parvipinnis. Antennarius commersonii. Antennarius bigibbus. Cephalacanthus orientalis. Awaous genivittatus. Mapo fuscus. Sicydium stimpsoni. Sicydium albotjeniatum. Lentipes concolor. Blennius sordidus. Hypsoblennius brevipinnis.o Alticus marmoratus. Alticus gibbifrons. Mugil cephalus. Aulostonnis valentini. Abudefduf abdominalis. Dascyllus albisella. Dascyllus albisella. Lepidaplois albotreniatus. Lepidaplois modestus. Labroides dimidiatus. Cheilinus bimaculatus. Anampses cuvier. Anampses godeffroyi. Stethojulis axillaris. Stethojulis albovittata. Hilo, Hawaii. b Honolulu. cNot from Hawaii but from Mexico. FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 11 In 1875 Vaillant and Sauvage published descriptions of 19 species of fishes from the Hawaiian Islands which they regarded as new. The specimens upon which the descriptions were based formed a portion of a collection comprising 180 species, obtained, presumably at Honolulu, by M. Ballieu, at that time French consul to the Hawaiian Islands. The descriptions are, for the most part, unsatisfactory, and cer- tain identification of several of the species seems impossible. Of the 19 species described from the Hawaiian Islands 3 are credited to Sauvage, the others to Valliant and Sauvage. Fishes described from, the Hawaiian Islands by Vaillant and Sauvage in 1875. Scorpsena ballieui Cottus filamentosus Glyphisodon imparipennis Gobius homocyanus Eleotris sandwicensis Salarias zebra Mugil trichilus Congrogadus marginatus Brotula multicirrata Acanthurus virgatus Malacanthus parvipinnis Novacula (Novacula) microlepis. Julis ballieui Coris (Hemicoris) venusta Coris (Hemicoris) ballieui Coris (Hemicoris) rosea Tetraodon (Anosmius) janthiniis. Tetraodon (Anosmius) coronatus. Pcecilophis tritor Nominal species. Page. Present identification. 278 279 279 280 280 281 281 282 282 283 283 284 284 285 285 286 286 286 287 Sebastapistes ballieui. Gymnoeanthus intermedius. a Abudefduf imparipennis. Mapo fuscus. Eleotris sandwicensis. Seartichthys zebra. Chaenomugil chaptali. Congrogadus marginatus. Brotula multicirrata. Zebrasoma flavescens. Malacanthus parvipinnis. Cymolutes lecluse. Thalassoma ballieui. Coris venusta. Coris ballieui. Coris rosea. Canthigaster janthinus. Canthigaster valentini. Echidna leihala. a A Japanese species not seen in Hawaii. The U. S. S. Portsmouth , Commander Joseph S. Skerrett commanding, while engaged in a survey of the islands of the North Pacific Ocean, visited the Hawaiian and Fanning islands in 1873-7-1, and considerable collections of fishes were made by the medical officers on board — Surg. William H. Jones, U. S. Navy, and Passed Asst. Surg. Thomas H. Streets, U. S. Navy. These collections were reported upon by Dr. Streets (Streets, 1877), who states that the fish fauna of Honolulu Harbor is veiy well represented in the collection, but that inadequate means for the preservation of specimens while at the Fanning Islands prevented the making of extensive collections at that group. Thirty-six species are recorded from the Fanning group and 38 from the Hawaiian Islands, nearly all from the harbor at Honolulu or at other places on Oahu Island. Of these 38 species one ( Acanthurus triostegus sandwicensis ) is described as a new subspecies. Fishes obtained at the Hawaiian Islands by U. S. S. Portsmouth in 1873-74. Nominal species. Page. Locality. Present identification. Tetrodon implutus 56 57 57 57 57 58 59 59 60 60 62 63 Honolulu Harbor, Oahu Tetraodon hispidus. Melichthys radula. Balistes vidua. Platophrys pantherinus. Eleotris s'andvicensis. Asterropteryx semipunctatus. Sicydium stimpsoni. Awaous stamineus. Gnatholepis knighti. Mapo fuscus. Sebastapistes gibbosa. Pseudocheilinus octota-nia. Culms fuscus Brachyeleotris cyanostigma Sicyopterus stimp-soni Awaous crassilabris Fresh water streams, Oahu. . . Coral reefs at Oahu Fresh water streams, Oahu. . . do Acentrogobius ophthalmotsenia Coral reefs at Oahu Sebastapistes strongia Pseudocheilinus hexataenia Honolulu, Oahu do 12 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION, Fishes obtained at the Haivaiian Islands by TJ. S. S. Portsmouth in 1873-74 — Continued. Nominal species. Stethojulis axillaris Cheilio inermis Julis melanoptera Glyphidodon saxatiiis Acanthurus triostegus, var. sandvicensis Acanthurus blochi Naseus unicornis Trachurops mauritianus Carangus melampygus Carangus chrysos Chorinemus sanctipetri Upeneus trifasciatus Upeneoides vittatus Moronopsis marginatus Apogon auritus Priacanthus carolinus Cirrhites forsteri Mugil cephalotus Aulostoma chinense Fistularia serrata Belone platyura Exoccetus speculiger Exoccetus brachypterus Saurida nebulosa Albula conorhynchus Mursena undulata. Page. Locality. Present identification. 65 Honolulu, Oahu Stethojulis axillaris. 65 do Cheilio inermis. 66 do Thalassoma duperrey. 66 do Abudefduf abdominalis. 67 Honolulu Harbor, Oahu Hepatus sandvicensis. 68 do Hepatus guntheri. 68 Honolulu, Oahu Acanthurus unicornis. 68 Honolulu Harbor, Oahu Trachurops crumenopthalma. 69 Honolulu, Oahu Carangus melampygus. 70 do Carangus crysos. 70 do Scomberoides sancti-petri. 71 do Pseudupeneus multifasciatus. 71 do Upeneus arge. 71 Waialua, Oahu Kuhlia malo. 72 Honolulu, Oahu Foa brachvgramma. 72 Honolulu Harbor Priacanthus cruentatus. 73 Honolulu, Oahu Paraeirrhites forsteri. 73 Honolulu Harbor Mugil cephalus. 71 Honolulu, Oahu Aulostomus valentini. 74 Honolulu Harbor Fistularia serrata. 75 do Belone platyura. 75 Hawaiian Islands Exoccetus volitans. 75 do Parexocoetus brachypterus. 76 Honolulu, Oahu Saurida gracilis. 76 do Albula vulpes. 77 Coral reefs, Honolulu, Oahu.. Gymnothorax undulatus. Steindachner (1876) in his Ichthyologische Beitrage (V) records as new two species from the Hawaiian Islands, Moronopsis argenteus var. sandvicensis {= Kuhlia malo), and Apr ion rnicrodon ( = Apsilus microdon). Three years later (1879) the same author, in his “ Uber einige Scariden a us Polynesien,” describes Scants {Scarus) perspicillatus (= Gaily odon perspicillatus) from the same islands. The Challenger , during her memorable voyage, stayed a fortnight at Honolulu and live days at Hilo, at which places 27 species of fishes were secured. These were recorded by Dr. Gunther (1880), in his report on the shore fishes of the voyage of the Challenger. The list is as follows: Fishes collected at the Hawaiian Islands by H. M. S. Challenger. Nominal species. Zygaena malleus Dules marginatus Scorpsena nuchal is Cirrhites arcatus Cirrhitichthys maculatus Caranx crumenopthalmus Caranx hippos Acanthurus blochi Upeneus trifasciatus Polynemus sexfilis Gobius stamineus Gobius sandvicensis Eleotris fusca Sicydium nigrescens Lentipes eoncolor Lentipes seminudus Mugil dobula Dascyllus albisella Julis obscura Rhomboidichthys pantherinus Chanos salmoneus Albula conorhynchus Mursena flavo-marginata Muraena (?) sp Doryichthys pleurotxnia Balistes btiniva Volume. Page. Plate and figure. Locality. I, pt. VI. . . I.pt.VI... I,pt. VI... I.pt.VI... I.pt.VI... I.pt.VI... I.pt.VI... I.pt.VI... I.pt.VI... I.pt.VI... I,pt. VI... 1, pt. VI.. . I.pt.VI... I.pt.VI... I.pt.VI... I.pt.VI... I.pt.VI... Lpt.vi... I.pt.VI... I.pt.VI... I.pt.VI... I.pt.VI... I.pt.VI... I.pt.VI... I.pt.VI... I.pt.VI... 59 Honolulu 59 59 olulu. 59 do 59 do 59 do 59 Hilo 59 59 do 50 Hilo 59 Honolulu 60 do 60 60 XXVI, c do 61 61 Honolulu 61 Hilo 61 61 XXVI, figs, a and B do 61 do 61 do 61 Hilo 61 61 62 do XXVI, fig. D do 62 do Present identification. Sphyrna zygsena. Kuhlia malo. Sebastapistes nuchal is. Paraeirrhites arcatus. Cirrhitus marmoratus. Trachurops crumenopthalma. Carangus forsteri. Hepatus guntheri. Pseudupeneus m u lti fascia tus. Polydactylus sexfilis. Awaous stamineus. Mapo fuscus. Eleotris sand wieensis. Sicydium stimpsoni. Lentipes eoncolor. Lentipes seminudus. Mugil cephalus. Dascyllus albisella. Thalassoma ballieui. Platophrys pantherinus. Chanos chanos. Albula vulpes. Gymnothorax flavimarginatus. (?) Doryrhamphus pleurottenia. Melichthys radula. FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 13 Steindachner, in 1878, described one new species, Myxus ( Neomyxus ) sclateri (= Chaenomugil chaptali) from the Hawaiian Islands, and Garman (1880) described Try g on lata ( = Dasyatis lata ) from the same place, the specimen having been col- lected by Andrew Garrett. Two years later Smith and Swain (1882) published in the Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum a report on a collection of fishes from Johnston Island. This collection was made in 1880 by the captain of a vessel belong- ing to the North Pacific Guano Company at the instance of Dr. Jordan, who supplied the vessel with a can of alcohol for preserving the specimens. The collec- tion contained 27 nominal species, 5 of which were described as new by Smith and Swain. The list is as follows: Fishes collected at Johnston Island by a vessel of the North Pacific Guano Company in 1880. Nominal species. Page. Present identification. 120 Myrichthys stypurus. 121 121 122 Polydaetylus sexfilis. Scomberoides sancti-petri. Carangoides gymnostethoides. Holocentrus spinifer. Holocentrus erythrseus. 124 125 125 127 128 129 Pseudupeneus crassilabris. Pseudupeneus multi fasciatus. Mulloides vanicolensis. Mulloides preorbitalis. Cheilinus hexagonatus. Callyodon perspicillatus. Thaiassoma ballieui. Thalassoma duperrev. Lepidaplois albotsniatus. 130 131 132 133 134 J ulis verticalis : Julis clepsydralis 135 136 136 137 138 Hepatus sandvicensis. 139 Balistes aculeatus 139 Balistapus aculeatus. Melichthys radula. Ostracion lentiginosum. Tetraodon laorymatus. Diodon hystrix. Platophrys mancus. 140 140 141 141 Platophrvs man'cus 142 Steindachner, in 1887, raised to specific rank fiforonopsis argenteus sandvicensis (= Kuhlia rnalo ), from these islands; and in 1893 lie described Myrijeristis pill wax! I from Honolulu. Jenkins (1895), in the Proceedings of the California Academy, described as new Romania maJata , from a specimen forwarded to Stanford Univer- sity by Mr. Charles B. Wilson, of Honolulu, the fish having been captured at Pearl Harbor January 25, 1892, by Mr. Hiel Kapu. The next important contribution to our knowledge of the ichthyology of the Hawaiian Islands is the paper by Gilbert and Cramer (1897). While engaged in surveying a cable route between California and Honolulu in December, 1891, the Albatross made eight hauls with the beam trawl in Kaiwi Channel. Of the 28 species (by error given as 2G in the introduction to the report), 23 were thought to be new by Gilbert and Cramer. Three new genera also were based upon this collection. 14 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Fishes collected at the Hawaiian Islands by the Albatross in 1891. Nominal species. Prom yllan tor alcocki Congermurtena sequorea Chlorophthalmus proridens Diaphus urolampus Diaphus chrysorhynchus Myctophum fibulatu m Dasyscopelus pristilepis Neoscopelus macrolepidotus Argyripnus ephippiatus Polylpnus spinosus Melanostoma argyreum Sternoptyx diaphana Scorpaena remigera. . . . Peristedion Mans Ccelorhynchus paral 1 elus Ccelorhynchus gladius Ccelocephalus acipenserinus - Macrourus ectenes Macrourus propinquus Macrourus holocentrus Macrourus gibber H ymenocephalus antrseus Trachonurus sentipellis Chalinura ctenomelas. Optonurus atherodon Malacocephalus lfeyis Pelecanichtliys crumenalis Malthopsis mitriger Page. 405 405 400 408 409 411 412 414 414 416 416 416 418 419 421 421 422 423 424 425 429 430 431 432 433 434 Plate and figure. XXXVI, fig. 1 .... XXXVII XXXVI, tig. : XXXVIII, fig. 1 .. XXXVIII, fig. 2 . . XXXVIII, fig. 3.. XXXIX, fig. 1.... XXXIX, fig. 2... No. of Albatross station. XXXIX, fig. 3.... XL XLI, figs. 1, 2. XLI, 3 XLII. fig. 1 . XLIV, fig. 1 XLII, fig. 2 . XLIII XLIV, fig. 2 . XLVI, fig. 2 . XLV, fig. 1 . . XLV, fig. 2 . . XLVI, fig. 1 XLVII. XLVIII, figs. 1,2.. 3472 3474 3475 3476 3467 3472 286 (surface tow net) . 3467 286 (surface tow net). 3470 3474 3472 3476 3476 3472 3473 3476 3470-3472 3476 3473 3472 3470-3476 3473 3473 3475 3474 3475 3474 3475 3467 3470 3471 3476 3474 3470 3472 3470 3471 3474 3475 3476 3470 3472 3475 3476 3472 3476 3467 3472 3476 Type No. U. S. N. M. 47724 47696 ! 47715 !• 4771 709 47711 47737 47708 )■ 47732 47726 } 47730 47706 47721 47718 | 47741 ]• 47734 I * 47733 47735 47980 47704 }■ 48738 i 47700 Present identification. Promyllantor alcocki. Congrellus aequoreus. Chlorophthalmus proridens. Diaphus urolampus. Diaphus chrysorhynchus. Myctophum fibulatum. Dasyscopelus pristilepis. Neoscopelus alcocki. Argyripnus ephippiatus. Polyipnus nuttingii. Synagrops argyrea. Sternoptyx diaphana. Setarches reiniger. Peristedion hians. Ccelorhynchus parallelus. Ccelorhynchus gladius. Mateocephalus acipenserinus. Macrourus ectenes. Macrourus propinquus. Macrourus holocentrus. Macrourus gibber. II ymenocephalus antraeus. Trachonurus sentipellis. Chalinura ctenomelas. Optonurus atherodon. Malacocephalus lsevis. Pelecanichtliys crumenalis. Malthopsis mitriger. In 1896 and 1897 Dr. Schauinsland, director of the Bremen Museum, during a voyage in the Pacific Ocean, made collections of fishes at various places. He obtained about 160 species, 117 of which were from the Hawaiian Islands (Oahu and Lay sail). The collections were reported upon by Dr. Franz Steindachner (1900), who described 9 of the species from the Hawaiian Islands as new. FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS 15 Fishes obtained, at the Hawaiian Islands by Dr. Schauinsland in 1896 and 1897. Nominal species. Page. Plate and figure. Locality. Present identification. Kuhlia malo Priacanthus hamrur Apogon (Pristiapogon) frenatus Apogon macuiiferus A prion virescens Mulloides pflilgeri Mulloides erythrinus Mulloides auriflamma - Parupeneus cyclostomus Parupeneus pleurostigma Parupeneus dispilurus Parupeneus trifaseiatus Upeneoides tseniopterus Sphaerodon grandoculis Chaetodon auriga Chsetodon fremblii Chsetodon quadrimaculatus Chaetodon lunula Chaetodon lineolatus Chaetodon miliaris Chelmo (Forcipiger) longirostris Zanclus cornutus Pimelepterus fuseus Cirrhites (Amblycirrhites) arcatus Cirrhites forsteri Cirrhites (Cirrhitichthys) maculatus Cirrhites cinctus Chilodactylus vittatus Scorpaena gibbosa Holocentrum argenteum Holocentrum diadema Myripristis murdjan Myripristis (Holotracliis) lima Polynemus sexfilis Acanthurus dussumieri Acanthurus flavescens Acanthurus olivaeeus Acanthurus lineolatus Acanthurus triostegus Acanthurus achilles Acanthurus bipunc.tatus Acanthurus (Harpurus) hypselopterus Acanthurus (Ctenodon) strigosus Naseus unicornis Naseus litturatus , Caranx (Hypocaranx) speciosus Caranx ignobilis Caranx (Selar) affinis Caranx crumenophthalmus. Caranx ferdau Decapterus sanctse-helenae Chorinemus moadetta Chorinemus sancti-petri Percis schauinslandii Malacanthus hcedtii Antennarius commersonii Dactylopterus orientalis Salarias edentulus Sphyrsena agam Myxus pacificus Mugil dobuia Aulostoma chinense Heliastes oralis Glyphidodon saxatilis Glyphidodon (Paraglyphidodon) melas Dascyllus trimaculatus Harpe bilunulata Chilinus radiatus Chilinus bimaculatus Stethojulis albovittata Novacula vanicolensis Novacula (Iniistius) pavo Novacula (Iniistius) nigra Novacula (Iniistius) tetrazona ,1 ulis duperrei .Tulis umbrostigma I ulis purpureus , Tulis ruppellii Tulis obscura Gomphosus tricolor Gomphosus varius Chilio inermis Coris multicolor Coris pulcherrima 483 484 484 484 484 485 485 485 486 486 486 486 487 487 488 488 489 489 489 489 489 489 489 490 490 490 490 490 491 492 492 492 492 492 493 493 493 493 493 493 494 494 494 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 496 496 497 497 498 499 500 500 501 502 502 502 502 III, 4. Laysanand Honolulu do Honolulu Laysan j Honolulu do Laysan Laysan and Honolulu Honolulu Laysan Honolulu do do do do IV, 1 III, 5 Laysan Honolulu and Laysan Honolulu do Honolulu and Laysan Honolulu .do Honolulu and Laysan Honolulu do Honolulu and Laysan Honolulu do do Honolulu and Laysan do Honolulu do do do do do do Honoluluand Laysan . Honolulu I do do do Honoluluand Laysan . Honolulu Oahu, Pearl Harbor . . Honoluluand Laysan . Honolulu ....do do do do do do do Laysan Honolulu Laysan Honolulu Laysan Honolulu Honolulu and Laysan Honolulu Honolulu and Laysan Laysan Kuhlia malo. Priacanthus meeki. Amia snyderi. Amia maculifera. Amia virescens. Mulloides pflugeri. Mulloides erythrinus. Mulloides auriflamma. Pseudupeneus chryserydros. Pseudupeneus pleurostigma. Pseudupeneus fraterculus. Pseudupeneus multifasciatus. Upeneus tseniopterus. Monotaxis grandoculis. Chaetodon setifer. Chtetodon fremblii. Chsetodon quadrimaculatus. Chsetodon lunula. Chsetodon lineolatus. Chsetodon miliaris. Forcipiger longirostris. Zanclus canescens. Kyphosus fuseus. Paracirrhites arcatus. Paracirrhites forsteri. Cirrhitus marmoratus. Paracirrhites cinctus. Chilodactylus vittatus. Scorpsenopsis gibbosa. Holocentrus seythrops. Holocentrus diadema. Myripristis murdjan. Holotrachys lima. Polvdactylus sexfilis. Hepatus dussumieri. Zebrasoma flavescens. Hepatus olivaeeus. Hepatus atramentatus. Hepatus sandvicensis. Hepatus achilles. Hepatus elongatus. Zebrasoma veliferum. Ctenochaetus strigosus. Acanthurus unicornis. Callicanthus lituratus. Caranx speciosus. Carangus ignobilis. Carangus afifinis. Trachurops crumenophthalma. Carangoides ferdau. Decapterus pinnulatus. Scomberoides tolooparah. Scomberoides sancti-petri. Osurus schauinslandi. Malacanthus parvipinnis. Antennarius commersonii. Cephalacanthus orientalis. Salarias edentulus. Sphyrsena commersonii. Myxus pacificus. Mugil cephalus. Aulostomus valentini. Chromis ovalis. Abudefduf abdominalis. Abudefduf sordidus. 503 503 504 504 504 504 505 505 505 506 506 506 506 506 506 507 507 IV, 507 V, 2 507 Honolulu do do do do do do 2 do do Honolulu and Laysan do '..... do Laysan Honolulu and Laysan Honolulu do do | Honolulu and Laysan I Honolulu ' Dascyllus albisella. Lepidaplois albotaeniatus. Cheilinus diagrammus. Cheilinus bimaculatus. Stethojulis albovittata. Novaculichthys tamiurus. Iniistius pavoninus. Iniistius niger. Iniistius pavoninus. Thalassoma duperrey. Thalassoma umbrostigma. Thalassoma purpureum. Thalassoma fuscum. Thalassoma ballieui. Gomphosus tricolor. Gomphosus varius. Cheilio inermis. Coris venusta. Julis pulcherrima. 16 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Fishes obtained at the Hawaiian Islands by Dr. Schauinsland in 1896 and 1897 — Continued. Nominal species. Page. Plate and figure. Locality. Present identification. Coris argenteo-striata Coris schauinslandii Pseudoscarus trosehelii Pseudoscarus bataviensis Pseudoscarus sumbawensis Callyodon genistratus Callyodon spinidens Platophrys pavo Platophrys pantherinus Hemirha'mphus paciflcus Belone annulata Belone platyura Exoccetus brachypterus Exoccetus bahiensis Exoccetus neglectus Sy nodus varius Albula glossodonta Elops saurus Chanos chanos Conger marginatus Murtena flavimarginata Mursena laysana Baiistes vidua Balistes aeuleatus Baiistes rectangulus Balistes (Melanichthys) buniva Baiistes (Parabalistes) ringens Balistes (Linrusj laureolus Monacanthus spilosoma Monacanthus pardalis Ostracion punctatus Ostracion diaphanus Tetrodon margaritatus Tetrodon caudofasciatus Diodon maculatus Carcharias (Prionodon) gangeticus Galeus vulgaris Aetobatis narinari 507 508 508 508 509 509 509 510 511 511 512 512 512 512 512 513 513 513 514 514 514 515 510 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 518 518 518 519 519 519 Ill, 1 ... V, 1 do do Honolulu and Laysan do Honolulu and Laysan do .... do VI, 3.... VI, 1,2.. Honolulu Honolulu and Laysan . '.do do do Laysan and Hawaii . . . 111,3.... .do do do Coris rosea. Coris ballieui. Callyodon troscheli. Callyodon bataviensis. Callyodon erythrodon. Cryptotomus sp. Cryptotomus sp. Platophrys sp. Platophrys pantherinus. Hvporhamphus paciflcus. Tylosurus giganteus. Belone platyura. Parexoccetus brachypterus. Cypsilurus bahiensis. Cypsilurus simus. Synodus varius. Albula vulpes. Elops saurus. Chanos chanos. Leptocephalus marginatus. Gymnot borax steindachneri, part. Gy m nothorax laysan us. Balistes vidua. Balistapus aeuleatus. Balistapus rectangulus. Melichthys radula. Melichthys radula. Canthidermis aureolus. Stephanolepis spilosomus. Cantherines sandwichiensis. Ostracion lentiginosum. Lactoria galeodon. Canthigaster jactator. Canthigaster bitceniatus. Diodon holacanthus. Carcharias nesiotes. Galeus japonieus. Stoasodon narinari. in A number of fishes were obtained by the distinguished ornithologists, Dr. John K. Townsend and Mr. Thomas Nuttall, during a trip to the Hawaiian Islands in 1835, and by Dr. Townsend alone in 1836. Later, Dr. William H. Jones, U. S. Navy, collected some specimens, and later still (October and November, 1893) Dr. Benja- min Sharp made a small collection at Honolulu. All of these collections found their way to the. Philadelphia Academy and were reported upon by Mr. Henry W. Fowler (1900). Of a total of 101 species, 6 were regarded as new and 8 were too badly preserved for positive identification. The list is as follows: Fishes recorded from, the Hawaiian Islands by Henry W. Fowler in 1900. , Nominal species. Page. Plate and figure. Present identification. 494 Leiuranus semicinctus. Mvrichthys magnificus 494 XVIII, 3.. XVIII, 4.. Myrichthys magnificus. Gymnothorax eurostus. Eurymyctera acutirostris. Gymnothorax undulatus. Gymnothorax undulatus. Gymnothorax laysanus. Echidna zonata. 494 494 XVIII, 5.. XVIII, 6.. Lycodontis kaupi 494 494 494 XVIII, 1.. 495 XVIII, 2.. 496 Echidna zonata. 496 Elops saurus. Anchovia purpurea. Synodus varius. Saurida gracilis. Centrobranchus chserocephalus. Hemiramphus depauperatus.. Parexoccetus brachypterus. Exoccetus volitans. 497 XIX, 1... 497 XIX, 2.... 498 498 499 XIX, 3.... 500 500 Aulostomus chinensis 500 Aulostomus valentini. FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS, 17 Fishes recorded from the Hawaiian Islands by Henry W. Fowler in 1900 — Continued. Nominal species. Page. Plate and figure. Present identification. 500 Mugil cephalus. Spliyrsena commersonii. Polydactylus sexfilis. Myripristis murdjan. Holocentrns diadema. 501 501 501 501 501 Holocentrus diploxiphus. Trachurops crumenophthalma Carangus forsteri. 501 501 502 502 Epinepheius quernus. Apsilus microdon. Monotaxis grandoculis? 502 502 502 503 Dascyllus albisella Pomacentrus jenkinsi. 503 504 504 504 Abudefduf imparipinnis.n Anampses cuvier. Ho. 508 Stethojulis albovittata. Stethojulis axillaris. Macropharyngodon geofTroy. Hemipteronotus copei. 508 508 508 XX, 1 510 510 Thalassoma duperrey. Thalassoma purpureum. Gomphosus tricolor. Gomphosus varius. Julis gaimard. Coris aygula.a Julis eydouxii. 510 510 510 510 510 511 511 511 Scartichthys sauritus.® 512 512 Callyodon oviceps.® Forcipiger longirostris. 512 512 512 512 512 512 Chsetodon quadrimaculatus. 513 513 513 513 Acanthurus unicornis. Hepatus sandvicensis. Hepatus guttatus. Hepatus matoides. Hepatus achilles. 513 513 513 513 514 514 Balistapus rectangulus. Oanthidermis angulosus. Cantherines sandwichiensis. Stephanolepis spilosomus. Spheroides florealis. Ranzania makua. Sebastopsis kelloggi. Sebastapistes gibbosa. Scorptenopsis gibbosa. Caracanthus maculatf' Cephalacanthus orientalis. Eleotris sandwiciensis. Mapo fuscus. Awaous stamineus. Awaous genivittatus. Awaous stamineus. Echeneis remora. Petroscirtes sp.a Salarias edentulus. 514 514 514 514 XX, 4 514 Sebastopsis guamensis 515 Sebastapistes strongia 515 515 XX 5 516 516 Gobi us albopunctatus 517 Gobius papuensis 517 517 Awaous crassilabris 517 517 Salarias edentulus 517 517 518 Salarias variolosus Alticus variolosus. Alticus brevis. Brotula multicirrata. Antennarius commersonii. Salarias brevis 518 Brotula townsendi 518 XX, 3... Antennarius commersonii 519 « Probably not Hawaiian. F.'C. B. 1903—2 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. By far the most important studies of the fishes of the Hawaiian Islands that had been made previous to the present investigations were those carried on by Dr. Oliver Peebles Jenkins. In the summer of 1889, Dr. Jenkins, then professor of biology in De Pauw University, now professor of physiology in Stanford University, fitted out an expedition to make collections of the fishes of the Hawaiian Islands. He was accompanied by Mr. George C. Price, now associate professor of zoology in Stanford University, and Mr. Oscar Vaught, then students of De Pauw University. The expenses of the expedition were shared by De Pauw University, Indiana University, and Dr. Jenkins himself, the former institution paying the major part. Several weeks were spent at Honolulu by Dr. Jenkins and his students, and a brief trip was made to Hilo. The collection obtained was vastly larger than any previously made, and contained no fewer than 140 genera and 238 species, of which 7 genera and 78 species have been described by Dr. Jenkins as new. While engaged in studying his own large collection, several smaller lots of Hawaiian fishes came into Doctor Jenkins’s hands, viz: Sixteen species of shore fishes obtained at Honolulu by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer Albatross in 1891 while making the Hawaiian cable survey; 18 species secured by Dr. Jordan at Honolulu in 1896, when the Albatross stopped at that place while on the fur-seal investigation; a small collection made at Honolulu in 1898 by Dr. Thomas D. Wood, then of Stanford University; another small collection obtained by Dr. Wood in 1899; a single example of Romania mafc.ua sent to Stan- ford University by Mr. C. B. Wilson, of Honolulu; a few species obtained at Hono- lulu by Dr. Jordan and Mr. John O. Snyder when returning from their expedition to Japan in 1900; and lastly, a small collection made in 1900 at various places among the Hawaiian Islands by Mr. Richard C. McGregor. These, added to the collections made by Dr. Jenkins, make a total of 147 genera and 254 species, of which 7 genera and 94 species were thought by Dr. Jenkins to be new. Besides the 94 species regarded as new, 62 other species were for the first time recorded from the Hawaiian Islands, making a total of 155 species added to the fish fauna, which up to that time consisted of but 99 known species. Four papers have resulted from Dr. Jenkins’s studies of these collections — three preliminary (1895, 1900, and 1901), and a final paper (1903), giving a full account of all the species represented. Following is a list of the new species and new genera described in these various papers: New species of fishes from the Hawaiian Islands, in various collections, reported on by Dr. 0. P. Jenkins. Nominal species. Page and figure. Type number. Present identification. 1S95. Ranzania makua 779, frontispiece L. S. Jr. U. 31. Ranzania makua. 1900. Maeropharyngodon aquilolo. Halichceres iridescens Halichceres lao Coris lepomis Hemicoris remedius Hemicoris keleipionis Thalassoma pyrrhovinctum . Novaculichtbys woodi Novaculichth'ys entargyreus Hemipteronotus umbrilatus . Iniistius leucozonus Iniistius verater Cheilinus zonurus Anampses evermanni Calotomus irradians Scarus brunneus 40, fig. 1 . 47, fig. 2 . 48, fig. 3 - 48, fig. 4 . 49, fig. 5 . 51, fig. 0 . 51, fig. 7 . 52, fig. 8 . 53, fig. 9 . 53, fig. 10 54, fig. 11 55, fig. 12 56, fig. 13 57, fig. 14 58, fig. 15 59, fig. 16 0130.. 0131 . . 6132.. 12141. 0133. . 6049. . 0138.. 6029. . 5984.. 0135.. 6137.. 5990. . 0134.. 6136. 12142. 0139.. Maeropharyngodon geoffroy. Halichceres ornatissimus. Halichceres lao. Julis lepomis. Coris venusta. Coris rosea. Thalassoma duperrey. Novaculichthys woo’di. Do. Hemipteronotus umbrilatus. Iniistius pavoninus. Iniistius niger. Cheilinus hexagonatus. Anampses evermanni. Calotomus irradians. Callyodon brunneus. FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 19 New species of fishes from, the Hawaiian Islands, in various collections, etc. — Continued. Normal species. 1900. Scarus gilberti Scarus paluca Scarus ahula Scarus miniatus Pseudoscarus jordani Pseudocbeilinus octotoenia 1901. Page and figure. 59, fig. 17 60, fig. 18 61, fig. 19 62, fig. 20 63, fig. 21 64, fig. 22 Type number. L. S. Jr. U. M. 6140 6141 6142 12144 12143 6122 Present identification. U. S. N. M. Callyodon gilberti. Callyodon paluca. Callyodon ahula. Callyodon miniatus. Callyodon jordani. Pseudocbeilinus octo taenia. Sphyrsena helleri Sphyraena snodgrassi Ant'hias fuscipinnis Aphareus flavivultus Eupomacentrus marginatus Chromis yelox Ctuetodon mantelliger Chaetodon sphenospilus Ostracion camurum Ovoides latifrons Tropidichthys jactator Eumycterias bitaeniatus Scorpamopsis cacopsis Parapercis pterostigma Brotula marginalis 387, fig. 1 388, fig. 2 389, fig. 3 390, fig. 4 391, fig. 5 393, fig. 6 394, fig. 7 395, fig. 8 396, fig. 9 398, fig. 10 399, fig. 11 400, fig. 12 401, figs. 13 and 402, fig. 15 403, fig. 16 14. 49692. 49693. 49695. 49691. 49700. 49698. 49699. 49705. 49697. 49696. 49703. 49702. 49690. 49701 49694 Sphyrsena helleri. Sphyrsena commersonii. Pseudanthias fuscipinnis. Aphareus flavivultus. Pomacentrus jenkinsi. Chromis ovalis. Chaetodon miliaris. Chaetodon unimaculatus. Ostracion sebae. Tetraodon lacrymatus. Canthigaster jactator. Canthigaster bitaeniatus. Scorpaenopsis cacopsis. Osurus schauinslandii. Brotula marginalis. 1903. Dasyatis hatvaiensis Dasyatis sciera Congrellus bowersi Microdonophis macgregori Muraena lampra Muraena kauila Gymnothorax leucostictus Gymnorhorax gracilicauda Gymnothorax thalassopterus 420, PI. I , 421, PI. I . 422, fig. 1 . 422, fig. 2 . 423, fig. 3 . 424, fig. 4 . 425, fig. 5 . 426, fig. 6 . 427, PI. II 50689 50721 50680 50684 50681 50679 50619 Dasyatis hawaiiensis. Dasyatis sciera. * Congrellus bowersi. Microdonophis macgregori. Muraena kailuae. Muraena kailuse. Gymnothorax leucostictus. Gymnothorax gracilicauda. Gymnothorax flavimargina- tus. Gymnothorax leucacme Gymnothorax ercodes Echidna leihala Echidna vincta Echidna obscura Echidna psalion Cypsilurus atrisignis Myripristis sealei Se'riola sparna Deeapterus canonoides Carangus hippoides. Carangus rhabdotus Carangus politus JTowleria brachygrammus . . . Apogon menesemus Priacanthus meeki Eteliscus marshi Pseudupeneus porphyrons . . . Chromis elaphrus Calotomus cyclurus Calotomus snyderi Scaridea zonarcha Scaridea balia Teuthis leucopareius Teuthis umbra Teuthis giintheri Acanthurus incipiens Callicanthus metoposophron Tropidichthys oahuensis Tropidichthys epilamprus . . Lactoria galeodon Diodon nudifrons Cirrhitoidea bimacula Sebastopsis kelloggi Sebastapistes corallicola Sebastapistes coniorta Sebastapistes galactacma Dendrochirns chloreus Eviota epiphanes Chlamydes laticeps Gobionellus lonchotus Enypnias oligolepis Tripterygion atriceps Salarias cypho Salarias saltans Salarias rutilus Aspidontus brunneolus 427, fig. 7 428, fig. 8 428, fig. 9 429, fig. 10 430, fig. 11 431, fig. 12 436, PI. Ill 439, fig. 13 442, fig. 14 442, PI. IV 443, fig. 15 444, fig. 16 445, fig. 17 447, fig. 18 449, fig. 19 450, fig. 20 452, fig. 21 454, fig. 22 457, fig. 23 465, fig. 24 467, fig. 25 468, fig. 26 469, fig. 27 476, fig. 28 477 477, fig. 29 480, fig. 30 481, fig. 31 485, fig. 32 485, fig. 33 487, fig. 34 488, fig. 35 489, fig. 36 492, fig. 37 493, fig. 38 495, fig. 39 496, fig. 40 498, fig. 41 501, fig. 42 503, fig. 43 503, fig. 44 504, fig. 45 505, fig. 40 506, fig. 47 508, fig. 48 509, fig. 49 510, fig. 50 Gymnothorax petelii. Gymnothorax ercodes. Echidna leihala. Echidna zonata. Echidna obscura. Echidna psalion. Cypsilurus atrisignis. Myripristis sealei. Seriola sparna. Deeapterus pinnulatus. 50710 1 Carangus ignobilis. 50711 1 Carangus rhabdotus. 50709 | Carangus politus. Foa brachygramma. Amia menesemus. Priacanthus meeki. Etelis marshi. Pseudupeneus porphyreus. Chromis elaphrus. Calotomus cyclurus. Calotomus snyderi. Scaridea zonarcha. Scaridea balia. Hepatus leucopareius. Hepatus umbra. Hepatus guntheri. Acanthurus incipiens. Callicanthus metoposophron. Canthigaster oahuensis. Canthigaster epilamprus. Lactoria galeodon. Diodon nudifrons. Cirrhitoidea bimacula. Sebastopsis kelloggi. Sebastapistes corallicola. Sebastapistes coniorta. Sebastapistes galactacma. Dendrochirns chloreus. Eviota epiphanes. Chlamydes laticeps. Oxyurichthys lonchotus. Enypnias oligolepis. Enneapterygius atriceps. Seartichthys zebra. Alticus gibbifrons. Alticus gibbifrons. Enchelyurus ater. 20 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. In 1901 Mr. Alvin Seale, curator of fishes in the Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum, at Honolulu, published a short paper on Hawaiian fishes. This paper contains descriptions of 7 species, 6 of which were regarded as new. The list follows: Nominal species. Page. Figure. Type number, Bishop Museum. Identification. 3 1 481 Epincphelus quernus. Novaculicbthys woodi. Apsilus brighami. 5 2 611 7 3 625 9 4 664 Scorpsenopsis cocopsis 11 Scorpsenopsis cacopsis. Stephanolepis albopune- tatus. Thalassoma purpureum. Monacanthus a Ibopunctatus 13 6 667 15 7 681 INVESTIGATIONS BY THE U. S. FISH COMMISSION IN igoi-2. The foregoing is a brief summary of the ichthyological work that had been done on the Hawaiian fauna previous to 1901. In that year the U. S. Fish Commission undertook a somewhat comprehensive investigation and study of the aquatic resources of the Islands. The plan adopted contemplated field investigations extending over two seasons, the first (1901) to be devoted to the shore fishes and the fresh-water species, and the second (1902) to be given primarily to the deeper water fauna. The general direction of all the investigations was placed in the hands of the present writers, and the first field party arrived at Honolulu June 5, 1901. This party consisted of Dr. David Starr Jordan, president of Stanford University; Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, ichthyologist of the U. S. Fish Commission; Mr. Edmund L. Goldsborough and Mr. John N. Cobb, of the U. S. Fish Commission; Mr. Albertus H. Baldwin and Capt. Charles B. Hudson, artists; Mr. Michitaro Sindo, of Stanford University; Master Knight Starr Jordan, volunteer assistant, and Dr. William H. Aslimead, of the U. S. National Museum. Mr. Cobb was assigned to the study of the statistics and methods of the fisheries; Messrs. Baldwin and Hudson gave their time to securing paintings in life colors of such species as could be obtained and kept alive in aquariums long enough to be painted. Dr. Aslimead directed his efforts to making collections of insects in the interest of the U. S. National Museum. On July 17 Dr. O. P. Jenkins joined the party at Honolulu and remained until September. Most of the collecting was done at Honolulu, though visits were made to Hilo, Lahaina (Maui Island), Kailua, Molokai, and other places. The excellent market at Honolulu, through the market inspector, Mr. E. Louis Berndt, furnished the richest and largest part of the collection, while great numbers of specimens were obtained by ourselves in shallow water and on the coral reefs about Honolulu and Waikiki; also at Moana Lua, Waianae, Waialua, Waimea, and Heeia. Kailua and Honuapo, Hawaii, which were visited b}^ Messrs. Jordan, Goldsborough, and Sindo, also afforded excellent collecting. In March, 1902, the Fish Commission steamer Albatross was sent to the Hawaiian Islands to continue the investigations by paying special attention to the deeper-water fauna. The vessel was in command of Capt. Chauncey Thomas, U. S. Navy, and the scientific staff consisted of Dr. Charles II. Gilbert, Stanford University; Dr. Charles FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 21 C. Nutting, University of Iowa; Mr. Fred. M. Chamberlain, assistant naturalist, and Mr. A. B. Alexander, fishery expert, steamer Albatross; Prof. John O. Snyder and Mr. Walter K. Fisher, Stanford University. The Albatross devoted the entire spring and summer to the investigations, running many lines of dredgings, develop- ing fishing banks about the islands, and collecting in favorable localities, including Laysati, Bird, and Necker islands, some 800 miles to the northwest. The vessel returned to San Francisco September 1. The collections made during the investigations carried on during these two sea- sons are doubtless the largest and most important ever made in the Pacific. They embrace many thousand specimens of fishes and even greater numbers of crustaceans, mollusks, and other invertebrates. The various groups have been assigned to special- ists for study, and a number of reports have already been received. The early pub- lication of all in the Bulletin of this Commission is contemplated. Those so far issued include a general report by the present writers (1902), a statistical report by John N. Gobi) (1902), two papers giving descriptions of new genera and species (1903) by the present writers, a report on the shore fishes collected by the Albatross , by John O. Snyder (190-1), several papers on the birds of Laysan Island, by Walter K. Fisher (1903) and Dr. C. C. Nutting (1903), and a short paper by Jordan and Snyder (1901) on a small collection sent in by Mr. Max Schlemmer, from Laysan Island; also a short paper by Henry W. Fowler (1901), containing references to a number of Hawaiian fishes and descriptions of a few species thought by him to be new. The preparation of the final report on the immense collection of fishes has involved an enormous amount of work, including a critical examination and study of all literature pertaining directly or indirectly to the ichthyology of the Pacific. Not only were the thousands of specimens of the Hawaiian collections examined critically and the characters of each carefully determined and tabulated, but advantage was taken of the possession of the very large collection of fishes made in Samoa in 1902 by Doctor Jordan. The study of that collection has thrown much light on many questions previously obscure and has contributed greatly toward a proper understanding of the Hawaiian fish-fauna. Similar use was made of the very exten- sive collections made by Jordan and Snyder in Japan in 1900. In the examination of the specimens and in various matters connected with the preparation of this report, the writers have been assisted greatly by Messrs. Edmund Lee Goldsborough and Clarence Hamilton Kennedy of the United States Bureau of Fisheries, and by Mr. Henry Weed Fowler of the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences. Air. Fowler and Mr. Goldsborough spent several months at Stanford- University making comparative measurements of specimens. Mr. Kennedy and Air. Golds- borough rendered valuable assistance in verifying descriptions and references in synonymy- Dr. William Converse Kendall and Mr. Thomas E. B. Pope of the Bureau of Fisheries also assisted in the verification of descriptions and the prepara- tion of tables. To all these gentlemen we take pleasure in expressing our indebted- ness. And we wish again to express our deep obligations to Mr. E. Louis Berndt, the efficient inspector of the fish market at Honolulu, for his keen interest in our work. His knowledge of the fishes of the region enabled him to add many species to our collections which we otherwise would not have secured. 22 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. In the first paper published by the present writers in 1903 are given descriptions of 57 new species and 6 new genera, as follows: Fishes from the Hawaiian Islands previously described by the present ivriters. Careharias phorcys. Anthias kelloggi. Scarus jenkinsi. Microdonophis fowled. Apogoniehthys waikiki. Scarus lauia. Mursena kailu*. Apogon snyderi. Scarus borborus. (lymnothorax vinolentus ( — Enchely- Powleria, new genus. Teuthis atramentatus. nassa vinolentus) . Priacanthus alalaua. Pachynathus nycteris. Gymnothorax steindachneri. Bowersia, new genus. Lagocephalus oceanicus. Gymnothorax goldsboroughi. Bowersia violescens. Ostraeion oahuensis. Gymnothorax hilonis. Bowersia ulaula. Pterois sphex. Echidna zonophsea. Etelis evurus. Scorpsenopsis catoeala. Rhinoscopelus oceanicus. Sectator azureus. Dendrochirus liudsoni. Hippocampus fisheri. Mulloid'es flammeus. Quisquilius, new genus. Hippocampus hilonis. Pseud upenens chrysonemus. Quisquilius eugenius. Atherina insularum. Upeneus arge. Gnatholepis knighti. Myripristis berndti. Abudefduf sindonis. Gobiopterus farcimen. Myripristis chryseres. Pomacentrus jenkinsi. Vitraria, new genus. Myripristis argyromus. Lepidaplois strophodes. Vitraria clarescens. Myripristis symmetricus. Verrieulus, new genus. Osurus, new genus. Flammeo scythrops. Verriculus sanguineus. Jordanicus umbratilis. Holocentrus xantherythrus. Pseudocheilinus evanidus. Engyprosopon hawaiiensis. Holocentrus ensifer. Hemipteronotus baldwini. Engyprosopon arenicola. Carangus elaeate. Pikea aurora. Xyrichthys niveilatus. Antennarius drombus. In a paper 1 >y Jordan and Fowler on Japanese fishes (1902) the present writers describe as new Antigonia steindachneri , basing the description on specimens taken at Hilo, Hawaii. In 1903 (Jordan and Evermann 1903a) one new genus ( Iracundus ) and two new species (Tropidichthys psegnia and Iracundus signifer ) were described. Snyder (1901) gives a list of 227 shore species obtained by the Albatross among the Hawaiian Islands during the investigations of 1902. Of these, 25 species and 2 genera were thought by h im to be new. The new names are as follows: Veternio, new genus of Leptocephalidre. Gymnothorax berndti. Apogon erythrinus. Collybus, new genus of Bramidse. Gymnothorax mucifer. Cirrhilabrus jordani. Careharias insularum. Gymnothorax xanthostomus. Pseudojulis cerasina. Careharias nesiotes. Gymnothorax waialuse. Hemipteronotus jenkinsi. Veternio verrens. Uropterygius leucurus. Chsetodon corallicola. Sphagebranchus flavieaudus. Exonautes gilberti. Holacanthus iisheri. Calleehelys luteus. Carangus cheilio. Stephanolepis pricei. Moringua hawaiiensis. Carangoides ajax. Antennarius nexilis. Gymnothorax nuttingi. Collybus drachme. Antennarius duescus. A short paper by Jordan and Snyder (1901) lists the specimens received from Mr. Max Schlemmer, Mr. E. L. Berndt, and Mr. H. W. Henshaw, recording 37 species, of which 1 ( Brachysornop h is hens haw i, Ariornma lurida , Lactoria sehlemmeri , and Antennarius laysanius) are described as new. In a later paper the same authors describe, also as new, Amia evermanni , from Honolulu. In a paper by Fowler (1901) are recorded 3 species of fishes collected by Dr. J. K. Townsend at the Hawaiian Islands many years ago and now contained in the Museum of the Philadelphia Academy, one of them ( Holocentrus gracilispinis) being described as new. Mention is also made of a number of other Hawaiian species, examples of which were donated to the Philadelphia Academy by the Fish Commis- sion, all duplicate specimens of species upon which the present writers had not yet reported. FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 23 LIST OF SPECIES OF FISHES DESCRIBED AS NEW FROM THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. In the present report on the fishes of the Hawaiian Islands we have included not only the Hawaiian Islands proper, but Laysan and the other small islands known as the Leeward Islands, which extend some 800 miles northwestward from the main group; we also include Johnston Island, lying about the same distance southwest from Hawaii. The region thus limited constitutes a definite faunistic unit, the species being largely distinct from those of the South Seas. Following is a list in chronologic order of all the nominal species of fishes that have been described from the Hawaiian Islands. In this tabular statement are given (1) the name under which each species was described and the authority for it, (2) the present identification, (3) the type locality, and (I) the year when the description was published. Names not now tenable are in italics. From this table it appears that a total of 355 species have been described from Hawaiian type localities. Of this number 78 are now regarded as synonyms, which leaves 277 tenable species orig- inally described from the Hawaiian Islands. Adding to these 168 species known to occur at those islands, but originally described from elsewhere, a total of 147 species is obtained, constituting the known fish-fauna of that group, exclusive of the deep-sea fishes described by Doctor Gilbert in Section n of this work. Nominal species. Chsetodon longirostris Broussonet Salarias gibbifrons Quoy & Gaimard Tetraodon lacrymatus Quoy & Gaimard Balistes sandwichensis Quoy & Gaimard Chaetodon miliaris Quoy & Gaimard Xyrichthys lecluse Quoy & Gaimard Clieilinus sinuosus Quoy & Gaimard Julis gaimard Quoy & Gaimard Julis duperrey Quoy & Gaimard Anampses cuvier Quoy & Gaimard Gomphosus tricolor Quoy & Gaimard Gomphosus pectoralis Quoy & Gaimard Julis geoffroy Quoy & Gaimard Julis balteatus Quoy & Gaimard Julis axillaris Quoy & Gaimard Mullus multifasciatus Quoy & Gaimard Saurus variegatus Quoy & Gaimard Saurus gracilis Quoy & Gaimard Chmtodon lunulatus Quoy & Gaimard Balistes angulosus Quoy "& Gaimard Glyphisodou abdominalis Quoy & Gaimard Pomacentrus nigricans Quoy & Gaimard Acanthurus flavescens Bennett Acanthurus strigosus Bennett Blennius marmoratus Bennett Blennius sordidus Bennett Cirrhites/asci'afws Bennett Scarus dubius Bennett Scorpmna asperella Bennett Serranus mi piaster Cuvier & Valenciennes Cirrhites maculosus Bennett Julis fiavovittatus Bennett Julis greenovii Bennett Chaetodon fremblii Bennett Chsetodon ornatus Gray Chsetodon quadrimaculatus Gray Holocanthus arcuatus Gray 1 Acanthurus nigroris Cuvier & Valenciennes Callyodon sandvicensis Cuvier & Valenciennes Xyrichthys pavoninus Cuvier & Valenciennes . Scarus bennetti Cuvier & Valenciennes Julis eydouxii Cuvier & Valenciennes Scarus formosus Cuvier & Valenciennes Xyrichthys microlepidotus Cuvier & Valenci- ennes. described as new from the Hawaiian Islands. Present identification. Type locality. Year. 1782 do 1824 do 1824 do 1824 do 1824 1824 1824 do 1824 do 1824 1824 do 1824 1824 do 1824 1824 1824 1824 1824 1824 do 1824 do 1824 do 1824 do 1824 1828 1828 1828 1828 Oahu 1828 1828 1828 do 1828 do 1829 do 1829 do 1829 do 1829 ...do ... 1831 1831 1831 do 1835 l.s:w 1839 do 1839 do 1839 1839 Cymolutes lecluse Owhyee (Hawaii) 1839 24 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Complete list of fishes described as new from the Hawaiian Islands — Continued. Nominal species. Present identification. Type locality. Cheilinus bimaculatus Cuvier & Valenciennes.. Monacanthus spilosoma Lay & Bennett Opliisurus semicinctus Lay & Bennett Hemiramphus depauperatus Lay & Bennett Julis bifer Lay & Bennett Caranx pinnulatus Eydoux & Souleyet Caranx s tellalus Eydoux & Souleyet Mugil chaptali Eydoux & Souleyet Gobius stamineus Eydoux & Souleyet Chironectes reticulatus Eydoux & Souleyet Chironectes leprosus Eydoux & Souleyet Muraena valenciennii Eydoux & Souleyet Saurus limbatus Eydoux & Souleyet Conger marginatus Valenciennes Chanos cyprinella Cuvier & Valenciennes Belone cannata Cuvier & Valenciennes Exoccetus simus Cuvier* Valenciennes Solenostomus cyanopterum Bleekera Goniobatus meleagris Agassiz Cirrhites cinctus Gunther Sicydium stimpsoni Gill Sicyogaster concolor Gill Pisoodonophis magnifica Abbott Muraena acutirostris Abbott Thyrsoidea kaupii Abbott Thyrsoidea eurosta Abbott Cirrhites alternatus Gill Dascyllns albisellaGill Julis' ornatissimus Garrett Chaetodon multicinctus Garrett Cheilodactylus vittatus Garrett Apogon maculiferus Garrett Scorpaena parvipinnis Garrett Crenilabrus modestus Garrett Exocoetus rostratus Gunther Chironectes rubrofuscus Garrett Chironectes niger Garrett Diodon maculalus Gunther Peristedion engyceros Gunther Tetrodon florealis Cope Tamianotus garretti Gunther Scorpsena ballieui Sanvage Cottus filamentosus Sauvage Gobius homocyanus Vaillant & Sauvage Eleotris sandwicensis Vaillant* Sauvage Salarias zebra Vaillant & Sanvage Congrogadus marginatus Vaillant * Sauvage . . . Acanthurus virgatus Vaillant & Sauvage Malacanthus parvipinnis Vaillant* Sauvage ... Julis ballieui Vaillant & Sauvage Coris venusta Vaillant & Sauvage Coris ballieui Vaillant & Sauvage Coris (Hemicoris) Tosea Vaillant & Sauvage Tetraodon (Anosmius) janthinus Vaillant & Cheilinus bimaculatus Stephanolepis spilosomus Leiuranus semicinctus Hemiramphus depauperatus. Novaculichthys tteniurus Decapterus pinnulatus Carangus melampygus Chsenomugil chaptali Awaous stamineus Antennarius bigibbus Antennarius leprosus Gymnothorax undulatus Trachinoeephalus myops Leptocephalus marginatus . . Chanos chanos Belone platyura Cypsilurus simus Solenostomus cyanopterus . . Stoasodon narinari Paracirrhites cinctus Sicydium stimpsoni Lentipes concolor Myrichthys magnificus Eurymyctera acutirostris Gymnothorax undulatus Gymnothorax eurostus Cirrhitus marmoratus Dascyllus albisella Halichceres ornatissimus Chtetodon punctatofasciatus Cheilodactylus vittatus Amiamaculifera Sebastopsis parvipinnis Lepidaplois modestus Evolantia rostra ta Antennarius rubrofuscus Antennarius commersoni . . . Diodon holacanthus Peristedion engyceros Spheroides florealis Tsenianotus garretti Sebastapistes ballieui Gvmnocanthus intemedius b Mapo soporator Eleotris sandwichensis Alticus zebra Congrogadus marginal s Zebrasoma flavescens Malacanthus parvipinnis Thalassoma ballieui Coris venusta. Coris ballieui Coris rosea Canthigaster janthinus Onarourou (Honolulu)... Hawaiian Islands abou Oahu. Oahu do do Hawaiian Islands do do Sandwich Islands do do do Hawaii Sandwich Islands Honolulu Hawaiian Islands do Hawaii Hawaiian Islands Sandwich Islands Hilo, Hawaii do Hawaiian Islands do do do do Sandwich Islands do do Hawaiian Islands do do Sandwich Islands do do do do do Hawaiian Islands Sandwich Islands do do do do do do do do do do do do do Sauvage. Tetraodon (Anosmius) cornatus Vaillant & Sau- Canthigaster valentini do t vage. Pcecilophis tritor Vaillant & Sauvage Glyphisodon imparipennis Sauvage Mugil trichilus Vaillant & Sauvage Brotula multicirrata Vaillant & Sauvage Novacula (Novacula) microlepis Vaillant & Sauvage. Aprion microdon Steindachner .......... Moronopsis argenteus, var. sandvicensis Stein- dachner. Acanthurus triostegus, var. sand vicensis Gunther Sicydium albotteniatum Gunther Myxus (Neomyxus) sclateri Steindachner Scarus (Scarus) perspicillatus Steindachner Doryichthys pleurotaenia Gunther Lentipes seminudus Gunther Gobius sandvicensis Gunther Julis obscura Gunther Sicydium nigrescens Gunther Trygon lata.Garman Anampses godeffroyi Gunther _ Julis clepsydralis Smith & Swain Julis verticalis Smith & Swain Echidna leihala Abudefduf imparipennis. Chsenomugil chaptali Brotula multicirrata Cymolutes lecluse .do do do do do Apsilus microdon Kuhlia malo , do .do Hepatus sandvicensis Sicydium albotseniatus Chsenomugil chaptali Callyodon perspicillatus ... Doryrhamphus pleurofeenia Lentipes seminudus Mapo fuscus Thalassoma ballieui Sicydium stimpsoni Dasyatis lata Anampses godeffroyi Thalassoma duperrey Thalassoma ballieui Honolulu Harbor, Oahu Sandwich Islands Hawaiian Islands Sandwich Islands Off Honolulu Honolulu do do Hawaii . . Sandwich Islands do Johnston Island do Year. 1839 1839 1839 1839 1839 1811 1841 1841 1841 1841 1841 1841 1841 1841 1846 1846 1846 1854 1858 I860 1860 1860 1860 1860 I860 1860 1862 1862 1863 1863 1864 1864 1864 1864 1866 1 868 1868 1870 1871 1871 1874 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875 1876 1876 1877 1877 1878 1879 1880 1880 1880 1880 1880 1880 1881 1882 1882 a It is doubtful if this spedies really came from Hawaii. b A Japanese species never seen at Hawaii. Chxtodon humeralis Gunther, Blennius brevipinnis Gunther ( = Hypsoblennius brevipinnis) , and Arius dasycephalus Gunther are Mexican species wrongly credited to Hawaii by Dr. Gunther. FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 25 Complete list of fishes described as new from the Ilaivaiian Islands — Continued. Nominal species. Present identification. Type locality. Ophichthys stypurus Smith A Swain Upeneus preorbitalis Smith & Swain Upeneus velifer Smith A Swain Moronopsis scmdvicensis Steindachner Branchiostoma pelagicum Gunther Myripristis pillwaxi Steindachner Ranzania makua Jenkins Melanostoma argyreum Gilbert & Cramer Malthopsis mitriger Gilbert & Cramer Pelecanichthvs crnmenalis Gilbert A Cramer . . . Peristedion hians Gilbert & Cramer Congermuraena aequorea Gilbert & Cramer Promyllantor alcocki Gilbert & Cramer Chloropthalmus proridens Gilbert & Cramer Diaphus urolampus Gilbert & Cramer Myrichthys stypurus Pseudupeneus preorbitalis . . . Pseudupeneus multifasciatus Kuhlia malo Amphioxides pelagicus Ostichthys pillwaxi Ranzania makua Synagrops argyrea Malthopsis mitrigera Peleeanichthys crumenalis . . Peristedion hians Congrellus eequoreus Promyllantor alcocki Chloropthalmus proridens . . . Diaphus urolampus Johnston Island do do Sandwich Islands Lat. 23° 3' N. Long. 156° 6' W. Honolulu Pearl Harbor, near Hono- lulu. Albatross stations 3472 and 3476. Alba tross st a ti on s 3467 , 3472, and 3476. Albatross stations 3472 and 3476. Albatross stations3470, 3472, and 3476. Albatross station 3474 Albatross station 3472 Albatross stations 3475 and 3476. Albatross stations 3467 and 3472. Diaphus chrysorhynchus Gilbert & Cramer Myctophum fibulatum Gilbert & Cramer Dasyscopelus pristilepis Gilbert A Cramer Argyripnus ephippiatus Gilbert & Cramer Scorpsena remigera Gilbert & Cramer Coelorhynchus gladius Gilbert & Cramer Ccelocepbalus acipenserinus Gilbert A Cramer .. Macrourus ectenes Gilbert & Cramer Macrourus propinquus Gilbert A Cramer Macrourus holocentrus Gilbert & Cramer Macrourus gibber Gilbert & Cramer Hymenocephalus antrseus Gilbert & Cramer Trachonurus sentipellis Gilbert A Cramer Chalinura ctenomelas Gilbert A Cramer Diaphus chrysorhynchus Myctophum fibulatum Dasyscopelus pristilepis Argyripnus ephippiatus Setarches remiger Coelorhynchus gladius Mateocephalus acipenserinus Macrourus ectenes Macrourus propinquus Macrourus holocentrus Macrourus gibber Hymenocephalus antrseus Trachonurus sentipellis Chalinura ctenomelas Albatross station 286 (sur- face tow net). Albatross station 3467 Albatross station 286 (sur- face tow net). Albatross station 3472 Albatross station 3476 Albatross station 3472 Albatross station 3470 and 3476. Albatross station 3473 Albatross station 3473 and 3475. Albatross stations 3474 and 3475. do Albatross stations3467, 3470, 3471, and 3476. A1 batross station 3474 Albatross stations 3470 and 3472. Optonurus atherodon Gilbert A Cramer Optonurus atherodon Brotula townsendi Fowler Percis schauinslandi Steindachner Mulloides pfliigeri Steindachner Myxus pacificus Steindachner Heliastes ovalis Steindachner Novacula (Iniistius) nigra Steindachner Coris argenieo-striatus Steindachner Coris schauinslandii Steindachner Hemirhamphus pacificus Steindachner. . Mursena laysana Steindachner Lycodontis parvibranchialis Fowler Echidna zonata Fowler Stolephorus purpureus Fowler Synodus sharpi Fowler Hemipteronotus copei Fowler Macropharyngodon aquilolo Jenkins Halichceres iridescens Jenkins Haliehoeres lao Jenkins Coris lepomis Jenkins Hemicoris remedius Jenkins Hemicoris keleipionis Jenkins Thalassoma pyrrhovinctum Jenkins Novaculichthys woodi Jenkms Novaculichthys entargyreus Jenkins Hemipteronotus umbrilatus Jenkins Iniistius leucozonus Jenkins Iniistius verater Jenkins Cheilinus zoimrus Jenkins Anampses evermanni Jenkins Calotomus irradians Jenkins Searus brunneus Jenkins Scarus gilbert! Jenkins Searus paluca Jenkins Scarus ahula Jenkins Scarus miniatus Jenkins Pseudoscarus jordani Jenkins Pseudocheilinus octottenia Jenkins Sphyraena helleri Jenkins Sphyraena snodgrassi Jenkins Anthias fuscipinnis Jenkins Brotula multicirrata Osurus schauinslandi Mulloides pflugeri Myxus pacificus Cliromis ovalis Iniistius niger Coris rosea Coris ballieui Hyporhamphus pacificus Gymnothorax laysanus Gymnotborax laysanus Echidna zonata Anchovia purpurea Synodus varius Hemipteronotus copei Macropharyngodon geoffroy Haliehoeres ornatissimus Halichceres lao Julis lepomis Coris venusta Coris rosea Thalassoma duperrey Novaculichthys woodi Novaculichthys woodi Hemipteronotus umbrilatus. Iniistius pavoninus Iniistius niger Cheilinus hexagonatus Anampses evermanni Calotomus irradians Callyodon brunneus Callyodon gilberti Callyodon paluca Callyodon ahula Callyodon miniatus Callyodon jordani Pseudocheilinus octotaenia. . Sphyraena helleri Sphyraena commersonii Pseudanthias fuscipinnis . . . Albatross stations3470, 3471, 3474, 3475, and 3476. Sandwich Islands Honolulu do Laysan Honolulu do do do Laysan Laysan Island Sandwich Islands do do do Oahu Honolulu do do do do do do do do do do do do do do do do do do do do do do do do Year. 1882 | 1882 1882 1887 1888 1893 1895 1897 1897 1897 1897 1897 1897 1897 1897 1897 1897 1897 1897 1897 1897 1897 1897 1897 1897 1897 1897 1897 1897 1897 1900 1900 1900 1 1900 1900 | 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1901 1901 1901 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. 26 Complete list of fishes descr ibed as new from the Hawaiian Islands — Continued. Nominal species. Present identification. Type locality. Aphareus flavivultus Jenkins Eupomacentrus marginatus Jenkins Chromis velox Jenkins Chsetodon mantelliger Jenkins Chsetodon sphenospilus Jenkins Ostracion camurum Jenkins Ovoides latifrons Jenkins Tropidichthys jactator Jenkins Eumycterias bitseniatus Jenkins Scorpsenopsis cacopsis Jenkins Parapercis pterostigma Jenkins Brotula marginalis Jenkins Epinephelus quernus Seale Novaculiehthys tattoo Seale Serranus brighami Seale , Balistes fuscolineatus Seale Monacanthus albopunctatus Seale Thalassoma berendti Seale Antigonia steindachneri Jordan & Evermann... Carcharias phorcys Jordan & Evermann Microdonophis fovvleri Jordan & Evermann Mursena kailuse Jordan & Evermann Gymnothorax vinolentus Jordan <& Evermann . . Gymnothorax steindachneri Jordan & Evermann Gymnothorax goldsboroughi Jordan & Evermann Gymnothorax hilonis Jordan & Evermann Echidna zonophsea Jordan & Evermann Rhinoscopelus oceanicus Jordan & Evermann .. Hippocampus fisheri Jordan & Evermann Hippocampus hilonis Jordan & Evermann Atherina insularum Jordan & Evermann Myripristis berndti Jordan & Evermann Myripristis chryseres Jordan & Evermann Myripristis argyromus Jordan & Evermann Myripristis svmmetricus Jordan & Evermann. . . Fl’ammeo scythrops Jordan & Evermann Holocentrusxantherythrus Jordan & Evermann. Holocentrus ensifer Jordan & Evermann Carangus elecate Jordan & Evermann Pikea aurora Jordan & Evermann Anthias kelloggi Jordan & Evermann Apogonichthys vvaikiki Jordan & Evermann Apogon snyderi Jordan & Evermann Priacanthus alalaua Jordan & Evermann Bowersia violescens Jordan & Evermann Bowersia ulaula Jordan & Evermann Etelis evurus Jordan & Evermann Sectator azureus Jordan & Evermann Mulloides flammeus Jordan & Evermann PseudupeneuschrysonemusJordan&Evermann LIpeneus arge Jordan & Evermann Glyphisodon sindonis Jordan & Evermann Pomacentrus jenkinsi Jordan & Evermann Lepidaplois strophodes Jordan & Evermann Verriculus sanguineus Jordan & Evermann Pseudocheilinus evanidus Jordan & Evermann. Hemipteronotus baldvvini Jordan & Evermann . Xyrichthys niveilatus Jordan & Evermann Scarus jenkinsi Jordan & Evermann Scarus lauia Jordan & Evermann Scarus barborus Jordan & Evermann Teutbis atrimentatus Jordan & Evermann Pachynathus nycteris Jordan & Evermann Lagocephalus oceanicus Jordan & Evermann . . . Ostracion oahuensis Jordan & Evermann Pterois sphex Jordan & Evermann Scorpsenopsis catocala Jordan & Evermann Dendrochirus hudsoni Jordan & Evermann Quisquilius eugenius Jordan & Evermann Gnatholepis knighti Jordan & Evermann.. Gobiopterus farcimen Jordan & Evermann Vitraria clarescens Jordan & Evermann Fierasfer umbratilis Jordan & Evermann Engyprosopon hawaiiensis Jordan & Evermann. Engyprosopon arenicola Jordan & Evermann . . . Antennarius drombus Jordan & Evermann Tropidichthys psegma Jordan & Evermann Iraeundus signifer Jordan & Evermann Dasyatis hawaiiensis Jenkin s Dasyatis sciera Jenkins Congrellus bowersi Jenkins Microdonophis macgregori Jenkins Mursena lampra Jenkins Mursena kauila Jenkins Gymnothorax leucostictus Jenkins Aphareus flavivultus Pomacentrus jenkinsi Chromis ovalis Chsetodon miliaris Chsetodon unimaculatus Ostracion sebse Tetraodon lacrymatus Canthigaster jactator Canthigaster biteeniatus Scorpsenopsis cacopsis Osurus schauinslandii Brotula margiualis Epinephelus quernus Novaculiehthys woodi Apsilus brighami Balistes fuscolineatus Cantherines albopunctatus. . Thalassoma purpureum Antigonia steindachneri Carcharias phorcys Microdonophis fowleri Mursena kailuse Enehelynassa vinolentus Gymnothorax steindachneri Gymnothorax goldsboroughi Gymnothorax hilonis Echidna zonophsea Rhinoscopelus oceanicus Hippocampus fisheri Hippocampus hilonis Atherina insularum Myripristis berndti Myripristis chryseres Myripristis argyromus Myripristis symmetricus Flammeo scythrops Holocentrus xantherythrus . . Holocentrus ensifer Carangus elecate Pikea aurora Pseudanthias kelloggi Mionorus waikiki Amia snyderi Priacanthus alalaua Bowersia violescens Bowersia ulaula Etelis evurus Sectator azureus Mulloides flammeus Pseudupeneus chrysonemus. Upeneus arge Abudefduf sindonis Pomacentrus jenkinsi Lepidaplois strophodes Verriculus sanguineus Pseudocheilinus evanidus Hemipteronotus baldwini. . . Xyrichthys niveilatus Callyodon jenkinsi Callyodon lauia Callyodon borborus Hepatus atramentatus Balistes nycteris Lagocephalus oceanicus Ostracion oahuensis Pterois sphex Scorpsenopsis gibbosa Dendrochirus barberi Gobiomorphus eugenius Gnatholepis knighti Gobiopterus farcimen Vitraria clarescens Jordanicus umbratilis Engyprosopon hawaiiensis . . . Engyprosopon arenicola Antennarius drombus Canthigaster psegma Iraeundus signifer Dasyatis hawaiiensis Dasyatis sciera Congrellus bowersi Microdonophis macgregori . . . Mursena kailuae Mursena kailuae Gymnothorax leucostictus . . . I Honolulu do do do do do do do do do do do do do do do do do Kailua do do Kailua, Hawaii do Honolulu do Hilo Honolulu 137° 35' W.,10° 57' N.. Kailua Hilo Honolulu do Hilo do do Honolulu do do do Hilo Kailua Waikiki, Oahu Island Honolulu do do Hilo do Heeia, Oahu Kailua Hilo Honolulu do do do Hilo do Honolulu do do Hilo Honolulu do do do do do do Waikiki, Oahu do Hilo do i do do do do Waikiki Honolulu do do do do Lahaina, Maui Honolulu do do Year. 1901 1901 1901 1901 1901 1901 1901 1901 1901 1901 1901 1901 1901 1901 1901 1901 1901 1901 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 27 Complete list of fishes described as new from the Hawaiian Islands — Continued. Nominal species. Gymnothorax gracilicauda Jenkins Gymnothorax thcUassopterus Jenkins Gymnothorax leucacme Jenkins Gymnothorax ercodes Jenkins Echidna leihala Jenkins Echidna vincta Jenkins Echidna obscura Jenkins Echidna psalion Jenkins Cypsilurus atrisignis Jenkins Myripristis sealei Jenkins . Seriola sparna Jenkins Decapterus canonoides Jenkins Carangus hippoides Jenkins Carangus rhabdotus Jenkins Carangus politus Jenkins... Eowleria brachygrammus Jenkins Apogon menesemus Jenkins Priacan thus meeki Jenkins Eteliscus roarshi Jenkins Pseudupeneus porphyreus Jenkins Chromis elaphrus Jenkins Calotomus cyclurus Jenkins Calotomus snydei'i Jenkins Scaridea zonareha Jenkins Scaridea balia Jenkins Teuthis leucopareius Jenkins Teuthis umbra Jenkins Teuthis guntheri Jenkin s Acanthurus incipiens Jenkins Callicanthus metoposophron Jenkins Tropidichthys oahuensis Jenkins Tropidichthys epilamprus Jenkins Lactoria g'aleodon Jenkins Diodon nudifrons Jenkins Cirrhitoidea bimacula Jenkins Sebastopsis kelloggi Jenkins Sebastapistes corallicola Jenkins Sebastapistes coniorta Jenkins Sebastapistes galactacma Jenkins Dendrochirus chloreus Jenkins Eyiota epiphanes Jenkins Chlamydes laticeps Jenkins Gobioriellus lonchotus Jenkins Enypnias oligolepis Jenkins Tripterygion atriceps Jenkins Salarias cypho Jenkins Salarias saltans Jenkins Salarias rutilus Jenkins Aspidontus brunneolus Jenkins Centrobranchus choerocephalus Fowler Carcharias insularum Snyder Carcharias nesiotes Snyder Veternio verrens Snyder Sphagebranchus flavicaudus Snyder ✓ Callechelys lutens Snyder Moringua hawaiiensis Snyder Gymnothorax nuttingi Snyder Gymnothorax berndti Snyder Gymnothorax mucifer Snyder Gymnothorax xanthostomus Snyder Gymnothorax waialuae Snyder Uropterygius leucurus Snyder Exonautes gilberti Snyder Carangus cheilio Snyder Carangoides ajax Snyder Collybus drachme Snyder Apogon erythrinus Snyder Pseudojulis cerasina Snyder Cirrhilabrus jordani Snyder H emipteronotus jenkinsi Snyder Chsetodon corallicola Snyder Holacanthus iisheri Snyder Stephanolepis pricei Snyder Antennarius nexilis Snyder Antennarius duescus Snyder Brachysomophis henshatvi Jordan & Snyder Ariomma lurida Jordan & Snyder Lactoria schlemmeri Jordan & Snyder Antennarius laysanius Jordan & Snyder Holocenthrus gracUispinis Fowler Apogon evermanni Jordan & Snyder Present identification. Type locality. Honolulu do do do do do do do do do do do do do do do do do do do ... Calotomus cyclurus do Calotomus snyderi do do ....do ... Hepatus leucopareius do Hepatus umbra do Hepatus guntheri do ...do ... Callicanthus metoposophron do Canthigaster oahuensis do Canthigaster epilamprus Lactoria galeodon do Cirrhitoidea bimacula do Sebastapistes corallicola Sebastapistes coniorta do Sebastapistes galactacma ; do ...do ... Eviota epiphanes do Chlamydes laticeps Gobiichthys lonchotus do Kelloggella oligolepis do Enneaptervgius atriceps do Altieus zebra do Altieus gibbifrons ...do Altieus gibbifrons ...do ... Enchelyurus ater Carcharias insularum Off Diamond Head (4032), Oahu Island. Carcharias nesiotes Veternio verrens Moringua hawaiiensis Gymnothorax nuttingi do Gymnothorax berndti do Gymnothorax mucifer ...do .... Gymnothorax xanthostomus Gymnothorax waialuse Exonautes gilberti Between stations 3799 and 3800. Carangus cheilio Carangoides ajax do Collybus draefime Amia erythrinus Pseudojulis cerasipa Albatross station 4176 Puako Bay, Hawaii Cirrhilabrus jordani Hemipteronotus baldwini Albatross station 3876 Puako Bay, Hawaii Albatross station 4032, Oahu . Albatross station 4032, off Diamond Head, Oahu. Albatross station 4021 Stephanolepis pricei Antennarius nexilis Brachvsomophis henshawi Honolulu Ariomma lurida do Lactoria schlemmeri Antennarius laysanius .do Holocentrus diploxiphus Amia evermanni Year. 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 190^ 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1903 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 1901 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 1901 1901 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 28 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. BIBLIOGRAPHY. In the following bibliography are brought together in chronologic sequence the titles of all publications containing descriptions of Hawaiian fishes or mention of fishes from those islands. We have included also the titles of certain papers dealing with groups other than fishes, in order that the record of the investigations carried on by the Fish Commission among the Hawaiian Islands may be complete. 1768-1779. Kippis, A. A Narrative of the Voyages around the World, performed by Captain James Cook. First Voyage, 1768-1771; Second Voyage, 1772-1775; Third Voyage, 1776-1779; in 2 volumes. 1782. Bkoussonet, Pierre Marie Auguste. Ichthyologia sistens Piscium descriptiones et icones, London, 1782. Decas I; no pagination. 1824. Quoy, Jean Rene Constant et Gaimard, Paul. Voyage autour du Monde, entrepris par Ordre du Roi, execute sur les corvettes de S. M. l’Uranie et la Physicienne pendant les annees 1817, 1818, 1819 et 1820, par M. Louis De Freycinet, Commandant de l’Expedition; Zoologie par MM. Quoy et Gaimard, Medecins de l’Expedition, pp. VIII— 712; Chapter VIII, Fishes, pp. 183-401. Paris, 1824. 1828. Bennett, E. T. On some Fishes from the Sandwich Islands. —Zoological Journal, Vol. IV, April, 1828, to May, 1829 (No. XIII, April-July, 1828), pp. 31-42. 1829. Cuvier, M. le B.°° et Valenciennes, M. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, Tome Troisieme, pp. XXIV-j-368, pis. 41-71. Paris, 1829. 1830. Cuvier, M. le B.ott et Valenciennes, M. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, Tome Cinquieme, pp. XXIV + 374, pis. 100 to 140. Paris, 1830. 1831. Cuvier, M. le B.ou et Valenciennes, M. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, Tome Septieme, pp. XXVIII + 399, pis. 170 to 208. Paris, 1831. 1835. Cuvier, M. le B.‘IU et Valenciennes, M. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, Tome Dixieme, pp. XIX + 360, pis. 280 to 306. Paris, 1835. 1839. Cuvier, M. le B.on et Valenciennes, M. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, Tome Quatorzieme, pp. XX + 346, pis. 389 to 420. Paris, 1839. 1846. Cuvier, M. le B.on et Valenciennes, M. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, Tome Dix-Huitieme, pp. XVIII + 380, pis. 520 to 553. Paris, 1846. 1831. Gray, John Edward. Descriptions of three new species of fish from the Sandwich Islands, in the British Museum. —Zoological Miscellany, 1831-1842, p. 33. 1839. Lay, G. T., and Bennett, E. T. The Zoology of Captain Beechey’s Voyage; compiled from the collections and notes made by Captain Beechey, the officers, and naturalist of the expedition during a voyage to the Pacific and Bering Straits, performed in His Majesty’s ship Blossom, under the command of Capt. F. W. Beechey, R. N., F. R. S., etc., in the years 1825, 1826, 1827, and 1828. Pp. I to XII -f- 1 to 180, colored plates I to XLV. Mammalia, by John Rich- ardson; Ornithology, by N. A. Vigors; Fishes (pp. 41 to 75, pis. XV to XXIII), by G. T. Lay and E. T. Bennett. London, 1839. 1841-1852. Eydoux, M., et Souleyet, L. Voyage autour du Monde, execute pendant les annees 1836 et 1837 sur la Corvette la Bonite, Commandee par Capt. L. Vaillant; Zoologie par MM. Eydoux et Souleyet. Tome I, pp. 1-106, 1841; pp. 107-328, 1842. Tome II, pp. 1-664, 1852. Text, 2 vols., 8 vo.; Atlas, folio; Paris, 1841-1852. 1858. Agassiz, Louis. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., VI, 1856-1859, p. 385. 1859-1870. Gunther, Albert. Catalogue of the Fishes in the Collections of the British Museum; Vol. I, pp. XXXII+524, 1859; Vol. II, pp. XXII+548, 1860; Vol. Ill, pp. XXVI+586, 1861; Vol. IV, pp. XXII-(-534, 1862; Vol. V, pp. XXII-f455, 1864; Vol. VI, pp. XV-f-368, 1866; Vol. VII, pp. XX-f 512, 1868; and Vol. VIII, pp. XXV+549, 1870. 1860. Gill, Theo. Conspectus Piscium in Expeditione ad Oceanum Pacificum Septentrionalem, C. Ringold et J. Rodgers ducibus, a Gulielmo Stimpson collectorum. Sicydianse. —Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, pp. 100-102. 1860. Abbott, Charles C. Description of new species of Apodal Fishes in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. —Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, pp. 475-479. 1862. Gill, Theo. Synopsis of the family of Cirrhitoids. —Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1862, pp. 102-124- 1862. Gill, Theo. Catalogue of the Fishes of Lower California in the Smithsonian Institution, col- lected by Mr. J. Xantus. —Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1862, pp. 140-151. FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 29 1863. Garrett, Andrew. Descriptions of New Species of Fishes. . aa. Upper teeth each with 1 or 2 small cusps at base on each side. c. Teeth unequal, the upper erect and tricuspid, the lower oblique Etmopterus , p. 16. cc. Teeth equal, very small, and pointed , Centroscyllium, p. 46. Genus 11. SQUALUS (Artedi) Linnaeus. Body rather slender; mouth little arched, with a long, straight, deep, oblique groove on each side; no labial fold; teeth rather small, all simple, equal in the 2 jaws, their points so much turned aside that the inner margin forms the cutting edge; spiracles rather wide, just behind the eye; fins moder- ately developed, the first dorsal larger than the second, much in advance of the ventral fins, which are behind the middle of the body although in advance of the second dorsal; dorsal spines strong, not grooved, tail scarcely bent upward. Small sharks abounding in the temperate seas; 4 or 5 species known. Squalus (Artedi) Linnseus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 233, 1758 (includes all sharks). Squalus Rafinesque, Caratteri, 13, 1810 ( acanthias and uyato). Acanthorhinus Blainville, Journ. Phys. 181(5, 263 ( acanthias ). Acanthias Risso, Europ. MCrid., Ill, 131, 1826 (acanthias) . Entoxychirus Gill, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1862, 496 (uyato). 13. Squalus mitsukurii Jordan & Snyder. “ Mano." Fig. 6. We have 4 foetal examples (No. 03752) of a species of this genus, obtained at Kailua, Hawaii, August, 1901. They were brought to us by a fisherman after having been removed from the body of the parent fish, which we did not see; this example was about 3 feet long. The species was said by the fisherman to be common in that region. The foetuses each measured about 4.25 inches in total length, and may be described as follows: Head 3.5 in length; depth 12; eye 3; snout 3.5. Body slender; head broad, depressed; mouth between posterior edges of eyes, its width equal to half its distance from tip of snout; snout broad, obtusely pointed; interorbital space nearly flat, its width equal to diameter of eye; origin of first dorsal fin nearer tip of snout than base of caudal fin; body entirely smooth, asperities scarcely, if at all, perceptible. Color in alcohol, yellowish white; upper parts dusky or brownish; dorsal fins pale at base, black on distal part; caudal black, tips of lobes white. Adult examples were taken by the Albatross and recorded by Professor Snyder, who is unable to separate the species from Squalus mitsukurii of Japan. The latter is thus described by Snyder: Head, measured to last gill-opening, 3.9 in length (snout to caudal pit); measured to first gill- opening 4.5; width of head 2 in its length to last gill-opening; snout 2.4 in head measured to first gill-opening; interorbital space 2.4; height of first dorsal fin 2; second dorsal 3.4. Teeth in both jaws similar, except that the lower ones are slightly larger than those above; placed in 3 closely apposed rows, pointing away from middle of jaw; outer edge with a deep notch, inner serving as cutting edge; distance between mouth and tip of snout 2 in length of head to first gill-opening; width of mouth 3.4; length of fold at corner of mouth equal to distance between nostrils; distance between nostril and tip of snout 3.9 in head; between nostril and middle of mouth equal to distance between nostril and tip of snout; distance between spiracles 2.3 in head; length of gill-area 4.5; diameter of eye 5. Length of exposed portion of first dorsal spine equaling distance from tip of spine to tip of fin; height of spine equaling base of fin; second spine 0.75 as high as fin; distance between dorsals 3.66 46 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. times length of snout; pectoral, when depressed, reaching to a vertical through posterior edge of base of dorsal, the tip bluntly pointed; edges of pectoral and. first dorsal concave, that of second dorsal emarginate; edge of ventrals straight; distance from anterior edge of anal opening to tip of depressed ventral 2.4 in head; upper caudal lobe 3.7 in its length; a low lateral keel on caudal peduncle. Color, dark slaty blue above, lighter below. Some of the specimens examined have the head slightly narrower than examples of the same species from Japan, while others are like them in every particular. Squalus mitsukurU Jordan & Snyder, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, 1903 (Mar. 30), 629, fig. 3, Misaki (Type, No. 718-1, Stanford Univ.); Snyder, Bull. U. S. Pish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Jan. 19, 1904), 515 ( Albatross Station 4085, oft' north coast of Maui). Genus 12. ETMOPTERUS Rafinesque. Mouth little arched; teeth of lower jaw with the point so much turned aside that the inner margin of the tooth forms the cutting edge; upper teeth erect, each with a long pointed cusp and one or two smaller ones on each side; spiracles wide. Of the 2 known species one occurs in Hawaiian waters. It is described in Section II of this work. Elmopterus Rafinesque, Caratteri, etc., 14, 1810 ( aculeatus ). Spinax Cuvier, ROgne Animal, Ed. I, 129, 1817 ( acantliias and spinax). Spinax Muller & Henle, Plagiostomen, 86, 1838 {spinax). Acanthidium Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soe. London 1839, 91 (pusillum). Genus 13. CENTROSCYLLIUM Mtiller & Henle. Teeth equal in both jaws, very small, straight, pointed, each with 1 or 2 smaller cusps on each side at base; mouth crescent-shaped, with a straight, oblique groove at its angle; spiracles moderate; gill-openings rather narrow; dorsal fins small, each with a strong spine; the second dorsal entirely behind the ventrals. One species in the Arctic Seas and another recently discovered by the Albatron s off Ivauai. The latter is described in Section II. Centroscyllium Muller & Henle, Plagiostomen, 191, 1838 (fabricii). Order D. BATOIDEI. — The Rays. Gill-openings 5, slit-like and inferior; spiracles present; no anal fin; dorsal fins, if present, inserted on the tail; body typically disk-like, broad and flat, the margin of the disk being formed by the expanded pectorals; tail comparatively slender, the caudal , fin small or wanting; vertebrse cyclospondylous. With the exception of the Rajidse, most or all of the rays are ovoviviparous. a. Pectoral fins uninterrupted, confluent around the snout; teeth small Dasyatidx, p. 16 aa. Pectoral fins interrupted, one portion forming detached appendages, or “cephalic fins,” on the snout. b. Teeth very large, flat, tesselated, few in number Aetobatidx, p. 48 bb. Teeth very small, flat, or tubercular, numerous; cephalic fins conspicuous, resembling horns; size enormous. Mobulidse, p. 50 Family VIII. D ASY ATI DT. — The Sting Rays. Disk usually more or less broad than long; pectoral fins uninterruptedly confluent in front, forming the tip of the snout; tail variously formed, usually whip-like, sometimes short and stout, sometimes bearing a single dorsal or caudal fin, but never with 2 dorsals; usually one or more vertical folds of skin on the tail, rarely a lateral fold; tail generally armed with a large, sharp, retrorsely serrate spine on its upper surface toward the base; 2 or 3 spines occasionally present; ventral fins not emarginate; skin smooth or variously prickly or spinous, roughest in the adult; no differentiated spines on the pectorals in the males, the sexes similar; mouth rather small; teeth small, paved, usually more or less pointed or tubercular; nostrils close together, nasal valves forming a rectangular flap, which is joined to the ujrper jaw by a narrow frenum; spiracles large, placed close behind the eyes; skull not elevated, the eyes and spiracles superior. Ovoviviparous. Genera about 10; species FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 47 50. Found in most warm seas, some of them in the fresh waters of the northern parts of South America. The large, jagged spine on the muscular tail is capable of inflicting a severe and even dangerous wound. Only the genus Dasyatis is thus far known to be represented in Hawaiian waters. Genus 14. DASYATIS Rafinesque. Disk oval, flat, with rounded angles; tail very long and slender, whip-like without fin, but often with one or 2 vertical membranous folds; a strong serrated spine toward the base of the tail; skin more or less spinous or jrrickly, rarely smooth; teeth small, paved; a few papillae usually present in the mouth behind the lower jaw. Species about 30. Sting rays of large size, abundant in warm seas. Many of the spinous species are nearly or quite smooth when young, becoming rough with age. Dasyatis Rafinesque, Caratteri di AlcuniNuoviGen., 16, 1810 ( ujo—padinaca ; Dasybaius Klein, 1742); Jordan & Evermann, Fishes North and Mid. Amer., I, 82, 1896 (p aslinaca). Uroxis Rafinesque, Indice d’Ittiol. Sicil. , 61, 1810 ( ujus ). Trigonobalus Blainville, Journ. Phys. 1816, 261 (vulgaris). Trygon Adamson in Cuvier, Regne Animal, Ed. I, 136, 1817 ( pastinaca ). lJimantura Muller & Henle, Wiegmann’s Archiv 1837, 400 (uarnals). Hemitrygon Muller & Henle, Mag. Nat. Hist., II, 1838, 90 ( bennetti ). Pastinaca Swainson, Class. Anim., Vol. II, 319, 1839 ( olivacea ). Anacanlhus Ehrenberg in Swainson, 1. c., 320 (orbicularis) . Pastinaca Cuvier in De Kay, New York Fauna, Fish., 373, 1842 (hastata). Dasibatis Garman in Jordan & Gilbert, Synopsis, 65, 1883 (pastinaca); corrected orthography. a. Tail with a keel or wing-like expansion below only; adult with stout bucklers on back and tail; tail rough. b. Tail not more than twice length of disk; body and tail without large tubercles sciera, p. 47 bb. Tail more than twice length of body; body and tail with some large tubercles lata, p. 47 aa. Tail with a narrow keel or wing-like expansion above, and a wider one below hawaiiensis, p. 48 14. Dasyatis sciera Jenkins. Plate 4, fig. 2. Snout about 4 in length to base of tail; eye a little over 3 in interorbital width, which is 1.3 in snout or twice width of mouth; internasal width 1.4 in snout. Body very rhomboid, the width of the disk being much greater than its length, greatest width somewhat in front of center of length ; head very broad, the anterior margins of the disk nearly straight, very slightly undulated; snout broad and obtuse; eye small; mouth small, only slightly undulated; posterior margins of disk very slightly rounded; teeth small, in about 26 very oblique series in the upper jaw; upper buccal flap with a broad fringe; floor of mouth with 4 median short tentacles and each side with 2 smaller ones; nostrils large, the border of the broad nasal flap with a fine fringe; interorbital space more or less flattened and concave in the middle; gill-openings of about equal length, the fourth level with the greatest width of the fish; body more or less smooth, except the upper surface of the tail, which is covered with many asperities; many pores below; tail a little less than twice length of disk and with a narrow cutaneous fold beneath, beginning under insertion of dorsal. The above description is from the type, a specimen about 41 inches in total length (to base of tail 12.63 inches, length of tail 28 inches), collected at Honolulu by Dr. O. P. Jenkins in 1889. Of this species we know but few examples. One is described above, and another was also taken at Honolulu by Dr. Jenkins. In the latter the tail has been severed from the body. In all essential characters it agrees with the type. This species was also recorded by Snyder. Dasyatis sciera Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 421, pi. I, Honolulu; Snyder, 1. e. (Jan. 19, 1904) , 515 (Honolulu). 15. Dasyatis lata (Garman). Disk quadrangular, one-fourth wider than long; anterior margins nearly straight, forming a verv blunt angle at the snout, rounded near the outer extremities, convex posteriorly; inner margins straight a portion of their length; ventrals truncate, rounded; snout produced, forming a rounded prominence in front of the margins of the disk; length from forehead less than width of head; a line joining the wider portions of disk passes nearer to the head than to the shoulders; tail more than 48 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. twice as long as body, subcylindrical, without a trace of keel above, roughened with small tubercles, with an irregular series of broad-based conical tubercles on each side; a long narrow cutaneous expansion below has its origin opposite the beginning of the spine, and terminates in a keel which continues to the extremity; a pair of large, compressed, erect tubercles immediately in front of caudal spine, and a single- one over the middle of the pelvic arch; these suggest a continuous series in larger specimens; 3 larger elongated tubercles with points directed backward — similar to those of hastala — occupy the middle of the shoulder-girdle; mouth curved, 6 (5-6 ?) papilla- at the bottom; 2~ of these are in the middle in front where usually there is but one. Color light olive) probably greenish in life, white below. Distinguished from Dasyatis centrum by the prominent snout, the shape of the tubercles on the middle of the back, and the narrowness of the posterior portion of the disk. Length of body 16, length of tail 35.3, and width of pectorals 20.5 inches. Collected at the Hawaiian Islands by Andrew Garrett. (Garman. ) Trygon lata Garman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., VI, October, 1880, 170, Hawaiian Islands. Dasibatis lata, Jordan & Gilbert, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 10, 67, 1883 (after Garman). 16. Dasyatis hawaiensis Jenkins. Plated, fig. 1. Snout 4.5 to base of tail; eye about 3.67 in interorbital space; interorbital space broader than length of snout; width of mouth 2.3 in interorbital space; internasal space 2 in head. Body more or less circular, the width of the disk a little greater than its length and its greatest width a little in advance of the center of its length; head very broad, the anterior margins of the disk very slightly undulated; snout very broad, only slightly pointed; eye small; mouth very small, very slightly undulate; teeth very small, in about 30 very oblique series in the upper jaw; upper buccal flap with a broad fringe; floor of mouth with 5 tentacles; nostrils large, the border of the broad nasal flap with a fine fringe; interorbital space broad, more or less flattened; gill-openings of about equal length, the fifth about level with the greatest width of the fish; body more or less smooth; tail without any asperities; caudal spine broad, flattened, the sides strongly serrate; pores more or less obsolete; tail about 1.67 longer than disk and with a somewhat broad cutaneous fold both above and below, the latter beginning below base of dorsal spine; pectorals rounded obtusely; ventrals very broad, the width of their bases a little less than their height or length. Color in alcohol, dark brown above with the edges of the disk pale, or dull, and the lower surface creamy white with margins of the disk soiled or dirty brown; posterior margins of pectorals and ventrals with their edges below very narrowly white. The specimen upon which this description is based was obtained at Honolulu by Dr. Jenkins. It has a total length of 16.5 inches (5.87 inches to base of tail; tail 10.63 inches) and is the only example of the species thus far known from the Hawaiian Islands. It is allied to Dasyatis dipterura Jordan & Gilbert, from San Diego Bay. Dasyatis hawaiensis Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 420, pi. I, Honolulu. Family IX. AETOBATIDtE. — The Eagle Rays. Disk broad; pectoral fins not continued to end of snout, but ceasing on sides of head and reappear- ing in front of snout as one or 2 fleshy protuberances (cephalic fins), which are supported by fin rays; tail very long, slender, and whip-like, with a single dorsal fin near its root, behind which is usually a strong, retrorsely serrated spine; nasal valves forming a rectangular flap, with the posterior margin free, attached by a frenum to the upper jaw; skull less depressed than usual among rays, its surface raised so that the eyes and spiracles are lateral in position; teeth hexangular, large, flat, tessel- lated, the middle ones usually broader than the others; skin smooth; no differentiated spines on the pectorals in the males, the sexes being similar; ventrals not emarginate. Genera 3; species about 20. Large sting-rays inhabiting warm seas, feeding chiefly on mollusks, which they crush with their large grinding teeth. Ovoviviparous. DASYAT1G HAWAIENSIS JENKINS, NEW SPECIES. TYPE. 2. DASYATIS SCIERA JENKINS, NEW SPECIES. TYPE. Bull. U. S F. C. 1903 Plate 4. FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 49 GENUS 15. STOASODON Cantor. General form of Aetobatis. Muzzle entire; teeth flat, broad, forming a single series corresponding to the middle series in Myliobatis, there being no small lateral teeth; upper dental lamina- straight, lower curved, the latter projecting beyond the upper; free border of the nasal valve deeply emarginate; skin smooth. Tropical seas. Aetobatus Jordan & Evermann, Fishes North and Mid. Amer., I, 88, 1896 ( narinari ; not of Blainville, 1816, which equals Myliobatis Cuvier, 1817.) Aetobatis Muller & Henle, Plagiostomen, 179, 1841 (narinari)-, first restriction; not of Blainville, 1828. Stoasodon Cantor, Cat. Malay. Fish., 434, 1850 (narinari)-, substitute for Aetobatis: restricted to aquila. Goniobatis Agassiz, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., VI, 1858 (October 25), 385 ( flagellum, ). 17. Stoasodon narinari (Euphrasen). Spotted filing- Ray ; “Hihim&nu.” Fig. 7. Disk nearly or quite twice as broad as long; tail very long, about 2.5 times length of disk; snout 7 in length of disk; distance from snout to eye 10 in width of disk; width of mouth 10 in length of disk; a long furrow in middle of interorbital space, deepest in front; spiracles obliquely placed. Color in life (No. 03387) mostly bluish gray above, edges of fins slightly darker; back covered with bluish white spots, smallest at edges of fins and largest in middle of back ; belly and under part of head white. General color of whole upper surface (taken from another example) light chocolate-brown, every- where covered with roundish or oblong pearly or bluish spots or blotches, largest about size of eye, F. C. B. 1903—4 50 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. smallest less than half as large; under surface milky white except margin of snout, which is dark gray; tail uniform chocolate-brown; iris yellowish gray. This large ray, common in most tropical seas, was obtained by us at Honolulu and Hilo, and one example has been recorded by Steindachner from Laysan. Raja narinari Euphrasen, Vet. Ak. Nya. Hand!, XI, 1790, 217, Brazil; after narinari of Marcgrave. Raja flagellum Bloch & Schneider, Svst. Ich., 301, pi. 73, 1801, Coromandel. Raja guttata Shaw, General Zoology, V, 285, pi. 142, 1804, Madagascar. Raja quinqueaculeata Quoy & Gaimard, Voyage de l’Uranie, Zool., 200, pi. 43, fig. 3, 1824, Guam. Myliobatis eeltenkee Ruppeil, Neue Wirbelthiere, Fisoh., 70, pi. 19, fig. 3, 183, 1835 (teeth), Red Sea. Aetobatis indica Swainson, Class. Fish., II, 321, 1839; after Russell, no locality. Myliobatis narinari, Cuvier, Regne Animal, Ed. I, 137, 1817 (both hemispheres). Aetobatis narinari, Muller & Henle, Plagiostomen, 179, 1841; Jordan & Evermann, Fishes North and Mid. Amer., 1,88,1896; Steindachner, Denks. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LXX, 1900, 519 (Laysan); Evermann & Marsh, Fishes Porto Rico, 67, figs. 4 and 5, 1900; Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 421 (Honolulu); Snyder, op. cit. (Jan. 19, 1904), 515 (Honolulu). Aetobatis flagellum, Muller & Henle, op. c.it., 180. Myliobatis macroptcra McClelland, Calcutta Journ. Nat. Hist. 1840, 60, pi. 2, fig. 1, Bay of Bengal. Stoasodon narinari, Cantor, Cat. Malay. Fish., 434, 1850 (Sea of Pinang; Malayan Peninsula; Singapore). Qoniobatis flagellum, Agassiz, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., VI, 1858 (Oct. 25), 385. Goniobatis meleagris Agassiz, op. cit., 385, Hawaiian Islands. Aetobatis laticeps Gill, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, VIII, 1861, 137, San Francisco, California. Aetobatis meleagris. Gill, op. cit., 138 (Sandwich Islands). (Coll. Wilkes Expl. Exped.) Aetobatis latirostris DumOril, Arch. Mus. Paris, X, 1861, 242, pi. 20, East Coast Africa. Family X. M0BULM. Rays of enormous size, with the disk broader than long and the pectoral fins not continued on the sides of the head, the anterior or cephalic portion being separate, developed as 2 long horn-like or ear-like appendages; mouth wide, terminal or inferior; teeth very small, flat or tubercular, in many series, those of the upper jaw sometimes wanting; eyes lateral; nostrils widely separated, their valves united, forming a flap as wide as the cleft of the mouth; tail long and slender, whip-like, with a single dorsal fin at its base and with or without a serrated spine; ventral fins not emarginate; skin more or less rough; males without differentiated spines on the pectorals, the sexes similar. Ovovivi parous. Genera 2, species about 7. Largest of all rays and among the largest of all fishes; found in the tropical seas. Genus 16. MOBULA" Rafinesque. Head free from pectoral fin, truncated in front, with the cephalic fin on each side developed as a straight horn-like appendage pointing forward; nostrils widely separated; mouth inferior, wide; teeth in both jaws very small, flat or tubercular, in many series; tail very slender, with a dorsal fin between the ventrals; the serrated spine present or absent. Species about 5; in the tropical seas, reaching an enormous size and therefore not well known. The family name Mantidx must give way to Mobulidx, inasmuch as the same name is used for the group of insects typified by the genus Mantis. Ceplialopterus Dumfiril in Risso, Ichthyol. Nice, 14, 1810 (g iorna=edentula); not of Geoffroy St. Hilaire, 1809, a genus of birds. Mobula Rafinesque, Indice d’Ittiol. Sicil., 61, 1810 ( auriculata=edentula ). Apterurus Rafinesque, op. cit., 62 (fabroni=edentula) . Dicerobatus Blainville, Journ. de Phys. 1816, 262 (mobular=edentula) . Cephaloptera DumiSril in Cuvier, ROgne Animal, Ed. I, 2, 138, 1817 (giorna). Pterocepliala Swainson, Nat. Hist. Fish., II, 321, 1839 (giorna). 18. Mobula japonica (Muller & Henle). “ Hlhim&nu.” On August 16, 1901, some fragments of 2 large sea-devils were found in the Honolulu market. The individuals had been cut up and many of the pieces sold. The left cephalic fin of one was secured (No. 03556). Its length from tip to eye is 1 foot, and the eye is 1.25 inches in diameter; distance from a The name Aodon, accepted for this genus by Jordan & Evermann, was originally based on a shark of the Red Sea. Aodon massua, said to have microscopic serrated teeth and very large pectoral fins. It may belong to the Snjlliorhinidx, FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 51 eye to nasal opening 7 inches. From other pieces seen it appears that the color on the dorsal surface was a light gray; ventral surface whitish; skin very rough; mouth evidently inferior. These fragments are not sufficient for definite identification. They resemble Mobula japonica (Mul- ler & Henle), a species known from Japan, a foetus of which was obtained by Dr. Jordan at Misaki. M. tenkee (Russell) has been recorded from the East. Indies, Coromandel coast, etc. ; and M. kulilii (Muller & Henle) from the Indian Ocean. Our species is probably identical with M. japonica, but of this we can not be sure. It is called “Hfhimanu” by the local fishermen, a name which they apply also to Stoasodon narinari. Cephaloptera japonica Muller & Henle, Plagiostomen, 185, 1841, Japan; Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., 310, 1850 (Japan). Dicerobatis japonica, Gunther, Cat., VIII, 496, 1870 (after Muller & Henle); Bleeker, Nat. Verh. Kon. Ak. Amsterdam, XVIII, 1879 (name only). Subclass I I O b O Cl T 1J 1 1 TV b I . — The Chimaeras. Skeleton cartilaginous. Gill-cavity with 4 clefts within, but having only one external opening, which is covered by a fold of skin. No spiracles; mouth inferior; jaws with teeth, confluent into bony plates; upper jaw, palate, and hyomandibular coalescent with the skull; intestine with a spiral valve; pectoral fins normally developed, placed low; ventral fins abdominal, with claspers in the male; derivative radii sessile on the sides of the basal bones of the limbs; skin scaleless, its muciferous system well developed. This group contains a single order, Chimseroidei. Order E. CHIMSEROIDEI. — The Chimaeroids. Characters of the order included above. The group contains one existing family, Chimseridse. Family XI. CHIMTRID^E. — The Chimaeras. Body elongate, rather robust anteriorly, tapering posteriorly. Head compressed; mouth small, inferior, the upper lip deeply notched; nostrils confluent with the mouth, separated by a narrow isthmus; jaws with the teeth confluent into 4 bony laminae above and 2 below; no spiracles; pec- toral fins free, placed low; ventral fins abdominal, many-rayed, provided in the male with claspers; dorsal fin usually divided, anteriorly with a very strong spine which is grooved behind; caudal fin low, fold-like; skin naked, rarely somewhat prickly; lateral line present, usually with numerous branches anteriorly; 3 free gills and 2 half gills, 1 on each side; isthmus moderate; gillrakers small. Oviparous, the egg cases long, elliptical, with silky filaments. Genera 4; species about 7. Fishes of singular appearance, found chiefly in the seas of the cold regions. Numerous extinct genera are also referred to this family. Genus 17. CHIMiERA Linnaeus. Elephant Fishes. Head somewhat compressed, the snout bluntish, protruding, fleshy, not armed at tip with an appendage; eyes very large, lateral; teeth rather strong; lips thickish, the lower with a frenum; lateral line simple on the body, but forking anteriorly, forming several series of mucous tubes on the head; male with a club-shaped cartilaginous hook on the head above the snout; this hook is curved forward and downward, and is armed at its tip with decurved spines; its tip fitting into a depression in front of the eyes; females without this appendage; gill-opening small; pectorals moderate; ventrals rather large, with large bifid claspers in the male; male also with rough appendages at the base of ventrals, protruding from a sheath of skin; first dorsal triangular, preceded by a strong spine, which is grooved behind and serrated on its edges; second dorsal and caudal fins low, often more or less notched; tail extending in the line of the axis of the body, more or less produced in a filament at tip. Skin smooth. Fishes of singular appearance; mostly of the northern seas; not valued for food. The single Hawaiian species is fully described in Section II of this work. Chimxra Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 236, 1758 (monstrnxa) . 52 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Subclass TE LEOSTOMI. — The True Fishes. Skeleton usually bony, sometimes cartilaginous; skull with sutures; membrane bones (opercle, preopercle, etc. ) present; gill-openings a single slit on each side; gills with their outer edges free, their bases attached to bony arches, normally 4 pairs of these, the fifth pair being typically modified into tooth- bearing lower pharyngeals; median and paired fins developed, the latter with distinct rays; ova small; no claspers; heart developed, divided into an auricle, ventricle, and arterial bulb; lungs imperfectly developed or degraded to form a swim-bladder, or entirely absent. Omitting orders not yet known to be represented in Hawaiian waters we have the following analysis of — ORDERS OF TRUE FISHES. a. Body eel-shaped, provided with very many (100 to 125) vertebra; scales minute or wanting; no ventral fins; gill- openings restricted; gill-arches 4 pairs, the hindmost being modified as pharyngeal bones; palato- pterygoid arch present; premaxillaries atrophied; maxiilaries lateral, more or less confluent with the palatines; shoulder-girdle not attached to skull Apodes, p. 73 aa. Body not truly eel-shaped; the vertebra usually in moderate or rather large number (14 to 150); ventral fins usually present; gill-openings typically ample; premaxillary always present, and maxillary usually so; shoulder- girdle near the cranium, usually but not always attached to it; hypercoracoid and hypocoraeoid well developed, not coalescent. *6. Gill-arches with the bones reduced in number; air-bladder without duct; ventrals abdominal or subabdominal, if present; no mesocoracoid. c. Gills pectinate; gill-openings large; dorsal and ventral usually with spines Hemibranchii, p. 114 cc. Gills tufted; gill-openings very small; opercle a simple plate; skin with bony plates Lophobranchii, p. 117 56. Gill-arches normal. d. Ventrals abdominal; pectoral fins inserted low; fins without spines. e. Air-bladder, if present, with pneumatic duct; lower pharyngeals separate; anterior vertebra not modified; mesocoracoid typically present Isospondyli, p. 52 ee. Air-bladder without pneumatic duct; lower pharyngeals fully united Synentognathi, p. 121 dd. Ventral fins usually anterior in position; spines usually present in the fins; pectoral fins not on the plane of the abdomen; parietal bones usually separated by the supraoccipital. (Spiny-rayed fishes chiefly.) /. Pectoral fins not pediculate, the gill-openings in front of them Acanthopteri, p. 137 ff._ Pectoral fins pediculate, the basal bones reduced in number and elongate; gills in the axils of the pectorals. Pediculati, p. 516 Order F. ISOSPONBYLI. — The Isospondylous Fishes. Soft-rayed fishes with the anterior vertebrae simple, unmodified, and without auditory ossicles; symplectic present; no interclavicles; opercular bones distinct; pharyngeal bones simple above and below, the lower not falciform; mesocoracoid arch always well developed, as in the Ostariophysi and the Ganoidei, forming a bridge from the hypercoracoid to the hypocoraeoid; bones of jaws developed, the maxillary broad, always distinct from premaxillary and forming part of margin of upper jaw; no barbels; shoulder-girdle well developed and connected with the cranium by a bony post-temporal; gills 4, a slit behind the fourth; air-bladder, if present, with a pneumatic duct; dorsal and anal fins without true spines; ventral fins abdominal, sometimes wanting; scales usually cycloid, sometimes ctenoid, occasionally wanting; no developed photophores; adipose fin present or absent; a large group comprising most of the marine soft-rayed fishes, excepting those found in the deep sea, these com- posing the degenerate group called Iniomi. Some of the forms, as Elopidse, Albulidse, etc., show analogies with the ganoid allies of the Cycloganoidei. This indicates the descent of the Isospondyli from a ganoid stock, Amioidei, and from this order or its ancestors doubtless all the bony fishes have sprung. FAMILIES OF ISOSPONDYLI. l. Isospondyli : Mesocoracoid arch developed, the connection of the shoulder-girdle with the cranium perfect. a. Dorsal fin inserted more or less before anal (rarely slightly behind it); shore fishes or river fishes, usually silvery in coloration and with the skeleton firm; gular plate present, between branches of lower jaw; mouth large; teeth present, all pointed; axillary scales and sheaths large Elopidx , p. 53 aa. Gular plate none. 5. Lateral line well developed. c. Teeth present; no accessory branchial organ; mouth small, horizontal Albulidx , p. 54 FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 53 cc. Teeth none; an accessory branchial organ behind the gill-cavity Chanidx, p. 56 bb. Lateral line wanting; no gular plate. d. Mouth moderate, terminal, the maxillary of about 3 pieces; stomach' not gizzard-like Clupeidse, p. 58 dd. Mouth subinferior, very large, below a tapering pig-like snout; maxillary very long Engraulidse, p. 59 II. Iniomi : Mesocoracoid, usually abortive or obsolete, the connection of the shoulder-girdle with the cranium imperfect. a. Post-temporal connected with back of cranium near sides; no photophores or barbel; adipose fin present; body not very elongate; anal distinct; scales present. b. Maxillary very narrow, rudimentary or obsolete; hypocoracoids not divergent; pseudobranchiae present. Synodontidse, p. 61 bb. Maxillary well developed, dilated behind; pseudobranchiae present; pectorals normal Aulopidse, p. 66 aa. Post-temporal impinging upon occiput. c. Vertebrae and neural spines normal, not projecting from the flesh in front of the dorsal fin; photophores present; barbel wanting. d. Premaxillaries forming entire margin of upper jaw; body scaly; opercles complete Myctophidx, p. 67 dd. Premaxillaries not forming the whole margin of upper jaw, the maxillary entering into it; body naked; oper- cular apparatus incomplete Maurolicidx, p. 70 cc. Vertebrae or neural spines projecting through skin of back in front of dorsal fin; body short, deep, compressed; photophores present; mouth obliquely cleft or subvertical Sternoptychidas, p. 72 Family XII. ELOPIDJE. — The Tarpons. Body elongate, more or less compressed, covered with silvery cycloid scales; head naked; mouth broad, terminal, the lower jaw prominent; premaxillaries not protractile, short, the maxillaries form- ing the lateral margins of the upper jaw; maxillary composed of about 3 pieces, extending back- ward beyond the eye; an elongate bony plate between the branches of the lower jaw (analogous to the gular plate in Amia ) ; bands of villiform teeth in each jaw and on vomer, palatines, pterygoids, tongue, and base of skull; no large teeth; eye large, with an adipose eyelid; opercular bones thin, with expanded membranaceous borders; a scaly occipital collar; gill-membranes entirely separate, free from the isthmus; branch iostegals numerous (29 to 35); gillrakers long and slender, pseudo- branchiae present or absent; belly not keeled nor serrated, rather broad and covered with ordinary scales; lateral line present; dorsal fin inserted over or slightly behind ventrals; caudal fin forked; no adipose fin; dorsal and anal depressible into a sheath of scales; pectorals and ventrals each with a long accessory scale; parietal bones meeting along top of head; pyloric cseca numerous. Genera 3, species about 5, forming 2 well-marked subfamilies, both widely distributed in the tropical seas. The species are not much valued as food, the flesh being dry and bony. Genus 18. ELOPS Linnaeus. The Tenpounders. Body elongate, covered with thin, small, silvery scales; dorsal fin slightly behind ventrals, its last rays short, the fin depressible into a sheath of scales; anal fin smaller, similarly depressible; pectorals and ventrals moderate, each with a long accessory scale; opercular bones thin, with expanded, membranaceous borders; a scaly occipital collar; lateral line straight, its tubes simple; pseudobranchiae present, large; vertebrae 43+29=72. Large fishes of the open seas, remarkable for the development of scaly sheaths. The young are ribbon-shaped and elongate, passing through a series of changes like those seen in Albula. Elops Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, 518, 1766 ( saums ). Mugilomorus Lacepdde, Hist. Nat. Poiss., V, 398, 1803 (anna-carolina) . Trichonotus Rafinesque, Analyse de Nature, 88, 1815 ( anna-carolina ; substitute for Mugilomorus , considered objectionable.) 19. Elops saurus Linnaeus. Fig. 8. Head 3.75; depth about 5; D. 25 (counting rudiments, of which there are 7); A. 16; P. 18; V. 15; vertebrae 47 + 19 = 66; scales 14-96-17, counting to middle of belly; eye nearly 5 in head, or 1 in snout or interorbital space; mouth a- little over 1.75 in head; pectoral 1.75; ventral a little more than pec- toral, less than 2; least depth of caudal peduncle 3 in head. Body elongate, compressed; head compressed, elongate, pointed; snout short, pointed, more or less rounded above; eye rather large, with broad adipose eyelid covering a good portion; maxillary very long, expanded backward beyond the eye, and with several longitudinal ridges; teeth in broad patches or bands in the jaws, also along edge of maxillary, and on the vomer and palatines; tongue large 54 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. rather long, free in front; nostrils close together; interorbital space flattened and with a couple of ridges; gill-openings large; gillrakers 8 -j- 15, long, the outer portion more or less slightly expanded or enlarged; pseudobranch he numerous and rather short; intestine straight, without any convolutions; peritoneum silvery; scales small, of even size; basis of dorsal and anal with broad scaly sheaths; pec- toral with scaly flap more than half length of head; ventral Hap scaly, more than half length of fin; lateral line continuous, superior at first and then running midway along side of caudal peduncle; origin of dorsal nearer base of caudal than tip of snout, slightly behind base of ventrals, the anterior rays elevated; origin of anal a little behind tip of dorsal, the anterior rays longest; caudal deeply forked, the lobes pointed; pectoral rather short, reaching scarcely halfway to origin of ventrals; ventrals a little shorter than pectorals, reaching more than halfway to anal; caudal peduncle rather long, compressed. This is one of the greatest of game fishes, in the estimation of anglers who have had the good fortune to fish for it on the coast of Florida, and will doubtless prove one of the most interesting of Hawaiian fishes to sportsmen who visit those islands. This description is from a specimen (No. 04982), 11 inches long, from Honolulu. We have examined many examples, some of them taken by Dr. Jenkins at Honolulu in 1889, and others dredged in the same locality in November, 1896, by the Albatross. Jordan and Snyder obtained it in the same locality in 1900. Fig. 8. — EIojjs mums Linnseus; after Jordan and Evermann. Flops saurus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, 518, 1766, Carolina; Gunther, Cat., VII, 470, 1868 (Cuba; Jamaica; St. Croix; South America; Cape of Good Hope; Zanzibar; Djidda; Pinang; China) ; Jordan & Evermann, Fishes North and Mid. Amer., I, 410, 1896; Steindachner, Denks. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LXX, 1900, 513 (Honolulu); Fowler, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1900, 496 (Hawaiian Islands) ; Evermann & Marsh, Fishes of Porto Rico, 81, fig. 11, 1900; Jordan & Evermann, Am. Food and Game Fishes, 86, figure, 1902; Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 432 (Honolulu), and of most authors. Argentina Carolina Linneeus, Syst. Nat. , Ed. XII, 519, 1766, Carolina (on the Ilarengus minor bahamensis of Catesby). Argentina machnata Forskal, Descr. Anim., 68, 1775, Djidda, Arabia. Mugikmoriis anna-caroUna Lac<5p6de, Hist. Nat. Poiss., V, 398, 1803, South Carolina. Flops inermis Mitchill, Trans. Lit. and Phil. Soc. N. Y., I, 1815, 445, New York. Flops inclicus Swainson, Class. Fish., II, 292, 1839 (after Inagow of Russell, Fishes of Vizagapatam, II, 63, fig. 179, 1803, nonbinomial), Vizagapatam. Flops capensis Smith, Zool. S. Africa, pi. 7, 1845, Cape of Good Hope. Flops piirpurascens Richardson, Ichth. China, 311, 1846, China. Family XIII. ALBULIIL-E. — The Bonefishes or Ladyfishes. Body rather elongate, little compressed, covered with rather small, brilliantly silvery scales; head naked; snout conic, subquad rangular, shaped like the snout of a pig, and overlapping the small, inferior, horizontal mouth; maxillary rather strong, short, with a distinct supplemental bone, slipping under the membranous edge of the very broad preorbital; premaxi llaries short, not protractile; lateral margin of upper jaw formed by the maxillaries; both jaws, vomer, and palatines with bands of villiform teeth; broad patches of coarse, blunt, paved teeth on the tongue behind and on the sphenoid and pterygoid bones; eye large, median in head, with a bony ridge above it, and almost covered with an annular adipose eyelid; opercle moderate, firm; preopercle with a broad, flat, membranaceous edge, which extends backward over the base of opercle; pseudobranchiae present; gillrakers short, tubercle- like; gill-membranes entirely separate, free from the isthmus; branchiostegals about 14; a fold of skin across gill-membranes anteriorly, its posterior free edge crenate; no gular plate; lateral line FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 55 present; belly not carinate, flattish, covered with ordinary scales; dorsal fin moderate, in front of ventrals, its membranes scaly; no adipose tin; anal very small; caudal widely forked; pyloric coeca numerous; parietal bones meeting along top of head; vertebrae numerous, 42 -(-28=70. A single species known, found in all warm seas. In this, and probably in related families, the young pass through a metamorphosis analogous to that seen in the Conger Eels; they are for a time elongate, band-shaped, with very small head and loose, transparent tissues; from this condition they become gradually shorter and more compact, shrinking from 3 or 3.5 inches in length to 2 inches. According to Dr. Gilbert, this process, like that seen in various eels, is a normal one, through which all individuals pass. In the Gulf of Cali- fornia, where these fishes abound, these band-shaped young are often thrown by the waves on the beach in great masses. Genus 19. ALBULA (Gronow) Bloch & Schneider. The Bonefishes. The characters of this genus are included above. Only one species known. Conorhyncus Nozeman, Act. Select., Ill, 382, 1757 (nonbinomial). Albula Gronow, Zoophyl., 102, 1763 (nonbinomial). Alb ala Bloch & Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 432, 1801 ( conorhyncus =vulpes ). Butyrinus LaeOp&de, Hist. Nat. Poiss., V, 45, 1803 {banana— vulpes). Glossodus Cuvier in Agassiz, Splx Pise. Brasil., 48, 1829 (furskali=v ulpcs) . 20. Albula vulpes (Linnteus). Bonefish; “ Oi.o .” Fig. 9. Head 3.75 in length; depth 5; D. 15; A. 8; scales 9-71-7; upper lobe of caudal the longer; a broad band of peculiar, elongate, membranaceous scales along middle line of back; accessory ventral scale large. Brilliantly silvery; olivaceous above; back and sides with faint streaks along the rows of scales; fins plain; axils dusky. Length 18 inches to 3 feet. Tropical seas, on sandy coasts, almost universally distributed and generally abundant. A beautiful and active fish, in most places little valued as food, but in some regions, as Key West, highly appreciated. Highly esteemed as a game fish. Fig. 9. — Albula vulpes (Linnaeus); after Jordan and Evermann. We have a number of specimens from Honolulu and Hilo, all of which have the streaks on the back and upper surface dark and well defined. We have also examined specimens taken at Honolulu by Dr. Wood, and others from the same locality by Jordan and Snyder. Esox vulpes Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 313, 1758, Bahamas (based on the bonefish, Vulpes bahamensis of Catesby). Argentina glossodonta Forskal, Descript. Animal., 68, 1775, Djidda, Arabia. Synodus argenteus Bloch & Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 398, 1801, Asia. Clupea brasiliensis Bloch & Schneider, op. cit., 427, Brazil. Albula conorhynchus Bloch & Schneider, op. cit., 432, Antilles (after Gronow); Streets, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 7, 76, 1877 (Honolulu); Gunther, Rep. Shore Fish., Challenger, Zool., I, part VI, 61, 1880 (Hilo). Albula plumieri Bloch & Schneider, op. cit., pi. 86, Antilles. Amia immaculata Bloch & Schneider, op. cit., 451. South America; after Macabfi of Parra. Butyrinus banana Lac6pede, Hist. Nat. Poiss., V, 46, 1803, lie de France. Argentina sphyrxna LacOpede, op. cit., V, 366, 1803, Mediterranean. Clupea microcephala Lac6p6de, op. cit., 426, Martinique; on a drawing by Plumier. 56 BULLETIN OE THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Glossodus forskalii Agassiz, Spix Pise. Brasil., 49, tab. XXII, tig. 2, and tab. XXIV, fig. 2, 1S29, Bahia. Engraulis baldcnsis Agassiz, op. cit., 49, pi. 24, tig. 2, Bahia. Butirinus glossodontus, Riippell, Neue Wirbelthiere, Fish., 80, pi. 20, fig. 3, 1835. Elops ( Butirinus ) glossodontus, Swainson, Class. Fish., II, 292, 1839; no description. Esox argenteus, Forster in Lichtenstein, Descript. Animal., 196, 1844 (Tahiti). Albula macroccpliala Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. I’oiss., XIX, 324, 1846, San Domingo; Martinique. Albula pame Cuvier & Valenciennes, op. cit., 339, Bahia, Rio Janeiro, Martinique. Albula goreensis Cuvier & Valenciennes, op. cit., 342, Goree. Albida bananas, Cuvier & Valenciennes, op. cit., 345 (lie de France). Albula neoguinaica Cuvier & Valenciennes, 1. c., 350, New Guinea. Albula seminuda Cuvier & Valenciennes, 1. e., 351, New Guinea. Albula erythrocheilos Cuvier & Valenciennes, 1. c., 352, Friendly Islands. Albula forsteri Cuvier & Valenciennes, 1. c., 354, Tahiti. Albida roslrata Gronow in Gray, Cat. Fish. Coll. Gronow, 189, 1854, American and Indian oceans and Mediterranean Sea. Conorhynchus glossodon, Bleeker, Atlas Ichth., VI, 82, pi. 270, fig. 1, 1870-72 (Java, Madura, Balis, Sumatra, Pinang, Bangha, Biliton, Celebes, Obi-major, Amboyna, Saparua, Ceram, New Guinea). Albula glossodonta, IClunzinger, Verb. Zool. Bat. Ges. Wien, 1871, 602 (Red Sea); Steindachner, Denks. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LXX, 1900, 513 (Honolulu). Albula vulpes, Jordan & Gilbert, Synopsis, 258, 1883; Jordan & Evermann, Fishes North and Mid. Amer., I, 411, 1896; Ever- mann & Marsh, Fishes of Porto Rico, 82, fig. 12, 1900; Jordan & Evermann, Am. Food and Game Fishes, 88, figure, 1902; Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 432 (Honolulu); Snyder, op. cit. (Jan. 19, 1904), 521 (Hanalei Bay, Kauai). Family XIV. CHANIDaE.— The Milk-fishes. Body oblong, compressed, covered with small, firm, adherent scales; lateral line distinct; abdonien broad and flattish; snout depressed; mouth small, anterior, the lower jaw with a small symphyseal tubercle; no teeth; premaxillary joined to upper anterior edge of maxillary; eye with an adipose eyelid; gill-membranes broadly united, free from the isthmus; branchiostegals 4; pseudobranchite well developed; an accessory branchial organ in a cavity behind the gill-cavity; dorsal fin opposite the ventrals; anal fin shorter than the dorsal; mucous membrane of oesophagus raised into a spiral fold; intestine with many convolutions; vertebras about 45. Coloration silvery. Large fishes of the warmer parts of the Pacific. One genus and 3 species known. Genus 20. CHANOS Lacepede. Characters of the genus included above. Chanos LacCpede, Hist. Nat. Poiss., V, 395, 1803 ( arabicus ). Lutodeira (Kiihl) Ruppell, Atlas Reise Nordl. Afrika, 17, 1828 {chanos). Ptycholepis Gray, Dieffenbach’s Travels in New Zealand, II, 218, about 1843 {salmoneus). 21. Chanos chanos (Forskal). Fig. 10. Milkfish; “Awa;” “ Awa-awa “ Aiva Jcalcimoku; ” “ Puawci.” Head 4.4 in length; depth 4; D. n, 12; A. ii, 9; scales 12-86-14; vertebrae 19 + 26 = 45; eye 3.5 in head; snout 3.5; maxillary 4.3; pectoral 1.6; ventral 1.8; caudal .3 longer than head; dorsal 1.25 in head; B. 4. Aspect of a large cyprinoid. Body elliptical, moderately compressed; caudal peduncle slender, head pointed, rounded above; eye and side of head covered by a large, transparent, imperforate, - adipose eyelid; mouth small, terminal, toothless, transverse, lower jaw included; maxillary broad, slipping under the adipose preorbital, without supplemental bone; opercle truncate behind; pseudo- branchiae very large; gillrakers fine and flexible, very close set, rather long; bones of gillrakers flexible; gill-arches all connected by membrane; lateral line well developed; scales firm, cycloid, with strongly marked longitudinal striae; scales rather large, hard, firm, enameled, becoming bony when dry, used by the Indians for ornamental work; dorsal inserted somewhat nearer snout than base of caudal, before ventrals, its first ray falcate, its last produced in a short filament, longer than pupil; base of fin with a large scaly sheath; pectoral and ventral each with scaly axillary appendage; anal similar to dorsal, but much smaller; pectorals and ventrals rather small; caudal very long, forked to the base, its lobes subequal, straight; base of fin with small scale; ventrals somewhat falcate. Color in life of example from Moanalua, silvery, bluish olive above; upper fins dirty whitish; lower fins soiled cream color; lower lobe of caudal with some yellowish. FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 57 Color in alcohol, greenish above, the sides brilliantly silvery, fins more or less darkened; inside of ventrals and pectorals blackish. Length 2 to 5 feet. Pacific and Indian oceans, on sandy shores, north to the Hawaiian Islands, where it is abundant. Our specimens from Honolulu are all under a foot in length. We have recently received from Mr. Berndt a singular-looking specimen extraordinarily short and deep. It is apparently a dwarf or hunchback example of this species. It has a much shorter and deeper head and body than the species usually possesses and the scales are narrower, but in other respects it differs but slightly from the ordinary type. Head 3.4; depth 2.5; depth of caudal peduncle 7.5; length of caudal 1.8; pectoral 4; ventral 5; eye 3 in head; interorbital width 2.33; snout 3.5; D. 12; A. 9; scales 76, 26, 21 in front of dorsal. The awa is one of the most important food fishes of the Hawaiian Islands. It occurs about the various islands, but is most abundant around Honolulu. It is, next to the mullet (Ama ama), the most common species frequenting the artificial ponds, into which it runs with the mullet and with the tide and is restrained in the same way. It is held in esteem as a food fish, but we know nothing of its game qualities. Like the mullet, it is known by different names at different ages. The young are called “puawa;” those of medium size “awa awa; ” those of ordinary commercial size “awa;” while very large individuals are “awa kalamoku.” Mugil chanos Forskal, Descript. Animal., 74, 1775, Red Sea at Djidda, Arabia. Chanos arabicus LacOpede, Hist. Nat. Poiss., V, 396, 1803, Arabia. Lutocleira chanos, Riippell, Atlas zu der Reise ira Nordl. Africa, 18, pi. 5, fig. 1, 1828. Cyprinus pala Cuvier, R&gne Animal, Ed. 2, II, 22, 1829; after Russell. Cyprinus tolo Cuvier, op. cit., 222; after Russell. Leaciscus zeylonicus Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. 1832, 184, Ceylon. Chanos mento Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., XIX, 194, 1846, lie de France. Chanos chloropterus Cuvier & Valenciennes, op. cit., 195, Madepolam. Chanos muchalis Cuvier & Valenciennes, op. cit., 196, Vizagapatam. Chanos orientaiis Kiihl in Cuvier & Valenciennes, op. cit., 197, Red Sea. Chanos cyprinella Cuvier & Valenciennes, op. cit., 198, Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands. Chanos salmoneus Cuvier & Valenciennes, op. cit., 201, 1846, between New Caledonia and Norfolk Island; Gunther, Rep. Shore Fish., Chall., Zool., I, part VI, 61, 1880 (Honolulu). Leuciscus ( Ptycholepis ) salmoneus, Gray, in Dieffenbach Trav. New Zeal., II, 218. Butirinus argenteus Jerdon, Madras Journ. Lit. Sci., XV, 1849, 343, Madras. Butirinus maderaspatensis Jerdon, op. cit., 344, Madras. Chanos indicus Bleeker, Enum. Pise. Ai-ch. Ind., 160, 1859, East Indies. Chanos chanos, Klunzinger, Verh. Bat. Zool. Gen. Wien, 1871, 605; Jordan & Evermann, Fishes North and Mid. Amer., 1, 414, 1896; Steindachner, Denks. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LXX, 1900, 514 (Honolulu); Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII. 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 432 (Honolulu); Jordan <& Snyder, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVIII, 1904 (Oct.), 123 (Honolulu). 58 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Family XV. CLUPE1D/E. — The Herrings. Body oblong or elongate, more or less compressed, covered with cycloid or pectinated scales; belly sometimes rounded, sometimes compressed, in which case it is often armed with bony serratures; head naked, usually compressed; mouth rather large, terminal, the jaws about equal; maxillaries forming the lateral margins of upper jaw, each composed of about 3 pieces; premaxillaries not protractile; teeth mostly small, often feeble or wanting, variously arranged; adipose eyelid present or absent; gill- rakers long and slender; gill-membranes not connected, free from the isthmus; no gular plate; gills 4, a slit behind the fourth; branchiostegals usually few (6 to 15); posterior lower part of opercular region often with an angular emargination, the tips of the larger branchiostegals being abruptly truncate; pseudobranchise present; no lateral line; dorsal fin median or somewhat posterior, rarely wanting; no adipose fin; ventrals moderate or small (rarely wanting); anal usually rather long; caudal fin forked; vertebrae 40 to 56. Genera about 30; species 150; inhabiting all seas, and usually swimming in immense schools; many species ascend fresh waters, and some remain there permanently. The northern and fresh-water species, as in many other families, differ from the tropical forms in having a larger num- ber of vertebral segments. Genus 21. ETRUMEUS Bleeker. Body elongate, subcylindrical or somewhat compressed; abdomen rounded, not compressed or serrated; snout pointed; adipose eyelid covering the eye wholly without pupillary slit; mouth terminal, of moderate width, formed as in Clupea, but the maxillary more slender; teeth moderate, in patches on jaws, palatines, pterygoids, and tongue; gill-membranes separate, with numerous fine branchiostegals; pseudobranchise well developed; pyloric appendages numerous; scales cycloid, entire, and very deciduous; pectoral and ventral fins shielded; no lateral line; dorsal fin rather long, of 18 to 20 rays, placed entirely in advance of ventrals; anal fin low, of moderate length; caudal deeply forked; the scales of the breast more or less adherent, dilated and forming a membranous ventral flap which covers the closed pectoral fins, leaving only the dorsal edges and the extreme tips of the fins visible; axillary scales very large, that of pectoral extending nearly to its tip, that of ventral reaching slightly farther than tip of fin; lateral scales extending continuously on center of caudal fin almost to margin of middle rays. Etrumeus Bleeker, Verb. Bat. Gen., XXV, 48, 1853 {micropus). Perkinsia Rosa Smith Eigenmann, Amer. Nat., February, 1891, 153 ( othonops ). 22. Etrumeus micropus (Schlegel). “ Makiaica.” Fig. 11. Head 4.5 in length; depth 5.5; D. 20; A. 11; P. 10; V. 9; scales about 52; eye 3 in head; snout 3.5; mandible 2; interorbital space 4.3; maxillary 3; width of head 2 in its length; P. 1.5 in head; V. 2.07; least depth of caudal peduncle 3.67 in head. Body elongate, subcylindrical, somewhat compressed; head elongate, compressed, pointed; snout long, pointed, flattened above, the sides somewhat compressed; eye large, covered by the thick adipose eyelid; mouth small, terminal, the mandible very slightly projecting when the mouth is closed; teeth in fine villiform bands on vomer and palatines, those in jaws minute; maxillary slipping under the preorbital ridge and extending posteriorily a little beyond the anterior edge of eye; nostrils together on upper side of snout, much nearer its tip than anterior edge of eye; interorbital space and top of head flattened and with ridges forming an elongated W; preopercle with radiating branching mucous canals giving a striated appearance; opercles more or less smooth; gill-openings large, mem- branes free from isthmus; gillrakers long, slender, and fine; gill-filaments longer, fine, and the pseudo- branchise also long; peritoneum pale or silvery; scales all more or less deciduous, mostly falling off in alcoholic specimens, rather large, cycloid, those between the pectorals and ventrals forming a thin broad flap; both pectorals and ventrals with long pointed scaly flaps but little shorter than the tins themselves; origin of dorsal nearer tip of snout than base of caudal by 1.3 eye diameters; anal fin very small, its origin about midway between origin of ventrals and base of caudal; caudal rather small, deeply emarginate; pectorals rather short, about 2.5 in space to ventrals; ventrals small, behind tip of depressed dorsal, and 2 in space to origin of anal; caudal peduncle compressed. FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 59 Color in life (No. 03222), steel-olive above, side slightly yellowish, belly silvery; centers of scales above with a diamond-shaped darker olive blotch, there forming lines along the rows of scales; tip of snout dusky; tins pale, not yellowish; base of pectoral a little dusky; some dusky shading on caudal; ventrals pale. Color in alcohol, brown above, the lower surface of body silvery white; dorsal, caudal, and basal portion of pectoral dusky, portions of the latter, together with the other fins, pale or whitish; each scale on back with a dark brownish spot; tips of snout and mandible dusky brown. This description from an example from Honolulu, about 9.25 inches long. Our numerous speci- mens, all from Honolulu, range in length from 3.75 to 9i25 inches. Upon comparing them with Japanese examples, we are unable to detect any specific differences. We have also examined speci- mens dredged by the Albatross off Honolulu in November, 1896, others taken by Dr. Jenkins at Honolulu, 1889, and still others by Doctor Wood. Clupea micropus Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., 236, pi. 107, fig. 2, .1846, Japan. Einmeus micropus , Bleeker, Verb. Bat. Gen., XXV, 1853, 48 (Japan); Gunther, Cat., VII, 467, 1868 (Japan); Jenkins, Bull. U; S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 432 (Honolulu); Snyder, 1. c. (Jan. 19, 1904), 521 (Honolulu). Perkinsia othonops Rosa Smith Eigenmann, Amer. Nat., 1891, 153, San Diego, California. Family XVI. ENGRAULI !).£.— The Anchovies. Body elongate, more or less compressed, covered with thin cycloid scales; head compressed; mouth extremely large, more or less oblique, usually overlapped by a pointed, compressed, pig-like snout; gape very wide, the maxillary very long and slender, formed of about 3 pieces, extending backward far behind the eye, in some species behind the head; premaxillaries not protractile, very small, firmly joined to the maxillaries; teeth usually small, sometimes obsolete, usually fine and even, in a single row in each jaw; canines sometimes present; eye large, well forward, without adipose eyelid; pre- orbital narrow; opercles thin and membranaceous; gillrakers long and slender; branchiostegals slender, 7 to 14 in number; gill-membranes separate or joined, free from isthmus; pseudobranch i;e present; no lateral line; belly rounded or weakly serrate; fins various, the dorsal usually short and median; no adipose fin; caudal forked. Small carnivorous shore fishes, usually swimming in large schools on sandy shores; abundant in all warm seas, occasionally entering rivers. This group is often regarded as a subfamily under the Clupeidse, from which it differs in no character of high importance. A large family of about 80 species, only one of which is thus far known from the Hawaiian Islands. Genus 22. ANCHOVIA Jordan & Evermann. Body oblong, compressed, covered with father large, thin, deciduous scales; belly rounded or weakly compressed; snout conical, compressed, projecting beyond the very large mouth; maxillary narrow, little movable, usually formed of 3 pieces, extending backward far behind the eye, to the base of mandible or beyond, not beyond gill-opening; premaxillaries very small; teeth small, sub- equal, present at all ages, usually on the jaws, vomer, palatines, and pterygoids; anal fin moderate 60 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. free from caudal (its rays 12 to 40); no pectoral filaments; dorsal inserted about midway of body, pos- terior to ventrals; pectorals and ventrals each with a large axillary scale; adipose eyelid obsolete; vertebrae about 40 (40-42) in species examined; flesh rather pale and dry, more or less translucent; bones firm; pseudobranchhe present; branchiostegals 9 to 14; gillrakers long and slender; gill-mem- branes separate, free from the narrow isthmus. Species about 50; small, carnivorous shore fishes, swimming in large schools on sandy shores of all warm seas, occasionally entering rivers. Most of them are marked by a broad, distinct, silvery band. Stolephorus Bleeker, Ned. Tijds. Dierk., Ill, 1865, 303 ( japonicus ; not of Lacep&de, whose Stolephorus japonicus,- after Hout- tuyn, belongs to Bleeker’s genus Spratelloides). Anchovia Jordan & Evermann, Fishes North and Mid. Amer., I, 449, 1896 (October 3) ( macrolcpidota ). . 23. Anchovia purpurea (Fowler). “ Nehu Fig. 12. Head 2.67 in length; depth 5.67; D. 13; A. 17; P. 13; V. 7; eye 3.5 in head; snout 4.67; maxillary 1.25; pectoral 1.88; ventral 2.75. Body elongate, compressed; head elongate, laterally compressed and pointed; snout short, rounded at tip; eyes lateral, anterior to center of head, greater than snout; mouth large, the long maxillary produced backward beyond the posterior margin of eye but falling some distance short of gill-opening, the pig-like snout projecting well beyond the tip of mandible; teeth in the jaws small, fine, extending all along the lower edge of the maxillary; nostrils close together, about midway in snout; interorbital space a little convex; gill-openings large, the isthmus long and narrow, forming a narrow keel in front; gillrakers about 18 -j- 28, very long, slender, pointed, the longest nearly equal to eye; gill-filaments rather shorter than the gillrakers; pseudobranchise moderately large; intestine short and straight; peritoneum black; scales large, cycloid, deciduous, falling off in preserved exam- ples; pectorals with scaly flairs; origin of dorsal a little nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, and a little behind origin of ventral; origin of anal behind base of last dorsal ray, the first rays of fin encroaching but little upon tip of depressed dorsal; base of ana*l 1.67 in head; caudal deeply emargi- nate; pectoral short, about equal to snout and eye; ventrals a little in advance of dorsal and reaching a little more than half way to anal; caudal peduncle rather long, compressed, its least depth a little over 3 in head.' In alcoholic specimens there is a broad silvery longitudinal band from head to base of caudal, rather broader posteriorly; head silvery; dorsal and caudal marked with fine narrow wavy series of pale brownish dots forming cross-bars. This description from an example 2.5 inches long, taken in the market at Honolulu. We have large series of this species from Honolulu and Hilo, at each of which places it is very abundant. Dr. Jenkins obtained a number of examples at Honolulu in 1889. It was also dredged by the Albatross in that vicinity in 1896, and a number of examples were obtained at Kailua, December 31, 1899, by Mr. Richard C. McGregor. The types are 2 specimens (Nos. 23329 and 23330, Mus. Phila. Acad.) each about 2.4 inches long, collected by Dr. Wm. H. Jones. FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 61 This species is well marked and has a broader silvery lateral band than either Anchovia com- mersoniana or Anchovia ischana. While the anal rays agree with the latter, the fin of commersoniana is still longer. The insertion of the anal fin also is more in advance in both iscliana and commersoniana. Stolephorus purpureus Fowler, Proc; Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1900, 497, PI. XIX, fig. 1, Sandwich Islands. Anchovia purpurea, Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish. Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept, 23, 1903), 432 (Honolulu; Synder, 1. c. (Jan. 19, 1904), 521 (Honolulu). Suborder INIOMI. — The 'Lantern Fishes. Soft-rayed fishes with the anterior vertebrae simple, unmodified, and without auditory ossicles; symplectic present; no interclavicles; opercular apparatus sometimes incomplete; pharyngeal bones unmodified; gill-openings ample; mesocoracoid arch wanting or atrophied; bones of jaws variously developed, the maxillary sometimes cognate with the premaxillary; shoulder-girdle with its post- temporal not normally connected with the skull, but touching it at or near the nape; gills 4, a slit behind the fourth; air-bladder, if present, with a duct; dorsal and anal fins without true spines; ventral fins, if present, abdominal; scales mostly cycloid, often wanting; adipose fin present or absent; skeleton mostly very weakly ossified; photophores present in most species. Marine fishes, mostly inhabiting the oceanic abysses, closely allied to the typical Isospondyli, but lacking the mesocoracoid and having the connection of the shoulder-girdle with the cranium imperfect. In the character of the mesocoracoid, most of these fishes agree with the eels and with the Haplomi and the spiny-rayed fishes. These latter have the post-temporal differently attached. This suborder is a provisional one, and its members may be reunited with the Isospondyli or otherwise distributed when the osteology of the different families is known. Boulenger relegates those which, like Synodus, lack the mesocoracoid to the Haplomi. These lack also the orbitosphenoid, characters of the Isospondyli and the Berycoidei. Of the 18 families of this order as here defined, only 5 have representatives in the Hawaiian fauna Family XVII. SYNODONTIMt. — The Lizard-fishes. Body oblong or elongate, little compressed, covered with cycloid scales, rarely naked; mouth very wide, entire margin of upper jaw formed by the long, slender premaxillaries, the latter mostly rudi- mentary or obsolete, never widened at tip; teeth mostly cardiform on both jaws, tongue, and palatines; canines rarely present; large teeth usually depressible; no barbels; opercular bones usually thin, but complete; gill-membranes separate, free from isthmus; branchiostegals usually numerous; pseudo- branchise present; gillrakers tubercular or obsolete; no orbitosphenoid or mesocoracoid; lateral line present; adipose fin present, rarely obsolete; dorsal fin short, of soft rays only; pectorals and ventrals present; anal fin moderate or long; caudal forked; skeleton rather well ossified; air-bladder small or wanting; intestinal canal short; sides sometimes with phosphorescent spots or photophores; eggs inclosed in the sacs of ovary and extruded through an oviduct. Genera about 10, species about 40, mostly inhabiting shore waters, some of them descending to the depths. Three genera and about 4 species known from Hawaiian waters. a. Vent slightly nearer base of caudal than axil of pectoral; head short, blunt, compressed Trachinocephalus, p. 61 aa. Vent much nearer base of caudal than base of ventrals; head depressed, with fiat, triangular snout. 6. Teeth on the palatines in a single band on each side St/nodus, p. 63 bb. Teeth on the palatines in a double band on each side Saurida, p. 65 Genus 23. TRACHINOCEPHALUS Gill. This genus is closely related to Synodus, from which it differs chiefly in form and in the relative development of the fins. Body stout; head short, blunt, compressed, its form much as in the genus Trachinus; vent well forward, very slightly nearer base of caudal than base of ventrals, under tip of last dorsal ray; teeth as in Synodus, but slender, smaller, and closely set; lower jaw projecting. A single species is known, widely diffused in the tropical seas. Trachinocephalus Gill, Cat. Fish. Eastern Coast N. Amer., 53, 1861 (myops)\ name only; first defined by Jordan & Gilbert Synopsis, 281, 1883. 62 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. 24. Trachinocephalus myops (Forster). “ Kawelea; ” “Welea.” Fig. 13. Head 3.5 in length; depth 5; D. 13; A. 16; P. 12; V. 8; scales 4-55-5; width of head only a very little less than twice its length; depth of head 1.6 in its length; snout 1.5 in eye; eye 3 in maxillary; maxillary 1.85 in head; interorbital space 1 in snout, 1.5 in eye; pectoral 2.25 in head; ventral 1; base of anal 3.67 in body; length of depressed dorsal 3.75. Body elongate, compressed, deepest forward or about the neck, gradually tapering backward with a long tail; head large, elongate, deep, compressed laterally, the upper profile very blunt, gibbous in front; the lower profile a rather long shallow convex curve from tip of snout to below pectoral; snout very short, blunt, obtuse; eye small, its posterior rim nearly midway in space between tip of snout and end of maxillary, the latter considered in the vertical until level with tip of snout; mouth cleft very large and oblique, the maxillary long, with its posterior portion gradually constricted until it is much narrower than at middle of its length; mandible very large, the rami broad and powerful; lips broad, thin; teeth in jaws sharp, more or less unequal, in double series; in upper jaw the outer series more or less concealed by the broad lips; in the lower jaw those in inner series the larger; no vomerine teeth; those on palatines in a single series; tongue a triangular ridge, free in front, with a triangular patch of depressible teeth above, and with a single median series extending backward over the basi- branehials; nostrils close together on the sides of snout, the anterior with a ciliated flap; interorbital space deeply concave, each of the supraorbital ridges raised in front; top of head more or less rugose, also the posterior lower border of orbit; gill-openings large, the membranes free from isthmus; no gillrakers, the inner surface of the branchial arches covered with minute asperities; gill-filaments short; no pseudobranchke; peritoneum silvery; scales large, cycloid, 6 rows on cheek, a number along edge of preopercle and on opercle; occiput scaly, rest of head hare; scales between ventrals forming a broad scaly flap; scale at axil of pectoral somewhat pointed; ventrals with a scaly flap 2.5 in length of fin; lateral line slightly decurved at first and then straight along side to base of caudal; origin of dorsal nearer tip of snout than origin of adipose fin by an eye diameter; length of last dorsal ray half the length of first developed ray and when depressed the tip of first developed ray reaching 0.75 length of depressed fin; adipose dorsal nearer tip of last depressed dorsal than base of caudal; origin of anal midway between axil of pectoral and base of caudal, and behind base of last dorsal ray; caudal deeply forked; pectoral small, tip not reaching origin of dorsal; ventrals very long, reaching origin of anal, inserted a little before tips of pectorals. Color in life (No. 03233), pale grayish, silvery below; side of back with 3 wavy stripes of dull yellow, each edged with darker olive, the uppermost most wavy, joining its fellow across the back in about 12 irregular crossbars of dirty yellow, edged with darker, the interspaces pearly-bluish; below the lowest yellow streak are 2 very faint similar streaks lost in the white color of the side; head with streaks continued from the sides but fainter; top of head mottled sand-color; an oblique jet-black spot on the scapular region; dorsal with 2 faint cross-streaks of light yellow and 2 of pearly-blue, besides 2 or 3 dark dots; caudal faint yellowish; lower fins whitish; the ventrals creamy. FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 63 This description from a large example (No. 03599), 8.75 inches long, taken at Hilo. Many speci- mens were obtained from Hilo and Honolulu. We can not separate T. limbcitus from T. trachinus of Japan or T. myops of the Atlantic. Probably all constitute a single species. Salmo myops Forster in Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 421, 1801, St. Helena. Osmerus lemniscatus Lac6pMe, Hist. Nat. Poiss., V, 236, 1803, Martinique; after Plunder. Saurus truncatus Agassiz, Pise. Brasil., 82, tab. XLV, 1829, Brazil. Saurus myops, Cuvier, ROgne Animal, Ed. II, 268, 1829 (after Forster); Gunther, Cat., V, 398, 1864 (Cuba, Jamaica, Japan, Amboyna, Pinang, Mauritius, Port Jackson). Saurus limbaius Eydoux & Souleyet, Voyage Bonite, Poiss., 199, 1841, Hawaii. Saurus trachinus Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., 231, pi. 106, fig. 2, 1842, Japan. Saurus brevirostris Poey, Memorias, II, 305, 1860, Cuba. Synodus myops, Bleeker, Atlas Ichth., VI, 153, pi. 278, fig. 3, 1870-1872 (Sumatra, Pinang, Bangka, Bali, Celebes, Batjan, Amboyna, Ceram). Track inocephaius myops, Jordan, Proe. U. S, Nat. Mus., XIII, 1890, 314; Jordan & Evermann, Fishes North and Mid. Amer., I, 533, 1896; Evermann & Marsh, Fishes of Porto Rico, 91, 1900; Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 433 (Honolulu); Snyder, op. cit. (Jan. 19, 1904), 521 (Honolulu; Hanalei Bay, Kauai). Genus 24. SYNODUS (Gronow) Bloch & Schneider. First superior pharyngeal cartilaginous; second without teeth; third and fourth separate, with teeth; lower pharyngeals separate; body elongate, subterete; head depressed; snout triangular, rather pointed; interorbital region transversely concave; mouth very wide; premaxillaries not protractile, very long and strong, more than half length of head; maxillaries closely connected with premaxil- laries, very small or obsolete; premaxillaries with 1 or 2 series of large, compressed, knife-shaped teeth, the inner and larger depressible; palatine teeth similar, smaller, in a single broad band; lower jaw with a band of rather large teeth, t he inner and larger ones depressible; a patch of strong, depres- sible teeth on tongue in front, a long row along the hyoid bone; jaws nearly equal in front; eye rather large, anterior; supraorbital forming a projection above the eye; pseudobranchiae well developed; gillrakers very small, spine-like; gill-membranes slightly connected; top of head naked; cheeks and opercles scaled like body; body covered with rather small, adherent, cycloid scales; lateral line present; no luminous spots; dorsal fin short, rather anterior; pectorals moderate,- inserted high; cen- trals anterior, not far behind pectorals, large, the inner rays longer than the outer; anal short; caudal narrow, forked; vent posterior, much nearer base of caudal than base of ventrals; branch iostegals 12 to 16; stomach with a long, blind sac and many pyloric coeca; skeleton rather firm. Species numer- ous. Voracious fishes of moderate size, inhabiting sandy bottoms at no great depth, in most warm seas. Two species known from the Hawaiian Islands, the one here described and a deep-water form (Synodus kciianus), described in Section II. Synodus Bloch & Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 396, 1801 (synodus). Tints Rafinesque, Caratteri, 56, 1810 (marmoratus) . Saurus Cuvier, Regne Animal, Ed. I, 169, 1817 (saurus). Laurida Swainson, Class. Animal., II, 287, 1839 (mediterranea = saurus) . a. Body elongate, not especially slender; jaws about equal, snout not protruding beyond mandible varius, p. 63. aa. Body very slender; snout protruding beyond the mandible Icaianus, in Section II. 25. Synodus varius (Lacepede). “ Vide.” Plate II and Fig 14. Head 3.5 in length; depth 6; D. 13; A. 8; P. 13; V. 8; scales 5-65-11; width of head 1.67 in its length; depth of head 1.8 in its length; snout 4.75 in head; maxillary 1.6; interorbital space 7; eye l. 5 in snout, 4.25 in maxillary; interorbital space 1.75 in snout; pectoral 2; ventral 1; base of anal 3; length of depressed dorsal 1.17. Body elongate, rounded, the back and ventral surface depressed; head large, elongate, broadly depressed, pointed, with the eyes impinging upon upper profile, and the lower profile from tip of man- dible shallowly convex; snout rather long, depressed, sharply pointed; eye well anterior, though the posterior rim is not midway in space between tip of snout and end of maxillary, the latter considered in the vertical until level with tip of snout; mouth-cleft very large, oblique, the maxillary long, with its greatest width a little anterior to the middle of its length; mandible very large and powerful; jaws 64 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. about equal in the closed mouth; symphysis pointed; lips thin and broad; teeth in jaws sharp, depres- sible, directed forward, in 2 irregular series, those forming the outer series in upper jaw more or less concealed by the broad lip, so that only the tips of these larger ones are seen when the mouth is closed; teeth on vomer and palatines depressible, sharp; in a narrow band on each side of the latter; tongue and basi-branchials with a band of depressible teeth, forming a triangular patch of large ones on the former; tongue rather sharply pointed, a little free in front; nostrils on the sides of snout, each pair close together, nearer front margin of eye than tip of snout, the anterior pair with an elevated fleshy rim which ends in a fleshy point; interorbital space concave, a bony ridge rather prominent in front of each eye; top of head all more or less roughened, also the space behind eye; gill-opening large, the narrow membrane free from isthmus; gillrakers developed as small sharp asperities on the inner surface of branchial arches; gill-filaments short; pseudobranch ise small; peritoneum silvery; scales large, cycloid, 6 rows on cheek; a series of enlarged scales along the margin of preopercle; occiput and sides of head scaly, the rest bare; scales between ventrals forming a broad flap; no scaly flap at base of pectoral; a small short scaly flap at base of ventral; lateral line nearly straight to base of caudal; origin of dorsal midway between tip of snout and origin of adipose dorsal; last dorsal ray a trifle over half length of longest ray of fin, tip of latter reaching a little over two-thirds length of fin when depressed; origin of adipose dorsal about midway between tip of last dorsal ray and base of caudal; anal small, its origin well in front of that of adipose fin and about midway between tip of ventral and base of caudal; caudal deeply emarginate, the lobes pointed; pectoral small, not reaching origin of dorsal; origin of ventrals about midway in length of pectoral. Color when fresh (field No. 03430) ground white; a 'series of light reddish-brown quadrate spots along side, the markings over the back darker reddish brown; an indistinct bluish longitudinal band showing through just above the lateral row of quadrate spots along the side; a reddish spot on the upper angle of gill-opening; dorsal crossed by light-brown lines transverse to the fin rays; pectoral also crossed by narrow light-brown lines; ventral with 6 orange-colored crossbars. We have two other examples, the first of which (No. 03236) was light gray when fresh, with dark markings all olive, washed with brownish red; belly white; upper fins pale, with narrow crossbands of white dots; lower fins white. The other specimen (No. 03010) when fresh had the back flesh color, with about 6 reddish-brown lines made up of dark borders to the scales; side with a narrow pale-yellow line, below this a fainter one; lower side and belly white; dorsal fin pale, with small white specks; other fins all pale; iris green. Another example (No. 03011) in life was pale grayish on back and sides, crossed by 5 or 6 broad greenish-red bars or saddles, red at lower ends; belly white; head marbled with brown, orange, and white; lower jawy white, with some pale brown; fins all pale; iris orange and yellow. In life another example (No. 03235) was rose red, with dark-brown streaks and marks; lower parts silvery, with bars of salmon-color; side of head with salmon-colored bars below, especially distinct on lower jaw and breast; dorsal and caudal with bars of fine white specks. FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 65 Color in spirits, pale brown, darker above, the edge of each scale dark brown, crossed by 5 broad cross-bands, between which are as many similar cross-bands of lighter shade; 3 broad cross-bands across the mandible. This description from an example (No. 03817), 10.2 inches long, taken at Hilo. Our numerous specimens range in length from 2 to 10 inches. An unusually large specimen recently received from Mr. Berndt, at Honolulu, measures 13.75 inches. We have many specimens from Hilo and Honolulu. In some cases the dark inottlings are of the deepest scarlet, others brick red, while those found on sandy shores are olive-green. The species is found in 2 colors, red and green, on the coasts of Japan, as in Hawaii. Salmo varius Lac£pede, Hist. Nat. Poiss., V, 224, pi. 3, fig. 3, 1803, lie de France. Saurtis variegatus Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Uranie, Poiss., 223, pi. 48, fig. 3, 1824, Maui. Saurus varius, Gunther, Cat., V, 395, 1864 (part). Synodus varius, Steindachner, Henks. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LXX, 1900, 513 (Honolulu; Laysan): Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 433 (Honolulu); Snyder, op. cit. (Jan. 19, 1904), 521 (Honolulu); Jordan & Snyder, Proe. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVIII, 1904 (Oct.), 125 (Honolulu.) Synodus sharpi Fowler, Proe. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1900, 497, pi. XIX, fig. 2, Hawaiian Islands. (Types, Nos. 16084 and 16086, Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila.) Synodus variegatus, Seale, Oceas. Papers Bishop Mus., I, part 4, 63, 1901 (Guam). Genus 25. SAURIDA Cuvier & Valenciennes. Body subc.ylindrical, rather elongate; tail tapering; head oblong, depressed; snout rather short, pointed; eye moderate; mouth cleft very wide; intermaxillary very long, styliform, tapering; maxil- lary thin, long, closely adherent to intermaxillary; teeth cardiform, those in the inner series being the longest, slender, depressible both downward and inward, and present in the jaws, on tongue, and on palatine bones, the latter forming a double band on each side, the inner band being much shorter than the outer; gill-opening very wide, gill-membranes not attached to isthmus; branehiostegals numerous; dorsal fin nearly in the middle of length of body, with 13 or fewer rays; adipose fin small; anal short; caudal forked; pectoral short or of moderate length; ventral 9-rayed, the inner rays not much longer than the outer ones, and inserted before the dorsal, not far from the pectorals. Species few, in the tropical seas of the East Indies, China, Australia, and the Western Pacific. Saurida Cuvier &' Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., XXII, 499, 1849 ( tumbil ). 26. Saurida gracilis (Quoy & Gaimard). “Ul&e.” Head 4.5 in length; depth 6.5; D. 11; A. 10; P. 10; V. 9; scales 4-52-5; width of head 1.5 in its length; depth of head 1.67 in its length; snout 4.5 in head; maxillary 1.5; interorbital space 4.5; eye 1.25 in snout, 4 in maxillary; interorbital space 1 in snout; pectoral 1.3; base of anal 2.5; length of depressed dorsal only slightly less than the length of head. Body elongate, rounded, the back and ventral surfaces depressed; head small, elongated, broadly depressed, pointed, the eyes impinging slightly upon the upper profile, the lower profile from tip of mandible slightly convex; snout rather long, depressed, flattened, very broad at front of eye, where it is about 0.4 broader than long; eye well anterior, about midway in the space between tip of snout and end of maxillary, the latter considered in the vertical until level with tip of snout; mouth cleft large, oblique, becoming narrow toward its posterior extremity; mandible large, powerful, the jaws equal when mouth is closed; teeth in jaws unequal, those forming an inner series the larger, the lips very narrow, so that most all the teeth are visible when mouth is "closed; palatines with 2 bands of teeth, most of them depressible, some of those in front enlarged, the inner band short; tongue very small, rounded, without any teeth, free in front; a median series of fine teeth along the basibranchials; nos- trils small, close together on sides of snout, nearer tip of latter than anterior margin of eye, anterior pair with a small fleshy flap; interorbital space broad, somewhat concave but flattened in the middle; a depressed bony ridge rather prominent above each eye in front; top of head roughened on each side of occiput; gill-openings large, the narrow membrane free from the narrow compressed isthmus; gill- rakers as minute asperities; gill-filaments rather short; pseudobranch ite moderately large; peritoneum pale; scales large, cycloid, about 4 rows on cheek; opercles and occiput scaly, rest of head bare; origin of dorsal midway between tip of snout and posterior margin of adipose fin; last dorsal ray about threq- F. G. B. 1903—5 66 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. sevenths length of longest ray of fin, tip of latter reaching as far posteriorly as tip of the former when fin is depressed; origin of adipose dorsal midway between tip of depressed dorsal and base of caudal; origin of anal nearer base of caudal than tip of ventral, the greater part of its base anterior to adipose dorsal; caudal deeply emarginate, the lobes pointed; pectoral small, falling from origin of dorsal; ventrals large, inserted below last third of pectoral and reaching about three-sevenths of the space to origin of anal. Color in alcohol, dull or muddy brown above, marked with about 6 or more deep-brown saddles or broad cross-bands, the spaces between with deep-brown blotches; similar blotches also along the side; dorsal, caudal, and pectoral dull brownish, with blackish brown crossbars, the last 3 broad and very distinct; lower surface of body dull silvery white, with a very dull yellowish green tint; ventrals very light yellowish green. This description from an example 8.5 inches long, from Hilo. We have a number of examples from ITilo and Honolulu, many of the small ones deeply colored. This species common on sandy shores at moderate depths. Saurus gracilis Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. de 1’Uranie, Zool., 224, 1824, Sandwich Islands. Saurus ferox Eydoux Souleyet, Voy. Bonite, Poiss., 197, pi. 7, fig. 3, 1841, no locality. Saurula nebtdosa Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., XXII, 504, pi. 648, 1849, lie de France; Gunther, Cat., V, 399, 1864 (Madagascar; Amboyna; Sandwich Islands); Streets, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 7, 76, 1877 (Honolulu). Saurula tumbil, Fowler, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1900, 498 (Hawaiian Islands); not of Bloch. Saiirida gracilis, Jenkins, Bull. D. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 433 (Honolulu); Snyder, 1. c. (Jan. 19, 1904), 521 (Hanalei Bay, Kauai). Family XVIII.— AUL0PID£. Allied to the Synodontidse, but with the maxillary separate, well developed and dilated behind; hypocoracoids extended downward as in many spiny-rayed fishes; gillrakers mostly long and slender, needle-shaped; eyes normal, large or small; no luminous spots; jaws without fang-like teeth; dorsal fin moderate, nearly median in position; body elongate; pectorals present, normal in form and position; adipose fin normally present; pseud obranchife present. This family, as here understood, includes some half-dozen species, fishes of moderate depths, chiefly of the Atlantic. Only one species known from the Hawaiian Islands. Genus 26. CHL0R0PHTHALMUS Bonaparte. Head elongate; body subterete, covered with moderate-sized, adherent, pectinate or ctenoid scales, which are arranged in straight, parallel, oblique lines; mouth rather large; maxillary well developed, dilated behind, reaching to beyond front of orbit; lowrer jaw projecting; teeth very small, sharp on jaws, vomer, and palatines, usually minute teeth on tongue; eye very large; dorsal short, inserted before middle of length of body; adipose fin small; anal short; caudal forked; pectorals and ventrals well developed, the ventrals inserted under dorsal and not far behind pectorals, none of the rays form- ing exserted filaments; gill-openings wide; branchiostegals 10; pseudobranchiae well developed; gill- rakers needle-shaped, rather numerous; color silvery, with darker markings. Deep seas. Of 4 known species only one, C. proridens, occurs in Hawaiian waters. (See Section II.) Chlorophthalmus Bonaparte, Fauna Italica, fasc. XXVIII, Pesci, 1840 ( agassizii ). Hyphalonedrus Goode, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, 1880, 483 ( chalybeius ). Family XIX. BATHYPTER0ID£. Characters of the family included below in those of its single genus. Genus 27. BATHYPTEROIS Gunther. Shape of body like that of Aulopus. Head of moderate size, depressed in front, with the snout projecting, the large mandible very prominent beyond upper jaw. Cleft of mouth wide; maxillary much developed, very movable, much dilated behind. Teeth in narrow villiform bands in the jaws; on each side of the broad vomer a small patch of similar teeth; none on palatines or tongue; eye very small; scales cycloid, adherent, of moderate size; rays of pectoral much elongate, some of the upper being separate from the rest and forming a distinct division; ventrals abdominal, 8-rayed, with the FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 67 outer rays prolonged; dorsal fin inserted at middle of body or absent; anal short; caudal forked; gill- openings very wide; gill-laminae well developed, separate from each other; gillrakers long; pseudo- branchiae none. Deep-sea fishes. Bathypterois Gunther, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, 5th series II, 183 ( lonijifilis ). Synapteretmus-G oode & Bean, Oceanic Ichth., 64, 1896 (quadrifilis). The single Hawaiian species of this family is fully described in Section II. Family XX. MYCTOPHIDtE.— The Lantern Fishes. Body oblong or moderately elongate, more or less compressed, covered with scales which are usually cycloid, but sometimes ctenoid; mouth wide; entire margin of upper jaw formed by the long and' slender premaxillaries, closely adherent to which are the slender maxillaries; teeth various, mostly villiform, in bands in the jaws, also on the pterygoids, palatines, and tongue, and on the vomer in adults; no barbels; gill-membranes separate, free; branch iostegals 8 to 10; pseudobranehise well developed; gillrakers long and slender; lateral line usually present; scales prominent and often enlarged; cheeks and opercles scaly; adipose fin present; dorsal fin short, median, of soft rays; pecto- rals and ventrals present; anal fin moderate; caudal forked; air-bladder small; intestinal canal short; luminous spots or photophores more or less regularly placed along sides of body; larger luminous glands often present on head or on caudal peduncle. Species about 100. Small fishes, very widely distributed in the open sea. They live away from the shoi'es, ordinarily at a considerable depth, coming to the surface at night or in stormy weather, descending by day. a. Dorsal fin long, ending not much, if any, before front of anal fin. b. Caudal photophores 4 or 3, never 2; dorsal fin not much longer than anal; body deep or slender, not much contracted behind; caudal peduncle robust; edge of preopercle more or less oblique. c. Head with large luminous glands before or below the eye Diaphus, p. 67. cc. Head without large luminous glands Nannobracliium, p. 67. bb. Caudal photophores 2, never 3 or 4; dorsal fin notably shorter than anal, its rays 9 to 14; anal rays 16 to 20; body deep anteriorly; caudal peduncle slender, edge of preopercle nearly vertical; pectorals long, placed high; no luminous glands on head; eye large. d. Scales cycloid; maxillary scarcely enlarged at tip; last rays of dorsal not behind first of anal. e. Snout prominent, projecting beyond tip of lower jaw; scales of lateral line more or less enlarged; caudal peduncle very slender; usually a luminous gland on its upper surface. /. Lateral line well developed Rhinoscopelus, p. 68. ff. Lateral line none Centrobranchus, p. 69. ee. Snout little prominent, scarcely projecting beyond tip of lower jaw; scales of lateral line usually not enlarged; no luminous glands on upper edge of tail; moderately elongate Myctophum, p. 69. dd. Scales ctenoid, firm; tail with a luminous gland above JDasyscopelus, p. 69. aa. Dorsal and anal short, similar, far apart Neoscopelus, p. 69. Genus 28. DIAPHUS Eigenmann & Eigenmann. This genus is closely related to JEtkoprora, its chief character being the division of all or nearly all of the photophores by a horizontal cross-septum of black pigment, giving them the form of the Greek letter L, theta. This septum is readily injured or destroyed in badly preserved specimens, and per- haps all species called JEthoprora have it. Of the 5 known species 3 have been taken in Hawaiian waters, and are described in Section II. Diaphus Eigenmann & Eigenmann, Proc. Cal. Ac. Sci., 2d series, III, 1890, 3 (theta). ? JEtkoprora Goode & Bean, Oceanic Icthth., 86, 1896 (metopoclampa) . ? Colleltia Goode & Bean, Oceanic Ichth., 83, 1896 ( rafinesquei ) Genus 29. NANNOBRACHIUM Gunther. This genus is closely allied to Lampanyctus, from which it differs chiefly in the small pectorals. Caudal peduncle with luminous blotches above and below; photophores small, arranged as in Lampanyctus; scales of lateral line enlarged in all species, so far as known; last ray of dorsal more or less behind front of anal. Several species, only one Hawaiian ( Nannobracliium nigrum) described in Section II. Nannobracliium Gunther, Deep-sea Fishes Challenger, 199, 1887 (nigrum). Stenobrachius Eigenmann & Eigenmann, Proc. Cal. Ac. Sci., Ill, 1890, 5 (leucopsarum) . BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. 68 Genus 30. RHINOSCOPELUS Liitken. Body oblong, slender, compressed, with slender and elongate caudal peduncle covered with smooth, stiff scales, those in the lateral line much larger than the others; head compressed; cleft of mouth very wide; jaws about equal ; snout projecting beyond tip of lower jaw; premaxillary long and slender; maxillary well developed, reaching nearly or quite to angle of jireopercle, without considerable poste- rior dilation; teeth in villiform bands in the jaws, on the palatines, pterygoids, and tongue; eye mod- erate, its diameter less than one-third length of head; gillrakers very long and slender; dorsal fin premedian; pectoral large; adipose dorsal small; anal fin larger than dorsal; pectoral narrow, elon- gate; precaudals 2; supraanals about 18, in 2 groups, the break being over middle of the long anal fin and at end of first third of the series, approximately; anterolaterals 1 or 2; mediolaterals 2 or 3. Spe- cies few, mostly of the Atlantic. Alysia Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soe. London 1849, 14 ( loricala=coccoi ); name preoccupied. Rhinoscopelus Liitken, Vid. Selsk. Natur. Copenhagen, VII, 1892, 237 (coccoi). 27. Rhinoscopelus oceanicus Jordan & Evermann. Fig. 15. Head 3.5 in length; depth 4.1; eye 2.5 in head; snout very short, about 6; interorbital 3.5; D. about 12; A. about 18; scales 2-35-3. Body strongly compressed, particularly posteriorly, where it tapers into the long, slender caudal peduncle; head exceeding depth of body; mouth large, somewhat oblique, the jaws equal, the maxil- lary reaching beyond the orbit, its posterior end club-shaped; eye large; anterior profile rather evenly Fig. 15. — Rhinoscopelus oceanicus Jordan & Evermann; from the type. convex from tip of snout to nape; teeth difficult to make out, but a single row of minute ones can be seen on the edgeof each jaw, the exterior granular or short; the villiform stripe, if it exists, being invisible even with the aid of a good lens; teeth on vomer and edges of palatines more distinct than those on jaws, forming a broader line as if there were 2 or more rows; no granular patches visible on disk of palatine bone; an elevated acute mesial line separating one nasal prominence from the other; inter orbital space convex, rounded; preopercle nearly vertical, sloping slightly backward from above downward; scales large, undulated and very irregularly and sparingly toothed or crenate, and having about 3 basal furrows; scales of lateral line conspicuous and more persistent; 7 photophores along base of anal, 5 along lower edge of caudal peduncle, 2 at base of caudal, 1 on middle of side above last anal photophore, 4 on each side of belly between ventrals and origin of anal fin, 5 between base of ventral and gill-opening, 1 on side above base of ventral, a row of 3 upward and backward from front of anal, 1 above and 1 below base of pectoral, and 1 on lower anterior portion of opercle; origin of dorsal somewhat behind base of ventrals, the posterior rays, together with those of anal, divided to the base; no spine at base of caudal. Color in alcohol, uniform brownish, the scales, especially on middle of side, metallic steel blue; top of head brownish; side of head bluish; photophores black with silvery center; fins dusky whitish. During the Agassiz South Pacific expedition of the Albatross in 1899-1900, 2 examples of this species were taken in the surface tow net at 8 p. m., September 8, 1899, at latitude 10° 57' N., longi- tude 137° 35' W., southeast of the Hawaiian Islands. These are apparently distinct from 7?. coruscans, the type of which came from between St. Helena and Ascension islands, and other specimens from FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 69 between Australia and New Zealand. They are near R. andrex Liitken, from which they seem to differ in the blunter snout, tbe more slender tail, and in having the postero-lateral photophore some- what before the adipose fin. Type, No. 50622, U. S. N. M. (field No. 05805), 1.3 inches long, collected by tbe Albatross at 8 p. m., September 8, 1899, at the surface at 137° 35/ W., 10° 57' N. ; cotype, No. 2736, U. S. F. C., same size, collected at same time and place. Ithinoscopelus oceanicus Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Apr. 11, 1903), 1G8, near Hawaiian Islands. Genus 31. CENTROBRANCHUS Fowler. This genus is close to Rhinoscopelus, from which it seems to differ in the character of the gillrakers, which are short sparse clusters of asperities on the first arch. Two species known, both from Hawaiian waters. (See Section II.) Centrobranchus Fowler, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sei. Phila. 1903 (Jan. 13, 1904), 754 (choerocephalus) . 28. Centrobranchus choerocephalus Fowler. This species, fully described in Section II of this work, was based by Mr. Fowler on 4 specimens in the Museum of the Philadelphia Academy, which were originally identified by Mr. Fowler with Rhinoscopelus coruscans (Richardson) , and later thought by us to be identical with the specimen which we described as R. oceanicus. Upon a reexamination of his specimens Mr. Fowler finds them to represent a distinct genus as indicated above. Centrobranchus choerocephalus Fowler, Proe. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1903 (Nov.), 754, near Sandwich Islands. (Type, No. 7972, Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. Coll. Dr. Wm. H. Jones.) Ithinoscopelus oceanicus Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Apr. 11, 1903), 108 (only the reference to Dr. Jones’s specimens). Genus 32. MYCTOPHUM Rafinesque. Body oblong, compressed, covered with cycloid scales, those in the lateral line not much enlarged; caudal peduncle rather slender; head short, compressed, with limb of preopercle nearly vertical; mouth large; jaws about equal; premaxillaries long and slender; maxillaries well developed; snout more or less blunt and declivous; teeth in villiform bands on jaws, palatines, pterygoids, and tongue; eye large, gillrakers long and slender; air-bladder small; dorsal fin entirely in front of anal, overlap- ping it little or not at all; ventrals 8-rayed, under or but slightly in front of first dorsal rays; pectorals well developed; soft dorsal slender; precaudal photophores 2; supraanals in 2 groups, with 1 or 2 pos- tero-laterals above the interval between them. Species rather numerous, widely distributed, 4 known from Hawaiian waters, and described in Section II. Myctophum Rafinesque, Indice d'lttiologia Siciliana, 56, 1810 (punctatum). Scopelus Cuvier, Regne Animal, Ed. II, 169, 1817 (humboldti). Nyctophus Cocco, Giorn. Sicil., 44, 1829 (amended orthography of Myctophum). Genus 33. DASYSCOPELUS Gunther. Dorsal and anal fins touching the same vertical, but not overlapping; scales hard, persistent, ctenoid, those of lateral line much enlarged; anal terminating below adipose dorsal; body elevated, somewhat compressed; caudal peduncle rather slender; luminous scales on the backof caudal peduncle; arrange- ment of photophores much as in Myctophum. Species few, remarkable for the firm, rough scales. Two species known from the Hawaiian Islands (D. spinosus and D. pristilepis) described in Section II. Dasyscopelus Gunther, Cat., V, 405, 1864 ( asper ). Genus 34. NEOSCOPELUS Johnson. Body oblong, compressed; mouth-cleft not extending beyond eye, the upper borders formed entirely of the premaxillary; the maxillary dilated below and furnished with a small supplementary piece; scombinate bands of teeth in both jaws, on palatine bones, and on vomer, also scombinate 70 BULLETIN OE THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. patches of teeth on the en to pterygoids; body covered with large, caducous scales; first dorsal placed over the abdominal ventral fins; pectoral fins long, their inferior rays not thicker than the rest. ( Goode & Bean. ) Neoscopelus Johnson, Proc. Zool. Soo. London 1863, 44 (macrolepidotus) . 29. Neoscopelus alcocki Jordan & Starks. Head 3 in length; depth 4; D 13; A. 12; scales 4-33-4; eye 5 in head; snout 3.5; maxillary 2. Body rather robust, subfusiform; head rather pointed in profile, broad and somewhat depressed above; mouth large, oblique, maxillary extending to below posterior margin of orbit, not dilated behind, posterior border truncate; teeth small, in villiform bands; eye moderate, cheek broad, not oblique in position; scales large, entire, firm, roughened on the surface, nearly all fallen in specimen examined; lateral line well developed; luminous spots large, in about 6 rows on breast, about 14 in a lengthwise series from isthmus to ventrals, then a median and 2 lateral rows, to opposite front of anal, 10 spots in outer row, the posterior one smaller; an oblong circle of 10 small photophores about the vent; a row of 15 small photophores, continuous with inner lateral row before vent, from opposite vent to bass of caudal, most of the median members of this series double; there is also an inner series of minute white dots along base of anal rays; a median row of small photophores behind anal below caudal peduncle. Dorsal rather large, inserted before ventral, its longest rays about half head; longest anal ray 2.4 in head; caudal well forked; pectoral long, 1.1 in head; ventral long, 1.75; gillrakers long and slender, 3+12 in number. Color, pale or brownish above, belly black; a dusky shade at base of caudal and pectoral; inside of mouth black; luminous spots pale, with a dark ring. This species is very close to Neoscopelus macrolepidotus of the Atlantic. The sole important differ- ence apparently lies in the arrangement of the photophores on the posterior part of body. In the figures (Nos. 108 and 109) given by Goode & Bean (Oceanic Ichthyology), the arrangement is quite unlike that seen in the Japanese fish; the two lateral rows of spots found on the abdomen are repre- sented as continuous to the base of caudal. In the Japanese fish the outer row is not continued behind the front of anal. The inner lateral series is continued, the spots becoming smaller. There is a ring of little spots about the vent, and a series of little dots along base of anal. The species abundant about Hawaii, called Neoscopelus macrolepidotus by Gilbert & Cramer, seems to be the same as the Japanese fish. Neoscopelus macrolepidotus , Gilbert & Cramer, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIX, 1897 (Feb. 5), 414 (near Honolulu); not ol Johnson. Neoscojielus alcocki Jordan & Starks, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (August 13, 1904), 580, pi. 2, figs. 1 and 2, Albatross Station 3709, Suruga Bay, Japan, in 173 to 260 fathoms. (Type, No. 51477, U. S. Nat. Mus.) Family XXI. MAUR0L1CID£. Body moderately elongate, compressed, scaleless; barbels none; margin of upper jaw formed by the maxillary and premaxillary, both of which are provided with teeth; opercular apparatus incom- plete; gill-opening very wide, the outer branchial arch extending forward to behind the symphysis of lower jaw; pseudobranchiae present; air-bladder none; adipose fin rudimentary; series of luminous photophores present along the lower side of head, tail, and body; a single dorsal fin without spines. (Goode & Bean.) Genera 4 or 5, with some 8 or 10 species. Deep-sea fishes, represented in the Hawaiian Islands by a single known species. Genus 35. ARGYRIPNUS Gilbert & Cramer. Body much compressed, oblong or elongate, passing gradually into the slender tail, covered with very thin, flexible, cycloid, deciduous scales; head longer than deep, without spines, its bones thin and flexible; maxillary sickle-shaped, with spatulate supplemental bone; eye large; dorsal fin on middle of back, without anterior spinous dilatation; a large (double) luminous organ on preopercle and series of equidistant organs on branchiostegals, isthmus, breast, abdomen, and lower part of side; a continuous series from above base of ventral fin to about end of anterior third of base of anal fin; a closely set series of 5 spots above middle of anal fin, and another series of 15 beginning above hinder end of anal and extending to anterior rudimentary rays of caudal. The single species of this genus ( Argyripnus ephippiatus ) is fully described in Section II. Argyripnus Gilbert & Cramer, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIX, 414, 1897 (February 5, 1897) ( ephippiatus ). FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 71 Genus 36. ARGYROPELECUS Cocco. Body much elevated and compressed, passing abruptly into the short tail; no scales, the skin covered with silvery pigment; series of luminous spots along the lower side of head, body, and tail; head large, compressed and elevated, the bones thin but ossified; cleft of mouth wide, vertical, the lower jaw prominent; margin of upper jaw formed by the maxillary and premaxillary, both of which have a sharp edge beset with minute teeth; lower jaw and palatine bones with a series of small curved teeth; eyes large, very close together, lateral but directed upward; angle of preopercle with a spine usually directed downward; pectorals well developed; ventrals very small; humeral arch and pubic bones prolonged into flat-pointed processes, which project in the median line of the belly; a series of imbricated scales from the humeral bone to the pubic spine, forming a ventral serrature; dorsal fin short, median, preceded by a serrated, osseous ridge, consisting of several neural spines prolonged beyond the muscles; adipose fin rudimentary; anal fin short; caudal forked; gill-opening very wide, the outer branchial arch extending forward to behind the symphysis of the lower jaw and beset with very long gillrakers; branchiostegals 9, the arch near lower jaw and parallel with it; pseudobranchise and air-bladder present; 4 pyloric coeea. Small pelagic fishes found in most seas, coming to the surface at night, descending into deep water by day. The single Hawaiian species of this genus is fully described in Section II. Argyropelecus Cocco, Giorn, Sci. Sicil., fasc. 77, 146, 1829 ( hemigymnus ). Pleurothyris Lowe, Fishes of Madeira, 64, 1861 ( olfersi ). Family XXII. CHAULIODONTID/E. Body more or less elongate, covered with thin caducous scales, or sometimes naked; photophores present; mouth large, the teeth irregular in size; maxillary entering margin; no pseudobranch ire ; interopercle rudimentary; gill-openings wide; dorsal and anal moderate or large. Deep-sea fishes of rather small size but voracious habits. Some 7 genera and about 20 species known. Genus 37. CYCLOTHONE Goode & Bean. Body elongated, somewhat compressed, apparently devoid of scales; lower parts with inconspicu- ous series of luminous spots, with the latter arranged approximately as in Gonosloma, lint usually much less conspicuous; head conical, compressed; cleft of mouth very wide, oblique, extending behind the eye; lower jaw strongly projecting; maxillary long and slender, sickle-shaped, somewhat dilated pos- teriorly, but covering only an inconsiderable portion of the cheek; upper jaw with a single series of needle-like teeth, some of which are enlarged; lower jaw with similar teeth, and in some species with a few canines in front; teeth on vomer sometimes in patches, sometimes reduced to a single pair of fangs; palatine and pterygoid teeth present or absent; eye moderate, not conspicuous; gill-opening very wide, the membranes free from isthmus; gillrakers numerous, long and slender; pseudobranchite none; no air-bladder; dorsal and anal moderate, opposite, the latter much the longer; adipose fin sometimes present. The 3 Hawaiian species of this genus are fully described in Section II. Cyclolhone Goode & Bean, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., x, No. 5, 221, 1883 (lusca). Sigmops Gill, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1883, 256 (stigmaticus) . Family XXIII. ASTRONESTHIDtE. Stomatoid fishes, with adipose dorsal present, and with scaleless body; dorsal fin inserted behind vent, but in front of anal. A single genus with few species; fishes of the deep sea. Genus 38. ASTRONESTHES Richardson. Body rather elongate, compressed, scaleless; head compressed; snout of moderate length; mouth wide; lower jaw prominent; teeth pointed, unequal; upper jaw with 4 long, curved canines, front of lower with 2; maxillai’y teeth fine, subequal; palatines with a single series of small pointed teeth, simi- lar to those on tongue; eye moderate, not longer than snout; throat with a long fleshy barbel; dorsal fin rather long, inserted entirely in front of anal behind ventrals; adipose fin present; caudal forked; 72 BULLETIN OE THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. paired fins long; gillrakers minute; no pseud obranchise; no air-bladder; sides and belly with very many small luminous spots; a small luminous patch below eye. Small fishes of the deep sea, remark- able for their strong teeth, the lower jaw much stronger than in Malacosteus. The single Hawaiian species is fully described in Section II. Family XXIV. STOMIATIDiE. Body elongate, tapering, naked or covered with very thin and deciduous scales; head oblong; snout short and rounded; eyes large and far forward; opercular apparatus imperfectly developed; mouth enormous, with deep lateral cleft; lateral margin of upper jaw formed by maxillary and pro- vided with teeth along the edges; teeth usually strong, unequal, some of them often fang-like or barbed; gill-membranes not joined, free from the isthmus; branchiostegals numerous (12 to 17); a long barbel at throat; no pseudobranchise; dorsal tin short, median or posterior, without spines; anal free, far behind and small; caudal distinct; pectorals low down on the scapular arch and narrow; ventrals inserted far backward; stomach coecal, and pyloric appendages absent; sides with phospho- rescent spots; skeleton feebly ossified; eggs extruded through oviducts. Deep-sea fishes of extremely voracious habits. The single Hawaiian genus and species of this family are fully described in Section II. Family XXV. PARALEPIDIDAt. Body elongate, somewhat compressed, formed much as in a barracuda, covered with cycloid scales of moderate or rather large size; head long, usually scaly on the sides; mouth very large; lower jaw projecting; premaxillary not protractile, very long and slender, forming the entire margin of upper jaw; maxillary long and slender, closely adherent to premaxillary; teeth rather strong, pointed, in single series on the jaws and palatines; some of them on lower jaw and palatines sometimes very long and fang-like, and most of them freely depressible; opercular bones thin; pseud obranchke present; gill-membranes separate, free from the isthmus; branchiostegals about 7; gillrakers short, sharp, spine- like; eye large; lateral line present, its scales usually enlarged; dorsal fin short and small, behind the middle of the body, nearly or quite over the ventrals; adipose fin present; anal fin low, rather long; caudal fin short, narrow, forked; pectorals rather small, placed low; pyloric coeca none; no air-bladder; phosphorescent spots few or none. Voracious fishes of the open seas or the deep seas. The single Hawaiian genus and species of this family are fully described in Section II. Family XXVI. STERN0PTYCHID7E. Fishes “ with compressed, ventradiform body, carinated contour, deeply and obliquely cleft and subvertical mouth, whose upper margin is constituted by the supramaxillaries as well as the intermax- illaries; branch iostegal arch near and parallel with lower jaw, scapular with an inferior projection, and with one or more of the neural spines abnormally developed, and projecting above the back in advance of the dorsal fin.” (Gill.) Genera 2, species about 10; deep-sea fishes, rising toward the surface at night or in stormy weather. a. Body covered with large, very thin, deciduous scales; no anterior spinous dilatation of the dorsal fin Polyipnus, p. 72 aa. Body mostly scaleless, covered with a silvery pigment; dorsal fin of a triangular bony lamella, very thin in front, but strengthened- along its hind margin, followed by several rays Stcrnoptyx, p. 73 Genus 39. POLYIPNUS Gunther. This genus differs from Sternoptyx in having the body covered with large, very thin, and deciduous scales, and in lacking the anterior spinous dilatation of the dorsal fin. Three species known. Only one species of this genus known from the Hawaiian Islands. (See Section II.) Polyipnus Gunther, Rept. Deep-Sea Fishes, Challenger, XXII, 170, 1887 ( spinosus ). FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 73 Genus 40. STERNOPTYX Hermann. Body much elevated and compressed, passing abruptly into a short and compressed tail, the angle made by the hind margin of the trunk and the lower edge of the tail being tilled up by a broad fold of the integument, of peculiar transparent appearance, resembling thin cartilage; this fold bears the anal tin and is supported by interlnemal rays; head short, compressed, deep, with extremely short snout and a wide, subvertical mouth; eyes large, lateral; margin of upper jaw formed by maxillary and intermaxillary, the latter being very short, and each of these bones having a sharp edge which is armed with a series of very small teeth, somewhat unequal in size; lower jaw with a similar dentition; vomer and palatines toothless; bones of the head firm, some of them terminating in short spines, namely the angle of the preopercle, the postero-inferior angle of the mandible, and the symphysis of the humeral bones; gill-opening very wide, the gill-membrane being attached to the isthmus; gills 4, the branchial arches long, not angularly bent, the branchial slits being closed by a membrane in their upper portion; a few of the gillrakers are prolonged, needle-shaped and widely set, the others being quite rudimentary; pseudobranchiae present; greater portion of body scaleless, covered with a silvery pigment; a luminous organ occupies the inner side of the operele close to its lower end, another is placed at the anterior end of the ceratohyal, and finally a very large glandular mass is lodged on the upper edge of the anterior end of the clavicle; a series of luminous spots runs along the lower edge of the abdomen and is separated from the series of the other side by a cartilaginous fold occupying the median line of the abdomen; another series runs on each side of the isthmus, a row of 3 above and behind the root of the ventrals, and another row of 3 above the vent; the luminous organs on the lower part of tail consist anteriorly of a row of 4, of which the first is prolonged toward the back as a narrow band, terminating about the middle of the depth of the body in a globular black spot with a white center; posteriorly in front of the caudal rays there is another row of 4 small spots; the dorsal fin occupies the middle of the back and consists of a triangular bony lamella, very thin in front, but strengthened along its hind margin, and followed by several rays; adipose fin absent, or represented by a very low membranous fringe of the dorsal margin of the tail; the anal fin is incompletely devel- oped, extending from the vent to the root of the caudal fin, its rays being rudimentary, widely set, and scarcely free; caudal fin broad and forked; pectorals well developed, close to the lower profile; ventrals small, the pelvic bone with a bifid spine in front pointing forward. (Gunther. ) The single Hawaiian species ( Sternoptyx diaphana ) is described in Section II. Sternoptyx Hermann, Naturforscher, XVI, 8,1781 (diaphana). Order G. APODES.— The Eels. Teleost fishes, with the premaxillaries atrophied or lost, the maxillaries lateral, and the body anguilliform and destitute of ventral fins; the most striking feature is the absence of premaxillaries, taken in connection with the elongate form and the little development of the scapular arch, which is not attached to the cranium. Other characters, not confined to the Apodes, are the following: The absence of the symplectic bone; the reduction of the opercular apparatus and of the palato-pterygoid arch; the absence of ventral fins; the absence of the mesocoraeoid or prsecoracoid arch; the reduction or total absence of the scales; there are no spines in the fins; the gill-openings are comparatively small; there are.no pseudobranchiae; the vertebrae are in large number and none of them specially modified; the tail is isocercal — that is, with the caudal vertebrae remaining in a straight line to its extremity, as in the embryos of most fishes, and in the Anacanthini. We begin our discussion of the eels with the forms which seem nearest to the primitive stock from which the members of the group have descended. It is evident that among the eels the forms of simplest structure, Sphagebranchus, etc., are not in any sense primitive forms, but the results of a long- continued and progressive degeneration, so far as the fins and mouth parts are concerned. The Apodes are probably descended from soft-rayed fishes, and their divergence from typical forms is in most respects a retrogression. 74 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. FAMILIES OF HAWAIIAN APODES. a. Enchelycephali: Gill-openings well developed, leading to large interbrancliial slits; tongue present; opercle and branchial bones well developed; scapular arch present. b. Body covered with linear, imbedded scales Synapliobranehidce, p. 74 bb. Scales wholly wanting; eggs, so far as known, of moderate size, much as in ordinary fishes, c. Tip of tail with a more or less distinct fin, the dorsal and anal fins confluent around it; coloration always plain, brownish, blackish, or silvery, the fins often black-margined; posterior nostril without tube, situated entirely above the upper lip; tongue broad, largely free anteriorly and on sides; pectorals well developed. Leptncephalidx, p. 74 cc. Tip of tail without rays, projecting beyond the dorsal and anal fins (not filiform); posterior nostril on the edge of upper lip; anterior nostril near tip of snout, usually in a small tube; tongue usually adnate to the floor of mouth; coloration frequently variegated Ophichthyidx, p. 80 aa. Colocephali: Gill-openings small, roundish, leading to restricted interbranchial slits; tongue wanting; pectoral fin (typically) wanting; opercle feebly developed; fourth gill-arch modified, strengthened, and supporting pharyngeal jaws. d. Scapular arch obsolete or represented by cartilage; heart not far back; pectorals wanting; skin thick; coloration often variegated... Murxnidse, p. 87 Family XXVII. SYNAPH0BRANCHID4:. This group consists of deep-sea eels, differing from the Anguillidx in having the gill-opening externally confluent into a single slit. The following diagnosis is given by Dr. Gill: “Enchelycephalous Apodals with conic, pointed head, moderate opercular apparatus, lateral maxillines, cardiform teeth, distinct tongue, inferior branchial apertures discharging by a common aperture, continuous vertical tins, pectorals well developed, scaly skin, and nearly perfect branchial skeleton.” Body eel-shaped, covered with linear, imbedded scales placed at right angles, as in Anguilla. Lateral line present; head long and pointed, the snout produced; mouth very long, the eye being over the middle of its cleft; jaws about equal; teeth small, sharp, in a broad band in each jaw, becoming a single series anteriorly; those of inner series in upper jaw and of outer series in mandible somewhat enlarged; vomerine teeth in a narrow band anteriorly; gill-openings inferior, horizontal, close together, convergent forward, somewhat confluent at the surface, but separated by a considerable isthmus within; branchiostegals peculiarly formed, in moderate number (about 15), attached to the sides of the compressed ceratohyal and epihyal, slender, abbreviated, and moderately bowed, not being curved up above the opercle; tongue long, free only at the sides; nostrils large, the anterior with a short tube, the posterior before the lower part of the eye; pectoral well developed; dorsal low, beginning behind vent; anal longer than dorsal, rather high, its rays slender, branched, not embedded in the skin; vertical fins confluent around the tail; vent near the anterior fourth of body; muscular and osseous systems well developed; stomach very distensible. Deep-sea fishes. Genus 41. SYNAPHOBRANCHUS Johnson. Dorsal beginning behind vent. This genus contains 2 or 3 species, deep-sea fishes from the Atlantic and Pacific. The single Hawaiian species of this genus is fully described in Section II. Synaphobranclius Johnson, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1862, 169 ( kaupii ). Family XXVIII. LEPTOCEPHALIDtE. — The Conger Eels. This family includes those eels which are scaleless and have the tongue largely free in front; the body moderately elongate; the end of the tail surrounded by a fin; the posterior nostril remote from the upper lip and near front of eye; and the pectoral fins well developed; lower jaw more or less included; teeth on sides forming a cutting edge; lateral line well developed. All the species are plainly colored, grayish or dusky above, silvery below. Species found in most warm seas, usually at moderate depth. Most of them undergo a metamorphosis, the young being loosely organized and transparent, band-shaped, and with very small head. The body grows smaller with age owing to the compacting of the tissues. The two genera found in the Hawaiian Islands are not well separated and should perhaps be considered as one. FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 75 a. Insertion of dorsal behind middle of pectoral. b. Gape of mouth scarcely reaching orbit Promyllantor, p. 75 bb. Gape of mouth reaching at least to below middle of eye Leptocephalus, p. 75 aa. Insertion of dorsal before middle of pectoral. c. Teeth present on jaws and vomer Congrellus, p. -76 cc. No teeth on jaws or vomer Veternio, p. 78 Genus 42. PROMYLLANTOR Alcock. Body stout, with the muscular and osseous systems well developed, and the tail about as long as the trunk; eye rather small, cleft of mouth narrow, not extending behind middle of eye; villiform teeth, in broad bands in jaws, and in a broad, confluent patch on palate; nostrils lateral; tongue free; gill-openings widely separate; 4 gills with wide clefts; no scales; muciferous cavities of head well developed; the dorsal begins some distance behind the occiput; pectoral and vertical fins well developed, the latter confluent. Allied to Congermurxna. (Alcock). This genus differs from Lepto- cephalus in the dentition and in the posterior position of the nostrils. Deep-sea fishes of the Arabian seas and about the Hawaiian Islands. The single Hawaiian species (P. alcocki) is fully described in Section II. Promyllantor Alcock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., October, 1890, 6th series, No. 6, 310 ( purpureus ). Genus 43. LEPTOCEPHALUS Scopoli. The Conger Eels. Body formed as in Anguilla; the skin scaleless; head depressed above, anteriorly pointed; lateral line present; mouth wide, its cleft extending at least to below middle of eye; teeth in outer series in each jaw equal and close-set, forming a cutting edge; no canines; band of vomerine teeth short; tongue anteriorly free; vertical fins well developed, confluent around tail; pectoral fins well developed; dorsal beginning close behind pectorals; gill-openings rather large, low; eyes well developed; posterior nostril near eye; anterior near tip of snout, with a short tube; lower jaw not projecting; skeleton differing in numerous respects from that of Anguilla; vertebrae about 56 -f- 100. In most warm seas. This genus contains the well known and widely distributed conger eel and 3 or 4 closely related species. The earliest generic name used for members of the group is Leptocephalus, based on a curious, elongate, transparent, band-like creature with minute head and very small mouth, found in the waters of Europe, and known as Leptocephalus morrissi. This has been shown by Gill, Gunther and Facciola to be the young and larval form of Leptocephalus conger. A number of genera and species of the sup- posed family of Leptocephalidx have been described, but there is no doubt that all of them are larvae, some of eels, as Conger, Congermurxna, Oxystomus, and Nettastoma, others of isospondylous fishes, as Albula, Elops, Alepocephalus, Stomias, etc. (Gunther, Cat., VIII, 136.) It is thought by Dr. Gunther that the leptocephalid forms are probably “individuals arrested in the development at a very early period of their life, yet continuing to grow to a certain size, without corresponding develop- ment of their internal organs, and perishing without having attained the characters of the perfect animal.” The recent observations of Dr. Gilbert on the larvae of Albula, Elops, and Conger, however, seem to point to the conclusion that these curious forms are normal young, and that the individuals grow smaller in size for a time with increased age, owing to the increasing compactness of the tissues. Inasmuch as the name Leptocephalus has been associated for more than a century with larval forms, it is a decided inconvenience to accord to it precedence as a generic name over Conger. The strict law of priority, however, demands its retention, and the tendency among systematic zoologists is to recognize as few exceptions as may be to this rule. The unfamiliar names Oxyurus and Helmictis are both earlier than Conger. (a) Larval forms. Leptocephalus Scopoli, Int. Hist. Nat., 1777, 453 (morrissi). Oxyurus Rafinesque, Caratteri, 19, 1810 (vermiformis) . Helmictis Rafinesque, Indice d’lttiologia Siciliana, 62, 1810 ( punctatus ). Helmichthys Costa, Fauna Napoli, Pesca, 1854 (diaphanus) . ? Leptocephalichthys Bleeker, Act. Soc. Sci. Ind. Nederl., I, Manado, 69, June, 1856 (hypselosoma) . ? Diaphanichthys Peters, Monatsber. Ak. Wiss. Berl. 1864, 339 ( brevicaudus ). 76 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. (b) Adult forms. Echelus Rafinesque, Caratteri, etc., 63, 1810 (in part; includes species of Conger , Ophisoma, and Myrus; restricted by Bleeker to Myrus). Conger Cuvier, Regne Animal (2d ed. McMurtries’s), II, 257, 1831 (conger). Ariosoma Swainson, Nat. Hist. Class’n Pishes, I, 220, 1838 (no type mentioned; diagnosis worthless). Ophisoma Swainson, Nat. Hist. Class’n Fishes, II, 331, 1839 (acuta). Substitute for Ariosoma; not Ophisomus Swainson, Nat. Hist. Class’n Fishes, II, 277, 183$, = Pholis Scapoli. Congrus Richardson, Voyage Erebus and Terror, 107, 1844 (conger). Gnathopliis Kaup, Aale Fische Hamburg Mus., 7, in Abhand. Natur. Verein Hamburg, IV, 1858-1866. 30. Leptocephalus marginatus (Valenciennes). “Puhiuha.” Head 2 in trunk; head and trunk about 1.67 in tail; eye 2 in snout, 1.67 in interorbital space; snout about 3.75 in head; interorbital space a little over 5; mouth about 2.3; pectoral 2.67. Body more or less rounded, the tail posteriorly tapering and compressed; head rather long, depressed, and pointed; snout pointed, depressed above, and projecting beyond the mandible; eye small, anterior; mouth rather large, extending posteriorly slightly beyond eye; lips thick, fleshy, and broad ; teeth blunt, rather short, more or less cylindrical, a patch on vomer and front of mouth above, a small patch on each side of the symphysis of mandible, those along the jaws forming a cutting edge; tongue large, thick, and free in front; anterior nostrils in short tubes near tip of snout, the posterior situated very near upper front margin of eye; interorbital space elevated convexlyand flattened in the middle; sides of head rather swollen; gill-openings rather large; peritoneum silvery; skin perfectly smooth; head with a number of mucous pores; lateral line well developed and continuous, the pores about 120; origin of dorsal beginning over the first third of pectoral, its height greater than that of anal; margin of caudal rounded, its length about equal to snout and half of eye; pectoral more or less rounded, the rays just above the middle the longest. In life the young has traces of obscure crossbars. Color in alcohol, dark lucid brown above and on the vertical fins, which are margined with black; lower surface of body pale or whitish, more or less soiled with pale brown; a dark blackish brown streak from lower margin of eye above and behind the corner of mouth; pectorals brown, their lower margins whitish, the upper portions of their extremities with a black blotch, which is always distinct. The above description is based on a specimen 39 inches long (No. 03759) from Hilo. Three other specimens (Nos. 03758, 03359, and 03760), 30, 24, and 30 inches long, respectively, are in the collec- tions from Hilo, and 2 specimens (Nos. 03713 and 03727), 24 and 38 inches long, respectively, were obtained at Kailua. Young individuals have traces of obscure cross-bands. An example from Hiler showed the pectoral in life with a large blotch, edged with white. In the collection made by Dr. Jenkins are 4 specimens, 19 to 25 inches long. We have one larva, probably of this or some species of Leptoceplialus, obtained at Hilo. It is about 2 inches long, and can not be certainly identified. The species is rather abundant about lava rocks, and is common at Samoa. The native Hawaiian name, puhi uha, signifies slippery eel. Conger m arginatus Valenciennes, Voy. Bonite, Poiss., 201, pi. 9, fig. 1, 1841, Sandwich Islands; Gunther, Shore Fishes, Challenger, Zool., I, part VI, 61, 1880 (Reefs at Honolulu); Steindachner, Denks. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LXX, 1900, 514 (Laysan). Conger altipinnis Kaup, Wiegm. Arch., XXII, 1856, 72, Bourbon. Conger noordzieki Bleeker, Act. Soc. Sei. lnd. Neerl., Amboyna, II, 1857, 86, East Indies. Leptoceplialus marginatus, Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 421 (Honolulu); Snyder, op. cit. (Jan. 19, 1904), 515 (Honolulu; Hanalei Bay, Kauai). Genus 44. CONGRELLUS Ogilby. Dorsal fin inserted more anteriorly than in Leptoceplialus, over the gill-opening or anterior part of pectoral; head with muciferous cavities, more or less conspicuous; mouth rather small; teeth all pointed; body more robust than in Leptoceplialus, the tail not much, if any, longer than rest of body, its tip white in Japanese species; dorsal and anal edged with black. The genus is not very different from Leptoceplialus, the species megastomus being almost exactly intermediate. Congrellus Ogilby in Jordan & Evermann, Fishes North and Mid. Amer., HI, 2801, 1898 (November 26) ( balearica ). a. Snout not longer than eye, rounded, projecting slightly beyond tip of lower jaw; lips thick; gill-openings less than eye; origin of dorsal in front of base of pectoral bowersi, p. 77 aa. Snout longer than eye, flat, projecting considerably beyond tip of lower jaw; lips thin; gill-openings a little greater than eye; origin of dorsal slightly behind base of pectoral eequoreus , p. 77 FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 77 31. Congrellus bowersi Jenkins. Fig. 16. Head 1.6 in trunk; head and trunk a little shorter than tail; width ol’ head 2.5 in its length; snout 4.5 in head; eye 4.25; interorbital space 6; pectoral 3.4; pores about 147 in lateral line. Body rather short, compressed, the tail tapering posteriorly; head elongate, rounded, conically pointed in front; snout a trifle less than eye, rounded, elongate, with its tip bluntly pointed; eyes very large, high in front of head; mouth large, the snout protruding slightly beyond tip of mandible, corner of mouth nearly under middle of eye; lips rather thick, fleshy lobes on either side of each jaw; teeth all fine and rather numerous in jaws and on vomer; anterior nostrils in short tubes at tip of snout, the posterior on sides of snout nearer front of eye than tip of snout; interorbital space flattened and with a median ridge; head without swollen appearance; gill-openings about two-thirds eye; peritoneum silvery, with small gray dots; skin smooth; head with a number of mucous pores, a large one just behind the anterior nostril; origin of dorsal at about the last sixth of the space between Fig. 16. — Congrellus bowersi Jenkins; from the type. posterior margin of eye and origin of pectoral; caudal small, or the marginal fin around the end of tail very narrow; pectoral rather short and rounded. Color in alcohol, brown, slightly darker above and somewhat clouded on head, where 2 dark brown crossbars are formed; fins all pale brown; edges of dorsal, caudal, and anal narrowly edged with black, especially distinct posteriorly. Color in life (No. 03419), body translucent, colorless; snout dusky; a dusky band through eye and over head; a dusky transverse band across nape and half way down on side; a dusky saddle in front of dorsal; a narrow dark margin on dorsal and anal. This description is based primarily upon a specimen (No. 04923) 14.5 inches long, obtained at Hilo. One other specimen (No. 04922) 11 inches long was taken at Hilo; four examples (Nos. 03419, 04919, 04920, and 04921), each about 11 inches long, at Honolulu. The collection obtained by Dr. Jenkins at Honolulu contains eight examples, ranging in length from 8 to 11 inches. Congrettus bowersi Jenkins, Bull. V. S. Fish Coram., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 422, fig. I, Honolulu; Snyder, op. cit. (Jail. 19, 1904), 515 (Honolulu). 32. Cong-rellus sequoreus (Gilbert & Cramer). Fig. 17. Head 6.5 to 6.8; depth 15 to 18; head and trunk much shorter than tail, about 1.6 in latter; pectoral rays 14 or 15. Body slender, compressed; head as deep as wide, tapering forward to a flat snout; snout 3.5 to 3.8 in head, slightly more than twice as long as eye, and projecting two-thirds the diameter of eye beyond tip of lower jaw; eyes somewhat elliptical, their upper margins near dorsal profile; angle of mouth reaching middle of orbit; lips thin; maxillary teeth close-set, in a broad villiform band, the 78 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. outer teetli longer than the inner, the vomerine teeth much larger, forming a broad transverse patch in advance of maxillary teeth, with a very few small teeth on the shaft; mandibular teeth in a narrow cardiform band anteriorly, diminishing much in size toward angle of mouth; anterior nostril a broad, short tube situated on the antero-lateral part of snout, a little nearer mouth than dorsal profile; poste- rior nostril a large, elliptical opening in front of upper third of eye, less than its own diameter from eye; interorbital space about equal to long diameter of eye; gill-openings far apart, their width a little greater than diameter of eye, the distance between them about 5 in head; gills 4, no rakers; tongue free; peritoneum silvery, speckled, or brownish; intestine black; pores of snout arranged as follows: A small pair under tip of snout just in front of anterior teeth, a large one in front of, a second above, and a third immediately behind the anterior nostril, 4 others along the side of upper jaw, and one behind angle of mouth; a row of about 10 pores on each ramus of mandible, beginning at tip of lower jaw and extending beyond its posterior angle; lateral line above middle of body anteriorly; dorsal fin beginning slightly behind base of pectoral, its distance from occiput equaling distance of latter from center of eye; pectoral small, pointed and equal to snout. Color in alcohol, brown, head and back dusky; a large, dark, opercular spot, another small one above each eye, and a dark streak on snout in front of eye; side of tail with coarse black specks, much Fig. 17. — Congrellus xquoreus (Gilbert & Cramer); from the type. more numerous in one of the specimens than in the other, and mainly collected into 2 lengthwise lines running parallel with the bases of the dorsal and anal; the other specimen is almost plain; mar- ginal portions of dorsal and anal fins dusky, becoming black posteriorly, and the basal portions light; inside of mouth a little dusky (Gilbert & Cramer). This species is known from two specimens, 16.25 and 18.5 inches long, respectively, dredged by the Albatross, December 6, 1891, between Molokai and Lanai in 375 fathoms, and several others dredged by the Albatross in 1902. Congermurxna xquorea Gilbert & Cramer, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIX,. 1896 (Feb. 5, 1897), 405, pi. XXXVII (misprinted arquorea on plate), Albatross station 3474, Lat. N. 210 12', Long. W. 1570 38' 30", in 375 fathoms. (Type, No. 47696, TJ. S. Nat. Mus.) Genus 45. VETERNIO Snyder. Body without scales; lateral line present; tail much longer than head and trunk; head long, snout pointed; lower jaw much shorter than upper. No teeth; vomer, maxillaries, and mandible with broad, smooth, hard areas; tongue free; nostrils not tubular, the anterior ones near tip of snout, with narrow rims; posterior ones oblong, near the eyes; gill-openings separate, with broad, lunate slits; fins well developed, dorsal inserted above base of pectorals. Color uniform. The absence of teeth serves to distinguish Veternio from closely related genera. Veternio Snyder, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Jan. 19, 1904), 516 ( verrens ). FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 79 33. Veternio verrens Snyder. Plate 5, fig. 1. Head, from tip of snout to upper edge of gill-opening, 0.64 of trunk; depth 0.42 of head; eye 0.13; snout 0.26; length of pectoral 0.36. Head very long and pointed, upper profile sloping gently from tip of snout to occiput; interorbital space flat, its width 0.16 of head; snout slender, projecting beyond lower jaw a distance equal to 0.5 of diameter of eye; cleft of mouth somewhat oblique, extending beyond eye a distance equal to 0.3 of pupil; no teeth, the vomer, maxillaries, and mandible with broad, flat, smooth surfaces; tongue free, tip rounded; lips thin, simple; anterior nostrils at end of snout, with low rims and posterior flaps; posterior nostrils close to upper anterior part of eye, without rims, rounded oval in shape; a pair of large mucous tubes at tip of snout, a tube immediately behind anterior nostril and one on each side of sjnout just above the latter; gill-openings lunate, their width about 0.15 of length of head; lateral line somewhat above middle of body anteriorly, gradually extending downward and reaching middle of body a short distance beyond the vent. Pectoral inserted just below middle of body, obtusely pointed, upper rays longest, lower border convex; dorsal inserted above middle of base of pectoral, height of fin at a point above tip of pectoral equal to vertical diameter of eye, at a point twice the length of head behind the vent, the length of rays equals length of snout; 65 rays between its insertion and a vertical through the anal opening; anal inserted immediately behind vent, its height equal to 0.5 the length of snout. Color plain, fins edged with black. Color in spirits brown, darker above than below; pectorals brownish, growing black toward tips; dorsal brownish, shading into black along edge; anal bordered with black, the band about half as wide as pupil and sharply defined. A single mutilated specimen (type, No. 50862, U. S. Nat. Mus.) from the Honolulu market measures 10.63 inches from snout to vent. The tail was severed 12.6 inches behind the vent. Veternio verrens Snyder, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Jan. 19, 1904), 510, pi. 2, fig. 3, Honolulu. Family XXIX. NETTASTOMIDJE. Eels without pectoral fins, with the tongue not free, the posterior nostrils remote from the lip, the gill-openings small, separate, and subinferior, the vent remote from the head, the tail ending in a slender tip or filamant, the dorsal and anal fins moderately developed, and the jaws produced, slender, and straight, the upper the longer, and both, as also the vomer, armed with bands of sharp, close-set, recurved, subequal teeth. This family contains a few species of deep-sea eels, closely allied to the Mursenesocidw in technical characters, but more resembling the Nemichikyidx in appearance, form of the head, and in dentition. Deep-sea fishes with fragile bodies and thin skin charged with black pig- ment. A single Hawaiian genus and species, described in Section II. Family XXX. NEMICHTHYID^E. — The Snipe Eels. Body excessively slender, not strongly compressed, deepest near the middle, tapering backward to the tail, which usually ends in a long and slender filament, and forward to a very long and slender neck, which is abruptly enlarged at the occipital region; no scales; lateral line represented by one or more rows of pores; head resembling that of Tylosurus; the head proper, small, short, and rather broad, with flat top and vertical sides; nostrils large, close together in front of the eye, without tube or flap; jaws excessively prolonged, almost needle-like, the upper the longer and somewhat recurved; teeth in both jaws smali, very numerous, close-set, retrorse; gill-openings rather large, running down- ward and forward, separated by a narrow isthmus or partly confluent; pectorals well developed; anal fin higher than dorsal, beginning near the vent, becoming obsolete on the caudal filament; dorsal beginning close behind occiput, its anterior rays soft, succeeded by a long series of very low, simple, spine-like rays, which are slightly connected by membrane, their height rather less than the length of the interspaces; on the tail these spines again give place to soft rays; the soft rays of the fins are connected by thin membranes instead of being imbedded in thick skin, as in eels generally. Color translucent, the lower part's dark, the back pale; stomach not distensible; muscular and osseus systems well developed; abdominal cavity extending far behind the vent. The species are little known and their anatomy has not been studied; they are certainly eels, and their nearest relation seems to be with the Nettastomidse. 80 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Genus 46. SERRIVOMER Gill & Ryder. Nemichthyids with the head behind eyes of an elongated parallelogramic form, with moderately attenuated jaws; branchiostegal membranes confluent at posterior margin, but with the branchial aperture limited by an isthmus except at the margin, and with lancet-shaped vomerine teeth in a crowded (sometimes doubled) row. A single Hawaiian species. (See Section II.) Serrivomer Gill & Ryder, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1883, 260 ( beam ). Family XXXI. OPHICHTHYID/E. — The Snake Eels. This family includes those scaleless enchelycephalous eels with end of the tail projecting beyond dorsal and anal tins; without rudiment of a caudal tin; with anterior nostrils placed in upper lip, opening downward; gill-openings not confluent; tongue more or less fully adnate to floor of mouth. The species are, for the most part, moderate or small in size, and they are very abundant in the tropical seas, especially about coral reefs. The eggs are numerous, of moderate size, similar to those of ordinary fishes. Genera about 12; species nearly 100. Many of the species are singularly colored, the bands or spots heightening the analogy between them and the serpents. Only 8 species of this large family are thus far known from the Hawaiian Islands. a. Body without traces of fins anywhere Sphagebranchus , p. 80 an. Body with distinct dorsal and anal fins. h. Vomerine teeth, none ..Leiaranus, p. 81 66. Vomerine teeth present, c. Pectorals present. d. Teeth sharp, pointed, some of them often canine or fang-like. C. Dorsal inserted over or before gill-opening; canines small Microdonophis, p. 82 ee. Dorsal behind gill-opening; lips fringed; canines large jSmchysoinophis, p. 83 dd. Teeth blunt, mostly granular or molar Myrichthys, p. 84 cc. Pectorals wanting Callechelys , p. 85 Genus 47. SPHAGEBRANCHUS Bloch. This genus contains several little-known species of small eels, remarkable for showing no trace of tins in the adult stage. The snout projects beyond the small mouth, giving a shark-like profile, and the small teeth are mostly uniserial. The gill-slits are inferior and converging. The name Sphage- branchus was based on a species which evidently belongs to the genus. It has therefore clear priority over Ichihyapus and Apterichthys. This genus is the most simple in structure among the Ophichthyid.se, as Ophichthus is probably the most specialized. The loss of fins is doubtless due to degeneration, but Spihagebranchus seems nearer the primitive type than Brachysomophis or Ophichthus. Sphagebranchus Bloch, Ichthyologia, XII, 79, pi. 419, fig. 2, 1797 (rostralus). Cxcilia Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss., II, 135, 1800 (6 r under tana = emeus) \ not Cxcilia L., a genus of Batrachia. Apterichthys De la Roche, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hist. Paris, XIII, 325, 1809 (coccus). Branderius Rafinesque, Analyse de la Nature, 93, 1815 (coccus). Ichihyapus Brisout de Barneville, Revue Zoologique, 219, 1847 (acutirostris) . Ophisurapus Kaup, Apodes, 29, 1856 (gracilis). 34. Sphagebranchus flavicaudus Snyder. Plate 5, fig. 2. Head, measured to upper edge of gill-opening, 18 in length, 9.5 in trunk including head, 8.3 in tail; depth 3.9 in head; snout 5.5. Snout long, slender, and sharp, projecting beyond upper jaw, tip of latter reaching beyond eye a distance equal to diameter of pupil; eye midway between tip of snout and angle of mouth, its diameter contained 3 times in length of snout; anterior nostril with a short tube on ventral side of snout a little nearer its tip than to border of eye; posterior nostril without tube, placed below anterior margin of eye; upper lip with a fold extending from nostril to angle of mouth; teeth of jaws in a single series; a group of 4 canines at end of upper jaw, all being beyond end of lower jaw when it is closed; a few sharp teeth on anterior part of vomer; gill-openings inferior, converging, the distance between them about equal to diameter of eye; width of gill-opening 7.9 in head; no fins; tail pointed. BULL. U. S. F. C. 1903 PLATE 5 1. VETERN10 VERRENS SNYDER. 2. SPHAGEBRANCHUS FLAVICAUDUS SNYDER. A. HOEN & CO., LiTH. FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 81 Color in alcohol, pale olive, the tail nearly white. The description is from the type, No. 50863, U. S. Nat. Mus., 14.45 inches long. Two examples from off the northeast coast of Hawaii. One from station 4055, depth 50 to 60 fathoms (cotype, 7509, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus.), measures 9.6 inches. The head 17 in length, 10 in head and trunk. In life it was pinkish anteriorly, the posterior third tinged with lemon-yellow. The other specimen, from sta- tion 4061, depth 24 to 83 fathoms, measures 8.66 inches; head 15.4 in length, 8.3 in head and trunk. In life the color was light orange, fading to lemon-yellow posteriorly; an indistinct, light, median, dorsal stripe extending from occiput to tip of tail; ventral surface slightly tinged with purple, the tint extending about twice the length of head beyond anal opening; side of head with 2 white spots, the anterior one just behind eye?, the posterior one indistinctly connected over the occiput with its fellow on opposite side. SjJhagebranchus jlavicaudus Snyder, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Jan. 19, 1904), 516, pi. 2, fig. 4, Albatross Station 3874, between Mauai and Lanai, in 21 to 28 fathoms. Genus 48. LEIURANUS Bleeker. Body cylindrical; mouth small, below the sharp, projecting snout; teeth pointed, of moderate size, uniserial in jaws; no teeth on vomer; eye small; pectoral small; dorsal and anal low, the former beginning nearly above gill-opening. Small eels, having the bright colors of Chlecast.es, but in technical respects nearer Ophichthus, distinguished by the absence of vomerine teeth. Leiuranus Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. Muram., XXV, 24, 36, 1853 (lacepediL==semici)ictus). Stethopterus Bleeker, op. cit., 24, 1853 ( viniineus=seinicinctus ) . 35. Leiuranus semicinctus (Lay & Bennett). Head 6.25 in trunk; tail a little longer than trunk without head; eye about 2 in snout, 1.67 in interorbital space; snout about 6 in head; interorbital space 7.3; mouth from tip of snout 3.5; pectoral about 7. Body more or less rounded and rather slender, the tail tapering posteriorly to a conical horny point; head pointed, rather thick and swollen; snout short, depressed, flattened, and shark-like in appearance, with the edges more or less thin; eyes small, and placed wholly before the corners of mouth; teeth in jaws in a single series, pointed, and hooked backward; no vomerine teeth; tongue adnate to floor of mouth, small; mandible small, its tip, when mouth is closed, very much nearer anterior margin of eye than tip of snout; anterior nostrils in small tubes, inferior, on lower surface of snout and opening downward; posterior nostrils large, in the lips, and opening downward; interorbital space very slightly convex, nearly flat; skin smooth; the head about the branchial region more or less wrinkled; head with a few mucous pores, those in the lateral series from head about 147; origin of dorsal about over middle of pectoral; dorsal and anal low; pectoral small and short. Color in alcohol, whitish, with 24 deep brown broad cross-blotches, the first 2 on top of head much narrower, than the others, those on trunk becoming narrower, most of them anteriorly not meeting below, and those on tail meeting more or less perfectly below; tips of snout and tail white. This species was not obtained by us in Hawaii, but it has been recorded from those islands by Lay and Bennett, by Fowler, and by Snyder. The above description is based upon a specimen ( No. 6642, Stanford University Museum) 17.5 inches long, obtained by Jordan and Snyder at Yaeyama, Ishigaka Islands, in the southern Riu Iviu Archipelago. It was also found by Jordan and Kellogg at Samoa. Ophisurus semicinctus Lay & Bennett, Zool. Capt. Beeehey’s Voyage, 6(3, pi. XX, fig. 4, 1839, Oahu. Ophisurus ( Sphagebranchus ) vimineus Richardson, Voy. Sulphur, 107, pi. LII, ligs. 16-20, 1843, China. Ophisurus vimineus Richardson, Ichth. China, 314, 1846, China (Coll. Sir Edward Belcher). Stethopterus vimineus, Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen., XXV, 24, 1853 (Sibogha; Sumatra). Leiuranus lacepedii Bleeker, op. cit., 36, 1853, Sibogha; Sumatra. Leiuranus colubrinus Kaup, Cat. Apod. Fish.. 2, 1856, Java; Bleeker, Atlas Ichth., IV, 42, pi. IX, fig. 1, part, 1864 (East Indies) . Ophisurus multizonus Cuvier in Kaup, 1. c. (name only), China, Mauritius, and Malayan Archipelago. Liuranus semicinctus, Gunther, Cat., VIII, 54, 1870 (East Indies; Fiji Islands; China). Leiuranus semicinctus, Fowler, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1900, 494 (Hawaiian Islands); Jordan & Snyder, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, 1901, 866 (Yaeyama, Ishigaka Islands, Japan); Snyder, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Jan. 19, 1904), 516 (Honolulu). F. C. B. 1903—6 82 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Genus 49. MICRODONOPHIS Kaup. Body more or less rounded; head and trunk much longer than tail, which is more or less rounded and pointed; head rounded; snout pointed and projecting; teeth large and somewhat canine-like, in one row on vomer; nostrils anterior, each in a small tube, the posterior pair opening in the lips down- ward; pores of lateral line continuous; dorsal beginning over gill-opening or origin of pectoral; pec- toral short. Coloration variegated with rather large dark spots, those on the head small, absent in M. macgregori. Only two species known from Hawaii. Microdonophis Kaup, Apodal Fishes, 6, 1856 (altipinnis). a. Origin of dorsal slightly in advance of gill-opening or base of pectoral; anterior nostrils in short fleshy tubes on tip of snout. Color white, rendered somewhat shaded on upper portions by very minute points of gray; back and upper surface with numerous round brown spots and about 17 indistinct transverse dark brown bands .fowleri, p. 82 aa. Origin of dorsal farther in advance of base of pectoral, midway in length of head; anterior nostrils in conspicuous tubes on lower surface of snout in front. Color brownish olive, the lower surface lighj yellowish washed with silvery; upper surface of body dark, covered with minute blackish dots macgregori , p. 82 30. Microdonophis fowleri Jordan & Evermann. Plate 6. Head about 4.8 in trunk, measured from gill-opening to vent; tail shorter than head and trunk by the length of the former; eye nearly 1.6 in snout or 1.5 in interorbital space; snout 6 in head; inter- orbital space about 6.75; mouth 2.75; pectoral a little over 4.25 in head. Body elongate, cylindrical, the tail tapering gradually to a conical horny point; head cylindrical and pointed; snout moderately long and pointed, slightly flattened above, projecting over and beyond the mandible; eye elongate, small, anterior and superior, about midway in length of mouth; mouth rather large; lips somewhat fringed; teeth large and canine-like in front of jaws, and on vomer in a single row; tongue small, adnate to floor of mouth; anterior nostrils in short tubes near tip of snout, the posterior with broad flaps on the lips and opening downward; interorbital space concave, each supraocular ridge slightly elevated; peritoneum silvery; skin perfectly smooth; head with mucous pores, a series of which encircle the head above and about midway in its length; lateral line well developed, the pores about 140; origin of dorsal slightly in advance of gill-opening or base of pectoral; pectoral small, the rays just above the middle the longest, the fin rounded; dorsal fin long and low, its height about equal to length of snout; anal similar to dorsal, its height a trifle less. General color, when fresh, white, rendered somewhat shaded on upper portions by very minute points (seen only with a good lens) of gray; back and upper surface with numerous round brown spots and about 17 indistinct transverse dark brown cross-bands which do not extend over the dorsal; interspaces between spots on head yellow; pectoral bright lemon-yellow; end of tail for about 1 inch from point bright yellow; spots on margin of dorsal brown, with yellow borders; a band of yellow from under one eye backward, upward, across top of head, and down under the other eye; a transverse series of pores with black margins encircles head above and about midway in its length, a similar series over head along margin of mouth, then up, back of eye, over head; pores of lateral line without black margins. Three specimens of this species are now known, the type (No. 50613, IT. S. Nat. Mus.), a speci- men 23 inches long, obtained by us in the Honolulu market, another example obtained by the Alba- tross in the Honolulu market, and a third specimen recently received from Mr. E. L. Berndt. Microdonophis fowleri Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (April 11, 1903), 164, Honolulu; Snyder, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Jan. 19, 1904), 516 (Honolulu). * 37. Microdonophis macgregori Jenkins. Fig. 18. Head 4.8 in trunk; head and trunk 1.75 in tail; eye 2 in snout, a little over one in interorbital space; snout 5.2 in head; mouth from tip of snout 3; pectoral 3.5. Body more or less rounded, rather slender, the tail tapering posteriorly to a conical horny point; head elongate, pointed, somewhat compressed; snout small, well produced beyond mandible, pointed, and conical; eye small, much nearer corner of mouth than tip of snout or midway between tip of mandible and corner of mouth; mandible broad; lip of upper jaw with a fringe of short fleshy barbels; teeth sharp, pointed, in a single series on vomer and in jaws; nostrils anteriorly in conspicuous fleshy MiCRODOWQ'PWHS FOWlWLEUKII Ji®KD3)AN & EVERMANN. TYPE. FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 83 tubes on lower surface of snout in front; interorbital space a little more than the eye and convex; gill- openings low, the space between rather broad; skin smooth; head with many mucous pores; lateral line well developed; origin of dorsal midway in length of head; dorsal and anal low; pectoral rather small. Color in alcohol, brownish olive; lower surface light yellowish washed with silvery; upper sur- face of body dark, being covered with minute blackish dots. This species is probably the type of a new genus, Jenkinsiella, characterized by the fringe of short Fig. 18. — Microdonophis mac.gregori Jenkins; from the type. fleshy barbels on upper lip. The only known specimen is an example 10.5 inches long obtained by Mr. Richard C. McGregor, February 1, 1900, at Lahaina, Maui; type, No. 50721, U. S. Nat. Mus. ificrodnnoph is macgragori Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 422, fig. 2, Lahaina, Maui. Genus 50. BRACHYSOMOPHIS Kaup. This genus differs from Mystriophis chiefly in the presence of a conspicuous fringe of papillae on the lips. The vomerine teeth are canine. Species chiefly East Indian; one recently described from the Hawaiian Islands. Brachysomophis Kaup, Apodes, 9, 1856 (Iwrridus) . 38. Brachysomophis henshawi Jordan & Snyder. Plate 7. Head measured to gill-opening, 7.5 in total length, 3.8 in length to vent; depth 2.5 in head; eye 1.5 in snout; snout 10 in head. Body cylindrical, the head greatly depressed, swollen laterally in the region of the occiput, nar- rowing anteriorly to the pointed snout; a conspicuous transverse depression in the postorbital region; interorbital space concave, its width equal to length of snout; a slight supraorbital crest ending in a prominent wart-like protuberance behind eye; nostrils with minute tubes, the anterior located midway between tip of snout and eye, the posterior on lip between eye and anterior nostril; mouth large, length of cleft 2.9 in head; lower jaw projecting beyond the upper; outer edge of lips with a row of rather course papillae; teeth of upper jaw in 2 rows, the outer ones small and close-set, the inner ones larger; vomer with a single row of 5 or 6 widely spaced canines, the anterior of which is about equal in length to diameter of eye, the others growing successively smaller; tip of jaw with 3 minute teeth separated from the lateral rows by a wide space; lower jaw with a single row of widely spaced fang-like teeth; teeth all sharply pointed, many of those in each jaw depressible; no tongue; gill-openings below middle of body, their length equal to width of space between them, or to distance between tip of snout and posterior border of eye; one-fourth of base of pectoral above gill-opening; length of pectoral equal to distance between tip of snout and center of pupil; dorsal inserted behind gill-opening a distance contained 2 times in space between gill-opening and pupil; height of fin a short distance behind its origin about equal to diameter of pupil, slighly higher in region above vent; origin of anal just behind 84 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. vent; height of tin equal to that of dorsal; both dorsal and anal become low on posterior part of tail; the membranes growing thick, passing into slight ridges and finally disappearing near tip of tail. A row of large mucous tubes passing over head in the depression behind eye; 6 conspicuous tubes on top of head, 4 being on the interorbital region, 2 on the snout; 4 tubes on upper lip; anterior ends of lateral lines connected by a curved row of tubes passing over occiput; about 125 tubes in lateral line, the posterior ones very small. Color gray, with a yellowish tint; a few brownish-black spots about as large as pupil thinly scat- tered above the lateral line, the mucous pores on anterior part of body edged with blackish; dorsal brownish black, with a broad marginal band of white, posterior part of fin without dark color; anal immaculate. One specimen 20 inches long, type, No. 51399, U. S. Nat. Mus., Honolulu. Collector, Mr. E. L. Berndt. Named for Henry W. Henshaw, the well-known naturalist, now resident at Hilo, Hawaii, to whom we are indebted for several rare specimens. The large Japanese eel described by Schlegel as Ophisurus porphyreus has the lips fringed and should be referred to Brachysomophis instead of Mystritipliis. It may stand as Brachysomophis porphyreus. Brachysomophis henshdivi Jordan & Snyder, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVII, 1904, 940, Honolulu. Genus 51. MYKICHTHYS Girard. Teeth mostly blunt and molar; pectoral fins small; dorsal beginning on the head before gill- opening; otherwise essentially as in Ophichthus. Coloration variegated. Species numerous, found in most tropical seas, one known from the Hawaiian Islands, another from Johnston Island. Ophisurus Swainson, Class. Fish., II, 334, 1839 (not of Lac6pede = Ophichthus) . Myrichthys Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1859, 58 (tigrinus). a. Pectoral rounded; spots large, in 2 longitudinal series, 1 series above lateral line, the other on lateral line, the spots of the 2 series alternating with each other magnifleus , p. 84 aa. Pectoral lunate; spots in 4 longitudinal series, 1 series above, 1 on, and 2 below lateral line stypurns, p. 84 39. Myrichthys magnifleus (Abbott). Body cylindrical, tapering very gradually to tail, which terminates in a conico-acute horny point; head small, facial outline with an oblique curvature; snout rather obtuse, with upper jaw extending much beyond the lower, making the nasal teeth visible when mouth is closed; teeth all very small, conical, acute, 6 standing irregularly on disk of nasal bone; teeth upon palate, vomer, and mandible biserial, and placed very close to each other; dorsal inserted at the occiput, terminating before it reaches the horny extremity of tail; anal coterminal with dorsal; pectoral small, circular, with 20 rays. Color in alcohol, pink, darkest upon back; color nearly lost upon belly, which is nearly white; at base of anterior nasal tubes 2 very small dark chocolate-brown semicircular spots, and behind these, anterior to orbits, 2 similar markings, but larger and deeper in color; commencing at the inser- tion of dorsal are 2 series of spots of chocolate-color, separated only by that fin, and, if viewed from above, having the appearance of transverse bands, though they are not directly opposite in every case; upon the sides is a single series of spots of the tints of the dorsal markings, two-thirds the width of side, measuring from base of dorsal to center of belly; upon the belly are 3 rows of small circular spots which are very irregular as to position. This description, modified from Dr. C. C. Abbott, is based upon 2 specimens, the larger having a total length of 19 inches (8 inches from snout to anus, or 1.5 to gill-opening), collected in the Hawaiian Islands by Dr. J. K. Townsend in 1835. The species was not obtained by us. Pisoodonophis magnified Abbott, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 476, Hawaiian Islands; Gunther, Gat., VIII, 55, 1870 (after Abbott) . Myrichthys magnificus , Fowler, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1900, 494, pi. XVIII, fig. 3 (from Abbott’s type). 40. Myrichthys stypurus (Smith & Swain). Fig. 19. Head 5.3 in trunk; head and trunk together slightly longer than tail, exceeding the latter by. length of snout; snout blunt, 5.5 in head; eye 2.5 in snout, 3 in interorbital space; gape of mouth moderate, extending beyond eye, 3.5 in head; anterior nasal tubes turned downward, conspicuous; posterior nostrils large; teeth in lower jaw less blunt than in J/. xysturus Jordan & Gilbert, in 2 BRACHYSOMOPH IS HENSHAVVI JORDAN & SNYDER. TYPE. FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 85 series in front, becoming 3 posteriorly; 2 rows (the outer row being larger) of bluntish, conical teeth on each side of upper jaw, preceded by a patch of 8 on extremity of nasal bone; smaller teeth on vomer in a band of 2 series; dorsal and anal fins rather high, the highest part of dorsal exceeding length of snout; dorsal beginning at nape, at a distance from snout equal to half of length of head; pectoral short, 1.5 in its base, 1.75 in snout, its free margin lunate; gill-opening oblique, its width equaling base of pectoral and 1.75 in isthmus; end of tail rather blunt and little compressed. Ground color, in spirits, light olivaceous; round brown spots in 4 series on side, extending on dorsal but becoming fainter on fin; second series on lateral line, the spots of third mostly smaller; spots of different series sometimes alternating regularly, sometimes without definite order; diameter of most of spots in upper 2 series exceeding snout; a fourth series of much smaller spots (not half the Fig. 19. — Myrichlhys xtypurus (Smith & Swain); from the type. diameter of largest ones) along side of belly, almost disappearing on tail; small, irregular, more or less confluent spots on upper half of dorsal, the fin narrowly margined with whitish; anal plain, light olivaceous; pectoral with 1 or 2 small, obscure, brown spots. One fine specimen (No. 26817, U. S. Nat. Mus.), 24.25 inches in length, was taken at Johnston Island, about 700 miles southwest of the Hawaiian Islands, in the spring of 1880, by the captain of a vessel belonging to the North Pacific Guano Company. Ophichthys stypurus Smith & Swain, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., V, 120, July 8, 1882, Johnston Island. Genus 52. CALLECHELYS Kaup. Short oval head; straight depressed snout, and very depressed mandible; fore nostril tube dependent, the hinder one situated under the eye and furnished with a small flap, no pectorals; highly developed dorsal; less expanded anal; only a solitary nasal tooth, which is large, elongated, blunt, and inclined backward; 8 teeth implanted in the elliptical palatine bone, short, slender, and curved; about 10 vomerines, of which the 6 anterior ones are stouter, and are arranged in two rows; 24 teeth stand on the entire border of the mandible. (Kaup.) This genus contains one American, three East Indian, and one Hawaiian species, which agree in the elongate, compressed body, absence of pectoral fins, and the anterior insertion of the dorsal. In other respects Callechelys is close to Ophichlhus. Callechelys Kaup, Apodes, 28, 1856 (guichenoti) . 86 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. 41. Callechelys luteus Snyder. Plate 8, fig. 1. Head, measured to upper edge of gill-opening, 16.6 in length, 10.5 in head and trunk, 6.7 in tail; snout 7.1 in head; cleft of mouth 3.4. Body extremely long and slender, tapering gradually from head to tail; depth at gill-opening 2.7 in head; width of body 1.4 in depth; gill-pouches greatly expanded, making head deeper and broader than body; snout sharp, projecting two-thirds of its length beyond lower jaw; eye midway between tip of snout and angle of mouth; tongue small, free on sides and at tip; teeth on jaws and vomer projecting backward, movable though not depress- ible; 3 large canines just posterior to nostril tubes, the median one being anterior to tip of lower jaw; 2 short rows of teeth on vomer, a single row on maxillaries and on lower jaw; anterior nostril with a tube equal in length to diameter of eye, inferior in position, halfway between tip of snout and end of closed lower jaw; posterior nostrils on lip, below the eye, provided with an anterior, valve-like flap; gill-openings slit-like, inferior, distance between lower edges of openings equal to half the length of snout; width of gill-opening equal to distance from tip of snout to posterior border of eye. Dorsal inserted on occiput above angle of mouth; height at a point above gill-slit- equal to distance between tip of snout and posterior border of eye, above anal opening equal to width of gill-slit; fin not reach- ing tip of tail; membrane thin, the rays being distinctly visible; anal inserted immediately behind vent, its height equal to half the width of gill-opening; tip of tail sharp, there being no caudal fin; pectorals absent. Color in alcohol, white, rather finely blotched with brownish black, the spots not so numerous on ventral surface as elsewhere; tins colored like body. In life, the upper parts, including dorsal fin, are white, mottled with black and lemon-yellow; under parts white, rather sparsely mottled with black, except on throat, where the spots are numerous. One example, 22.3 inches long, caught while swimming about the ship at night, attracted by the lights. Type, No. 50864, U. S. Nat. Mus., southern coast of Molokai. Callechelys luteus Snyder, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Jan. 19, 1904), 517, pi. 3, fig. 5, Albatross Station 3821, near the southern coast of Molokai. Family XXXII. MORINGUIDiE. Body cylindrical, more or less slender, the tail much shorter than rest of body, usually bluntish, with a fin at the top. Posterior nostrils in front of the small eye; mouth small; teeth small, uniserial; gill-openings rather narrow, inferior; heart placed far behind the gills; pectorals small or wanting; dorsal fin low, mostly confined to the tail. Small eels of the tropical seas, often very slender or worm-like, and noted for the extreme shortness of the tail. The genera are closely related and 2 of them, Moringua ( =Raitnboura=Stilbiscus ) and Aphlhalrnichthys, are found in the West Indies as well as in the East- Genus 53. MORINGUA Gray. Characters included with those of the family. Moringua Gray, 111. Ind. Zool., II, fig. 1 (linearis), StHbiscus Jordan & Bollman, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1888, 541 ( edwardsi ). 42. Moringua hawaiiensis Snyder. Plate 8, fig. 2. Head, measured to gill-opening, 15.4 in length; tail 3.3; depth 4.16 in head. Body cylindrical and extremely elongate, the tail tapering to a sharp point; snout pointed, its length 6.7 in head; lower jaw projecting beyond upper a distance equal to diameter of pupil; cleft of mouth extending beyond eye a distance equal to pupil; teeth on jaws and vomer sharp, long, and fang-like anteriorly; tongue adnate to floor of mouth; eye very small, the diameter equal to about 5 in snout; gill-opening a vertical slit, equal to 1.7 in length of snout; lateral line slightly arched above branchial chamber, discontinued about a head’s length from tip of tail; number of pores 113. Pectorals present, minute, the rays easily distinguishable; the base equal to half the gill-opening, length a little less than diameter of pupil; dorsal and anal fins scarcely developed, indicated by slight ridges commencing BULL. U. S. F. C. 1903 PLATE 8 1. CALLECHELYS LUTEUS SNYDER. A. HOEN & CO., LITH. ggPjg1 FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 87 about a head’s length behind anal opening, growing larger and more distinct in region where lateral line ceases; caudal tin distinct, pointed, its length equal to width of interorbital space. Color in alcohol pale brown, no spots or bars. One specimen, 12.6 inches long, from Honolulu reef. Type, No. 50865, U. S. Nat. Mus. Closely related to M. jnvanicus of the East Indies, but differing from that species as described in having pectoral fins with distinct rays, longer head, and longer tail. Moving aa hawaiiensis Snyder, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Jan. 19, 1904), 517, pi. 3, fig. 6, Honolulu. Family XXXIII. MUR,£NII>X— The Morays. The Murxnidx represent the most degenerate type of eels so far as the skeleton is concerned, and they are doubtless the farthest removed from the more typical fishes from which the eels have descended. The essential characters of the family are thus stated by Dr. Gill: “Colocephalous Apodals with conic head, fully developed opercular apparatus, long and wide ethmoid, posterior maxillines, pauciserial teeth, roundish, lateral branchial apertures, diversiform vertical fins, pectoral fins (typically) suppressed, scaleless skin, restricted interbranchial slits and very imperfect branchial skeleton, with the fourth branchial arch modified, strengthened, and sup- porting pharyngeal jaws.” The morays may be readily distinguished from other eels by their small round gill-openings and by the absence of pectorals. The body and fins are covered by a thick, leathery skin, the occipital region is elevated through the development of the strong muscles which move the lower jaw, and the jaws are usually narrow and armed with knife-like or else molar teeth. These eels inhabit tropical and subtropical waters, being especially abundant in crevices about, coral reefs. Many of the species reach a large size and all are voracious and pugnacious. The coloration is usually strongly marked, the color-cells being highly specialized. We exclude from the Murxnidx the genus Myroconger, from St. Helena, which has pectoral fins and is probably the type of a distant family. The remaining species are referable to 10 or 12 genera, most of which are found in America. About 120 species are known. The Murxnidx without fins are the simplest in structure, but their characters are those of degradation, and they are farther from the primitive stock than such genera as Munena or Enchelycore. a. Vertical fins well developed, dorsal beginning on head. 6. Posterior nostrils tubular; 2 pairs o£ nasal barbels present .Munena, p. 87 6b. Posterior nostrils not tubular, sometimes with a raised border, c. Anterior nostril very large, as large as eye, with dilated border suggesting the nostril of a horse. . Enchelynassa, p. 90 cc. Anterior nostril not so large. d. Teeth mostly acute. e. Posterior nostrils with inconspicuous rims or none; snout, moderate Gymnothorax, p. 91 ee. Posterior nostrils with conspicuous funnel-form border; snout very long and pointed. Eurymyctera, p. 105 dd. Teeth mostly blunt or molar Echidna, p. 105 aa. Vertical fins rudimentary, confined to end of tail. /. Only anterior nostrils tubular; tail about as long as trunk Vropterygius, p. Ill ff. Both anterior and posterior nostrils tubular; tail much shorter than trunk Scuticaria, p. 112 Genus 54. MURJENA Linnaeus. This genus, as now restricted, contains some 10 species, found in tropical seas, distinguished from Gymnothorax and from the rest, of the family by the presence of 2 pairs of nasal barbels. The name Mur tern, originally applied to all eels, should be restricted to the group typified by Murxna helena. It was first limited by Thunberg & Ahl, in 1789, to the eels without pectoral fins, those with such fins being set off as Ophichthus. The nominal species of the following key are doubtless color variations of a single species. Munena Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 244, 1758 (lielena, etc., after Munena Artedi, (Jen. Pise., 23, 1738, in part, including ail eels, and Munena Klein, Hist. Nat. Pise., 28, 1742, in part, including all eels without, pectoral fins); Thunberg & Ahl, De Mursena et Ophichtho, 6, 1789 (restricted to helena, etc., including species without pectoral fins); Gunther, and of authors generally (not of Bleekerj. Mursenophis LarApede, Hist. Nat. Poiss., V, 630, 1803 (helena, etc.) Limamursena Kaup, Cat. Apodes, 95, 1856 (guttata). 88 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. a. Color, brown, with conspicuous white spots intermingled with black and brown spots; a row of white spots crossing the ventral line. 6. The white spots in three longitudinal rows, the brown spots irregularly scattered lampra , p. 89 66. The white spots smaller, forming more or less distinct vertical rows; dark brown spots in 2 longitudinal rows. kauila, p. 90 aa. Color, brown, with line yellow and blackish spots and reticulating lines kailuse, p. 88 43. Muraena kailuse Jordan & Evermann. Plate 9 and Figs. 20 and 21. ‘ ‘ Puhi on “ Puhi kauila. ’ ’ Head 7 in total length; depth 11.5; eye 14 in head; snout 6; interorbital 12; gape 2.75. Body short, stout, and moderately compressed ; distance from tip of snout to vent less than that from vent to tip of tail by a distance equal to two-thirds length of head; head very small and pointed; snout long, quadrate, the jaws equal, the lower curved so that the mouth does not completely close; lips thin, the teeth showing; each side of upper jaw with a single series of unequal, sharpish canine-like teeth, inside of which is a single depressible fang-like tooth near middle of side; front of median line with 2 long, sharp, fang-like, depressible teeth; shaft of vomer with a single series of short, movable teeth; each side of lower jaw with a single series of unequal, sharp canines, those in front largest; eye small, midway between angle of mouth and tip of snout; anterior nostrils each in a pointed filament whose length is about half that of eye, situated at tip of snout just above lip; posterior nostrils each i i Fro. 20. — Mursena kailuse Jordan & Evermann. Type of M. lampra Jenkins. with a long filament, equal to snout in length, and situated just above anterior edge of eye; inter- orbital space very narrow and flat; gill-opening small, nearly circular; dorsal fin very low anteriorly, increasing much in height on tail; anal low. Ground color in life, dark brown, with fine yellow and blackish spots and reticulating lines, the yellow predominating on anterior part of body; end of tail dark purplish brown; edge of dorsal and anal dull dark red, with short pale bands bordered with darker and with small pale spots interspersed; ground color of cheek and throat yellow, with pale spots bordered with black; jaw orange red, with pale black-edged bars; tips of jaws bright coral red; tips of nostril filaments bright red. Color in alcohol, body with a ground color of light grayish brown, marked with fine whitish lines or specks, and profusely covered with numerous small, round, white spots, each ocellated with black; among these are scattered larger black spots and blotches; white spots smallest on back and largest on belly, where some are as large as eye; abroad, dark brown bar over nape, extending on side to level of eye; top of head and snout with fine white spots; side of snout with a well-defined vertical white bar about midway between eye and tip; a short white line downward to mouth from front of eye, and a similar longer one downward and backward from posterior lower angle of eye; lower jaw crossed by 3 V-shaped white bars opening forward and bordered by darker; tip of jaw with 2 oblique white bars I ll mmm mfopb^m 0«0^S°’owM o°9> ?: o rMi j#^Ji ■?. A ojau o9^ !- '0- Muraena kailu/e Jordan & Evermann. type. FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 89 separated by a narrow brown line; last V-shaped white bar extending across angle of mouth and form- ing a large white area at base of upper jaw, behind which the angle of the mouth is dark brown; inside of mouth mottled brown and white; nasal filaments mottled with brown and white; throat light brown, with large white spots, some of which unite to form oblong spots or lines; gill-opening not surrounded by dark; anal fin dark brown, crossed by about 28 short white bars; posterior portion of tail crossed by about 12 distinct but somewhat irregular vertical white bars, which extend upon dorsal and anal fins; tip of tail brownish black, with 1 or 2 whitish specks. We have examined the following specimens of this form: The type, from Kailua, Hawaii; a specimen sent from Laysan Island by Mr. Max Schlemmer; one from Honolulu, sent by Mr. E. L. Berndt; one. collected by the Albatross at Honolulu, and another at station 3881, in Napili Harbor, Maui. This species is subject to great variations, especially in color. The form described by Jenkins as Mwrsena lampra has been described as follows: Head 3.25 in trunk; head and trunk 2.25 in tail; eye 1.67 in snout; interorbital space 1.5 in eye; snout about 5.3 in head; mouth about 2.2. Body rather short, deep, compressed, the tail tapering posteriorly; head elongate, deep, com- pressed; snout long, conical, pointed, tip rounded, not produced; eyes lateral, much nearer corners of Fig. 21. — Mnrxna Jcailuss Jordan & Evermann. Type of M. kaulla Jenkins. mouth than tip of snout; jaws rather large, equal, mouth not completely closing, so that some of the teeth are always more or less visible; teeth in jaws varying, some of them more or less fang-like, in 2 series in upper jaw posteriorly, the inner enlarged and depressible; vomer with 2 large depressible fangs in front, followed by a median series of small teeth; nostrils all in tubes, the posterior pair about as long as eye; interorbital space very narrow; gill-openings small, about midway in depth of body;- head with a number of pores; origin of dorsal about over last third ol' space between corner of mouth and gill-opening, the fin rather high, decreasing posteriori)'; anal similar to dorsal; caudal small and confluent with dorsal and anal. Color in life, very bright, the groundwork of light brown, with conspicuous white spots inter- mingled with black and brown spots; 3 longitudinal rows of white spots on body, one row on outer margin of dorsal and a row of large white spots or blotches across the ventral surface, largest between head and anal fin; black as well as brown spots small, irregularly placed, but generally following the line of rows of white spots; very brilliant red on snout and jaws; no dark margin to gill-opening. The above description is based upon the type (No. 50680, IJ. S. Nat. Mus. ), a specimen 7.75 inches long, collected in 1889 by Dr. Jenkins from the coral reef in front of Honolulu. Another example (No. 03709), 19 inches long, was obtained for us at Kailua, Hawaii, by Mr. Goldsborough. 90 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. The form called Mursenn kauila by Jenkins is described as follows: Head 7.3; depth 16; tail a little longer than head and trunk; snout 4 in nead; eye 1.5 in snout: interorbital 2.25; mouth 2 in head. Body elongate, compressed; tail tapering posteriorly; head elongate, pointed, sides swollen a little above behind eyes; snout long, slightly convex in profile; mouth large; jaw arched, not completely closing, upper slightly the longer; teeth uniserial in jaws, compressed, with long canines with inter- vening smaller teeth; 2 large depressible canines on vomer; 3 or 4 large depressible canines below eye, forming an inner series on each side of upper jaw; lips thin, not concealing teeth when mouth is closed; eye about midway in length of mouth; nostrils in long tubes, the posterior larger, equal to eye; interorbital space flattened; gill-opening small, 0.75 in eye; roof of mouth with a single median series of small teeth beginning below front margin of eye and running back well beyond its poste- rior margin; dorsal beginning nearly midway between corner of mouth and gill-opening; caudal small, rounded. Color in life, light brown, with 2 longitudinal rows of dark brown spots about the diameter of snout gradually fading into one row on the posterior portion of the tail; many clear white spots as large, or larger than pupil, over head, body, fins, and tail, many of the spots forming more or less distinct vertical rows over fins and dorsal portions, some confluent on throat and belly, each one surrounded by a dark-brown margin; about 30 white spots crossing the ventral line; nasal tubes bright red; bright red bars on snout and lower jaw, and bright red undulations posterior to angle of mouth. Color in alcohol, brown, with the white and dark brown spots distinct; white spots edged with dark brown; bright red undulations posterior to angle of mouth fading out. A. single specimen, the type, No. 50684, U. S. Nat. Mus. (original No. 304), 13 inches long, taken by Dr. Jenkins from the coral rocks on the reef at Honolulu in 1889. The Albatross also obtained an example at station 3881, Napili Harbor, Maui, in 1902. Mursena kailuse Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. 1902 (Apr. 11, 1903), 165, Kailua, Hawaii (type, No. 50611, U. S. Nat. Mus.); Snyder, op, eit. , 1902 (Jan. 19, 1904), 518 (Honolulu; Albatross station 3881, Napili Harbor, Maui). Mursena lampra Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 113, fig. 3, Honolulu. (Type, No. 50680, U. S. Nat. Mus.) Mursena kauila Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 121, fig. 4, Honolulu. Genus 55. ENCHELYNASSA Kaup. Fore nostril funnel-shaped and capable of being shut up by a valvular elongation of its hinder border. Hinder nostril nearly as big as the eye, with a raised border. Rictus of the jaws open in the middle. Nasal bone reaching as far back as the middle of eye, armed with 27 teeth on its circumference, a pairless one in the middle and 5 longer ones, between the second and third of which stand 3 or 4 small ones, between the third and fourth 4 small ones, and between the fourth and fifth 1 small one. Palatines 16, whereof the second, onward to the sixth, are supported before and behind by small teeth; on the inner row there are 9 longer acicular teeth. On the mesial line 3. On the vomerine no more than 2 small conical toothlets visible. Mandibulars, 22 smaller ones in the outer, and 6 to 8 longer in the inner row, approximated to the symphysis. The eyes are situated above the middle of t he jaws. There are 4 pores on the upper jaw and mandible difficult to find in the porous skin. (Kaup.) This genus is distinguished from Gymnothorax by the enlarged and dilated posterior nostril, which suggests the. nostril of a horse. The teeth are very numerous, some of them being long and sharp, as in the Japanese genus JEmaria. These are morays of huge size, found in the Pacific, perhaps all belonging to one species; but if so, the variation in the number of teeth is considerable. a. Snout long, 5.5 in head; eye 3 in snout bleekeri, p. 90 aa. Snout shorter, 6.5 in head; eye 2 in snout vinolentus, p. 91 Enchelynassa Kaup, Weigmann’s Archiv 1855, 213 (bleekeri)] Kaup, Apodes,.72, 1856. 44. Enchelynassa bleekeri Kaup. Plate 10. Head, measured to gill-opening, 7.1 in the length; depth 9; snout 5.5 in head; eye3insnout; inter- orbital space 1.5; cleft of mouth 1.75 in head; origin of dorsal on a vertical passing midway between angle of mouth and gill-opening; height of fin about equal to length of snout, the membrane very thick ENCHELYNASSA BLEEKERI KAUP. Bull.U.S.F.C. 1903 Plate ii FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 91 and fleshy; anal arising immediately behind vent, its height equal to one-half the length of snout; both dorsal and anal continuous with the very short caudal; tail slightly longer than head and body; anterior nostril located at a point one-third the distance between tip of snout and border of eye, the edge with a low, thickened rim and a posterior flap edged with tentacles; posterior nostril situated on dorsal side of snout midway between anterior nostril and eye, the opening oval, surrounded by a broad, thin membrane; teeth lanceolate-canines, the lateral notches not evident on some of the smaller ones; those of upper jaw in 2 rows, the inner ones larger, their length about equal to two-thirds the diameter of eye; a row of I or 5 long teeth bn vomer, followed by a short row of small teeth; anterior vomerine teeth and those of inner series of jaw depressible; teeth of lower jaw in 2 series, the inner row having 4 or 5 large, depressible ones; width of gill-opening equal to or slightly more than half the length of snout. Color in alcohol, brownish, with a few small, darker spots scattered over the body. A very large example, 52 inches long, apparently identical with the scantily described Enchelynassa bleekeri of Kaup, was obtained at Honolulu. Another, equally large, was taken at Samoa in 1902. Enchelynassa bleekeri Kaup, in Wiegmann’s Archiv 1855, 214, taf. 10, fig. 3; Kaup, Apodes, 72, fig. 55,1856, locality unknown. 45. Enchelynassa vinolentus (Jordan & Evermann). Plate II. a Head 2.67 in trunk; head and trunk a little shorter than tail; eye 2 in snout, 1.5 in interorbital space; snout 6.5 in head; mouth about 2. Body compressed, rather deep; head compressed, pointed, more or less swollen on top; snout long, pointed, bent over at tip; eye small, much nearer tip of snout than corner of mouth; mandible long, projecting beyond tip of snout and bent up, the mouth not closing so that only the tips of the jaws meet; lips rather thin, not concealing the teeth; teeth biserial, of more or less irregular size, those in inner series much larger and also depressible like the few large vomerine fangs; anterior nostrils in rather large tubes, situated 0.67 of an eye diameter from tip of snout, and the posterior nostrils at some little distance above and anterior to front margin of eye, with their rims somewhat expanded and flattened down; interorbital space convex; gill-opening about 0.75 of an eye diameter; body more or less smooth and with thick, tough skin; head with a number of pores; origin of dorsal well before gill-opening, or about last third or fourth of space between corner of mouth and the latter; marginal fin around end of tail rather narrow. Color in alcohol, deep purplish brown, marked all over with very small indistinct darker spots so that it appears almost uniform. The collections contain a single specimen, type, No. 50615, U. S. Nat. Mus. (original No. 03726), 29 inches long, obtained by Messrs. Goldsborough and Sindo at Kailua, Hawaii. The species may be identical with Enchelynassa bleekeri Kaup, but its larger teeth, distinct nasal flap, and higher dorsal and anal fins seem to indicate its distinctness. Gymnothorax vinolentus J or dan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Apr. 11, 1903), 165, Kailua, Hawaii. ? Murxna canina Quoy - Gymnothorax undulatus (Lacepe.de). GYMNOTHORAX FLAVIMARGINATUS (RUPPELL). TYPE OF G. THALASSOPTERUS JENKINS. Buil. U. S. F. C. 1903. Plate 1 7. FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 99 This species is very savage and voracious. In the stomach of one example (No. 04813, from Honolulu) a Teutliis 7.88 inches long was found, though the eel measured only 30 inches in total length. Another eel about 22 inches in length had swallowed a large goatfish which, though more or less macerated, was as long, if not much longer, than the Teuthis mentioned. Mufxnophis undulala LacepOde, Hist. Nat. Poiss., V, 629, 644, 1803, South Seas. Murxna marmorata Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Uranie, 247, 1824, Waigiu, Rawak. Murxna valcnciennci Eydoux & Souleyet, Voy. Bonite, Poiss., 207, pi. 8, fig. 1, 1842, Sandwich Islands. Murxna cancellata Richardson, Voy. Ereb. & Terror, Fish., 87, pi. 46, fig. 1-5, 1847, Western Australia; Sumatra. Murxna blochii Blceker, Verh. Batav. Genoot., XXV, 49, 1853, Sibogha; Sumatra. Murxna agassizi Bleeker, Nat. Tydsch. Ned.Ind., VIII, 458, 1855, Cocos Islands. Thyrsoidea cancellata , ICaup, Cat. Apod. Fish., 76, fig. 59, 1856; after Richardson. Gymnothorax canccllatus, Bleeker, Atlas Ichth., IV, 93, tab. 176, fig. 3, tab. 177, fig. 2, and tab. 183, lig. 1, 1864 (Bencooleu; Priaman; Sumatra; Batu; Singapore; Nova-Selma; Cocos Islands; Amboyna). Gymnothorax agassizi, Bleeker, op. cit., IV, 95, tab. 185, fig. 2, 1864-65 (Nova-Selma; Cocos Islands; Amboyna). Gymnothorax hlochi, Bleeker, op. cit., IV, 102, tab. 180, fig. 2, 1864-65 (Sibogha; Sumatra). Thyrsoidea kaupii Abbott, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 477, Hawaiian Islands. Murxna nubila, Gunther, Fish. Zanzibar, 127, 1866; not of Richardson. Murxna undulala, Gunther, Cat., VIII, 110,1870 (Zanzibar; Cocos Islands; East. Indies; and Hawaiian Islands); Streets, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., Nos. 7, 77, 1877 (Honolulu). Lycodontis kaupi, Fowler, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1900, 494, pi. XVIII, fig. 6 (Abbott’s type). Lycodontis pseudothyrsoidca, Fowler, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1900, 494 (Hawaiian Islands); not of Bleeker. Gymnothorax undulatus, Jenkins, Bull. 1). S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 426 (Honolulu); Snyder, op. cit. (Jan. 19, 1904), 518 (Honolulu; Albatross Station 3824, off the southern coast of Molokai). 56. Gymnothorax flavimarginatus (Riippell). Plate 17. Head 2.8 in trunk; head and trunk shorter than tail; eye 2.25 in snout, about 2 in interorbital space; snout 5.75 in head. Body compressed, tail tapering to a point; head compressed, bluntly rounded in front; snout rather elongate, pointed, rounded above, tip blunt; eye small, a little nearer tip of snout than corner of mouth; mouth closing, jaws about even; teeth covered with thick skin of lips; teeth in jaws in asingle series, some of them canine-like anteriorly, those on vomer large, fang-like, and depressible; anterior nostrils in short tubes at tip of snout, posterior pair above and over eyes; interorbital space convex; gill-opening a little longer than eye; skin smooth, and a number of pores on head; no lateral line; origin of dorsal about midway between posterior margin of eye and gill-opening; caudal small, forming a rounded point. Color in alcohol, dark brown; head in front and fins dusky or blackish; body everywhere mottled and blotched with deep brown; gill-openings blackish; posterior edges of dorsal, anal, and tip of caudal very narrowly margined with whitish; belly and throat pale. Color in life (No. 03548), very dark brown, nearly black; light interspaces smoky-yellow; outer margin of vertical fins lemon-yellow, below which the color is bright green, gradually losing itself in dark brown. Color in life of another example (No. 03375), 3 feet long, body and fins mottled yellow- ish and brown, brown forming irregular granular spots of various sizes, but all less than pupil; fins a little darker, no pale edges; gill-opening and angle of mouth black; throat streaks brownish and spots on jaws smaller. This description is based upon the type of G. thalassopterus, No. 50619, U. S. Nat. Mus., a speci- men 23 inches long, from Honolulu, which- seems to be identical with this species. Our collection contains 17 fine examples of this species, all from Honolulu, and ranging in length from 8 to 36 inches. A specimen was obtained in 1889 by Doctor Jenkins and others were secured by the Albatross in 1902. One small example was obtained by us at Coeoanut Island, at Hilo, also several young from the reef at Waikiki. Others have been recently received from Mr. Berndt, at Honolulu. Murxna flavimarginata Riippell, Fische des rothen Meeres, 119, taf. 30, fig. 3, 1828, Red Sea. Murxna flavomarginata, Gunther, Shore Fishes, Challenger, Zool., I, Part VI, 61, 1880 (Honolulu). Gymnothorax flavimarginatus, Bleeker, Atlas Ichth,, IV, 95, pi. 176, fig. 2, and pi. 178, fig. 3, 1864-65 (part). Gymnothorax thalassopterus Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 427, pi. 2, Honolulu; Snyder, op. cit. (Jan. 19, 1904), 518 (Honolulu). 100 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. 57. Gymnothorax g-oldsboroughi Jordan & Evermann. Fig. 26. Head nearly 3 in trunk (exclusive of head and tail), or 9 in total length; head and trunk about 1.5 in tail; eye 1.75 in snout, 1.2 in interorhital space; snout5 in head; interorbital space 7.5; mouth 2. Body rather compressed, the tail gradually tapering narrowly behind; head compressed, swollen above; snout pointed, the tip blunt and the sides compressed; eye rather small, a trifle nearer tip of snout than corner of mouth; mouth large, snout slightly projecting beyond mandible; lips rather fleshy and concealing the teeth when the mouth is closed; teeth in a single series in jaws, anteriorly large and canine-like, and the vomer with a single large, depressible fang; anterior nostrils at tip of snout in small tubes; posterior nostrils directly above eye in front; interorbital space more or less flattened like top of snout; gill-opening about equal to eye; skin smooth; head with a number of mucous pores; origin of dorsal a little nearer corner of mouth than gill-opening; caudal small. Color in alcohol, brown, covered all over body except anal fin with round or roundish white spots, those on anterior part of body small, very small and numerous on head, becoming larger on trunk, and finally increasing very much in size on tail where they are scattered and rather far apart; reticu- lations around the light spots blackish brown upon posterior part of dorsal fin, same color as base of anal; margins of anal and dorsal fins whitish; gill -opening and anus bordered with blackish brown. General color of body in life, brown, rather pale olivaceous anteriorly, and covered all over with small white spots which are close-set. and small on head where the dark color forms a network; spots sparse and irregular on posterior parts, and also much larger; vent and gill-opening dusky; dorsal colored like the body, with a broad white edge, growing broader behind; anal dark brown, unspotted, and with a broad pale border. This species is known from the type, a specimen 21 inches long, obtained by us at Honolulu, and another example from Honolulu recorded by Mr. Snyder. Gymnothorax gpldsborouglii Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Apr. 11, 1903), 107, Honolulu. (Type, No. 50617, U. S. Nat. Mus.); Snyder, op. cit. (Jan. 19, 1904), 518 (Honolulu.) 58. Gymnothorax petelli (Bleeker). Fig. 27. Head 2.88 in trunk; tail a little longer than head and trunk; eye 2 in snout, 1.3 in interorbital space; snout 5.25 in head; interorhital space 8.5; mouth from tip of mandible 2.25. Body rather deep and compressed; head compressed, branchial region and top of head swollen; snout rather short and pointed; eye small, a little nearer angle of mouth than tip of snout; mouth FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 101 large, the mandible projecting well beyond snout, the jaws closing; lips rather thick and fleshy, con- cealing the teeth; teeth compressed, sharply pointed, in a single series in jaws, some of those in anterior part of jaws canine-like; vomerine teeth developed as 2 or 3 large depressible fangs on anterior part of roof of mouth; anterior nostrils in small tubes at tip of snout, posterior nostrils above anterior margins of eyes; interorbital space convexly flattened; gill-opening rather large, about equal to eye; skin smooth, tough, with some longitudinal wrinkles upon lower surface of head; a number of pores on head; lateral line complete; origin of dorsal midway between corner of mouth and gill-opening; caudal small, roundly pointed. Color in life, dull reddish brown, marked above and on side with a number of slightly darker line lines; about 22 vertical crossbars of deep rich brown as broad as space between them, and even still broader on posterior portion of tail; belly and lower surface of head light, though the broad dark vertical bands on sides meet, being narrowly constricted in the center, the edges at these places white; wrinkles on throat with dark lines; edge of dorsal fin blackish and white alternately, the dark bands forming a black margin on each side of which is a white spot, between which and the succeed- ing white spot is a blackish blotch, though only upon the edges of fin; anal similar, but with the white Fig. 27. — Gymnolhorax petelli (Bleeker). Type of O', leucacme Jenkins. tracts predominating and without any of the general body color. When fresh the specimen showed a bright chrome-yellow area from near end of snout backward between eyes, over top of head, to and encroaching on first brown band. Smaller examples do not show this yellow. The above description is based upon a specimen (No. 03513) 28 inches long, from Honolulu, from which locality we have several other examples. The specimens vary some in respect to the bands meeting on the belly, in many cases only the posterior ones being joined. Two examples obtained at Honolulu in 1889 by Dr. Jenkins have the white tracts on the edge of the anal very distinct. Specimens were also obtained by the Albatross at Honolulu in 1902. The 7 specimens which we have examined, all from Honolulu, range in length from 20 to 30 inches. The species is common at Samoa. Muriena petelli Bleeker, Nat. T. Ned. Ind., XI, 1856, 81, Java. Gymnotkorax leucacme Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1904), 427, fig. 7, Honolulu. (Type, No. 50682, U. S. Nat. Mus.); Snyder, op. cit. (Jan. 19, 1904), 518 (Honolulu). 59. Gymnothorax steindachneri Jordan A Evermann. Fig. 28. Head 7.3 in length; depth 9.5; eye 9.5 in head; snout 5; interorbital 7.2; gape 2; distance from tip of snout to vent less than distance from vent to tip of tail by more than half length of head. Body moderately long and slender, much compressed; head small; snout small and pointed, the anterior dorsal profile concave above the eyes; the nape and sides of head much swollen; gape long, extending far behind eye; lower jaw shorter than the upper, curved so that the mouth does not quite completely close; lips moderately thick, entirely covering the teeth in the closed mouth; eye small, about midway between tip of snout and angle of mouth; teeth on sides of upper jaw in a single series, rather close-set, short, compressed, triangular canines, those in front scarcely enlarged; vomer with a single row of bluntly rounded teeth; each side of lower jaw with a single series of rather strong, back- 102 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. wardly directed canines, the anterior ones somewhat enlarged, those on tip of jaw movable; anterior nostril in a long tube, its length about half diameter of eye, situated near tip of snout just above lip; posterior nostril without tube, just above anterior edge of eye; pores on sides of jaws inconspicuous. Origin of dorsal fin about midway between gill-opening and angle of mouth, its height about equal to length of snout; anal similar to soft dorsal, but much lower; tail moderately slender and pointed; a series of inconspicuous pores along middle of side; gill-opening a long oval slit exceeding diameter of orbit. Color in alcohol, pale brown or whitish, sprinkled with ragged or dendritic brown spots formed more or less into irregular vertical blotches or crossbands; margins of fins narrowly creamy white or yellowish, that of the anal much wider; corner of mouth and space about gill-opening deep blackish- brown; about 5 longitudinal blackish-brown grooves on lower side of head; under side of lower jaw with 2 blackish longitudinal lines which meet at an acute angle under chin; throat and belly creamy white, with few scattered brownish markings; sides and top of head whitish, with small, sparingly scattered, irregular brownish spots most numerous around and between the eyes. This species is related to G. kidako (Sehlegel), from which it differs much fin coloration, being much paler and less reticulated, the angle of the mouth with more black, the gill-opening surrounded Fig. 28. — Gymnothorax steindachneri Jordan & Evermann; after Steindachner. by a broad black area (nearly or quite absent in kidako), and the white border to the dorsal fin much more distinct. The specimens from Laysan, which Dr. Steindachner identified with Muriena flavimarginata Riippell, and of which he gives a good figure, evidently belong to this species. As suspected by Dr. Steindachner, the species is quite different from G. flavimarginatus, of which we have examined several specimens from Pedang, on the west coast of Sumatra, from Samoa, and from Hawaii. This description is based upon a specimen (No. 03775) 2 feet long, from Honolulu. (Type, No. 50616, U. S. Nat. Mus.) The species is known from the 2 specimens which Dr. Steindachner had from Laysan, 8 obtained by Jenkins in 1889 at Honolulu, 1 by the Albatross at Honolulu in 1891, 3 secured by us at Honolulu in 1901, at least 1 recorded by Mr. Snyder from Honolulu in 1902, and others recently sent us from Honolulu by Mr. Berndt. Murasna flavomarginata var., Steindachner, Denks. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LXX, 1900, 511, pi. VI, fig. 3 (Laysan); not of Ruppell Gymnothorax steindachneri Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Apr. 11, 1903), 166, Honolulu; Jenkins, op. cit. (Sept. 23, 1903), 426 (Honolulu); Snyder, op. cit. (Jan. 19, 1901), 518 (Honolulu). 60. Gymnothorax hilonis Jordan & Evermann. Plate 18. Head 8.2 in length; depth 16; eye 7 in head; snout 6; interorbital 6; gape 2.4; distance from tip of snout to vent 1.2 in distance from vent to tip of tail. Body rather short, moderately compressed, the tail more compressed and bluntly pointed; head short, the nape swollen; interorbital space broad; a distinct median groove from near tip of snout to origin of dorsal; angle of mouth posterior to eye a distance equal to eye’s diameter; lower jaw but slightly curved, shorter than the upper; front of upper jaw with 3 short, bluntly pointed, movable teeth; side of upper jaw with a single series of short, pointed canines directed backward; shaft of vomer with short, blunt teeth; lower jaw on each side with a single series of rather long, pointed canines, longest in front and curved backward; anterior nostril in a long tube, about 2 in eye, near tip of snout just above lip; posterior nostril small, round, without tube, situated just above anterior part Gymnothorax hilonis Jordan & Evermann. Type. FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 103 of eye; gill-opening small, its direction obliquely forward toward nape; a series of 4 pores on each side of upper jaw; similar pores on lower jaw. Origin of dorsal fin on nape midway between gill-opening and middle of eye; dorsal fin well developed, its greatest height somewhat exceeding length of snout; anal similar to dorsal, but lower. Color in alcohol, rich velvety black above, paler below where it is marbled and reticulated with narrow white lines; series of pores on side of upper jaw and those on tip of lower, white; cheek with a few irregular white spots; gill-opening whitish; side of body anteriorly with some small white specks and irregular whitish markings; lower jaw with larger, oblong, white cross-lines; dorsal fin rich brownish black, the edge posteriorly with a narrow, irregular, white border, sometimes interrupted by black; anal brown, with a narrow white edge from which extend narrow intrusions of white, some reaching base of fin; end of tail with a few small white spots, the tip narrowly white. The only known example of this species is the type, No. 50618, U. S. Nat. Mus. (field No. 04902), a specimen 9.5 inches long, obtained at Hilo, Hawaii. Gy mnothorax hilonis Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Apr. 1], 1903), 167, Hilo. 61. Gymnothorax nuttingi Snyder. Plate 15, fig. 1. Head, measured from tip of snout to gill-opening, 6.9 in length, 3.6 in head and trunk, 3.3 in tail; depth 2 in head; cleft of mouth 2.2; snout 5.2. Snout rounded, jaws equal, closing completely; lips very thick; teeth in a single series, firmly embedded, close-set, largest below middle of snout, growing gradually smaller posteriorly, basal halves with finely serrated edges; no median fangs; vomer with very short, blunt teeth; eye on a vertical passing midway between tip of snout and corner of mouth; distance between eyes 1.35 in snout; anterior nostril tube 2 in eye; posterior nostril located above and just anterior to margin of eye, its opening with a low rim; gill-opening a narrow slit equal to vertical diameter of eye, situated on a level with pupil; origin of dorsal on a vertical anterior to gill-opening a distance equal to length of snout, the membrane fleshy, though not greatly thickened; height in region of vent equal to length of snout; anal inserted immediately behind vent, its height near middle of tail equal to diameter of orbit; tail not slender and pointed, but rather stubby, the dor- sal, caudal, and anal forming a bluntly rounded terminal fin. Color in spirits browm, covered with white spots, those on head minute and close together, scarcely discernible on snout and end of lower jaw; spots on the body larger and more elongate, growing round on tail, where their diameter is about equal to half thatof pupil; gill-opening and corner of mouth brown; dorsal spotted like tail, the spots on edge of fin elongate, narrow, and close together, coalescing posteriorly to form a white border; anal spotted, with a white border. The species is represented by a single individual 31 inches long, obtained in the Honolulu market. Of the spotted Hawaiian eels this species can only be confused with Gymnothorax goldsboroiujlii , which may be distinguished at a glance by its slender, pointed tail, the larger, circular spots, and dark throat-patch, which are its most striking characters. Gymnothorax nullingi Snyder, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Jan. 19, 1904), 518, pi. 4, fig. 7, Honolulu. (Type, No, 50866, U. S. Nat. Mus.) 62. Gymnothorax pictus (Ahl). “ JPuhi kapa’u.” Plate 19. Head 2.75 in trunk; head and trunk about equal to tail; eye a little over 2 in snout, 1.3 in interorbital space; mouth 3; snout 5.5 in head; interorbital space 9.5. Body rather thick, roundly compressed; tail tapering rather thickly posteriorly; head compressed, somewhat swollen above, pointed in front; snout rather long and pointed, tip somewhat blunt; eye small, about midway between tip of snout and corner of mouth; mouth large, horizontal, closing, teeth concealed by the thick lips, snout projecting slightly beyond mandible; teeth powerful, in a single series in jaws, directed backward; teeth on vomer rounded; anterior nostrils in short tubes; posterior nostrils above eye in front; interorbital space convex; skin tough, thick, a number of pores on head; no lateral line; origin of dorsal in last fifth of space between corner of mouth and gill-opening; dorsal rather high; caudal short and rounded. Color in life (No. 03394), light olive dusted with black, the spots forming marblings posteriorly; no black on gill-opening; no dark or light edge on dorsal fin; a slight pale margin on anal; belly pale; no black at angle of mouth. 104 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Color i 11 alcohol, deep brown above, everywhere clouded and mottled with darker, also marked with very line pale broken reticulations, and sides with rather large blotches of deep brown; lower surface of body soiled whitish; gill-openings pale. This description is based chiefly upon an example (No. 03724), 28 inches long, from Kailua, Hawaii. Our collection contains 8 fine specimens (Nos. 03710, 03711, 03717, 03720, 03721, 03722, 03724, and 03725) from the same place, and one (No. 03394) from Honolulu. Other specimens were obtained by the Albatross in 1902 at Honolulu and Puako Bay, Hawaii. Length 2 to 4 feet; our specimens range from 22 to 40 inches. This species is subject to consider- able variation, the form with coarser and darker markings being the M. sidera of Richardson. Muriena picta Ahl, De Mursna et Ophichto, Dissert., Ill, 8, pi. 2, fig. 2, 1789, East Indies. Gymnothorax pictus, Bloch & Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 529, 1801 (after Ahl); Snyder, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Jan. 19, 1904), 518 (Honolulu; Puako Bay, Hawaii). Mursenophis pantherina Lacepede, Hist. Nat, Poiss., V, 028, 041, 013, 1803. no locality given. Murxna-variegata Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Uranie, Zoo!., 240, pi. 52, fig. 1, 1824, Guam. Murxna sidcrca Richardson, Voy. Erebus and Terror, Fish., 85, 1846, Australia. Mursena pfeifferi Bleeker, Nat. Tyds. Nederl. Ind., V, 1853, 173, Macassar; Ceram. Sidera pfeifferi, Kaup, Cat. Apod. Fish., 70, 1856 (Ceram, Macassar, Celebes). Sidera pantherina, Kaup, Cat. Apod. Fish., 71, 1856 (Australia, New Guinea). Gymnothorax pantherinus, Bleeker, Ned. Tyds. Dierk., I, 152, 1S63 (Batjan). 63. Gyninothorax xanthostomus Snyder. Plate 14, fig. 2. Head, measured to gill-opening 8 in length, 4.5 in tail; depth 1.46 in head; snout 5; cleft of mouth 1.6. Snout acutely rounded, lower jaw projecting slightly; profile from tip of snout to inter- orbital area convex and gently rising, that of occipital region rising abruptly, nuchal muscles well developed; diameter of eye 2.5 in snout; width of space between eyes 1.3 in snout; mouth closing completely, the cleft extending about one-third its length beyond posterior margin of orbit; teeth of jaws in a single series, close set and firmly imbedded; those at symphysis small; lateral ones large anteriorly, growing gradually smaller posteriorly, the basal two-thirds of their edges denticulate; a median, depressible canine near tip of upper jaw; vomer without teeth; anterior nostril tube equal in length to diameter of pupil; posterior nostril with a minute rim; gill-opening oval, the diameter equal to 1.5 times that of eye, the lower margin on a level with mouth. Origin of dorsal on a vertical pass- ing midway between corner of mouth and anterior edge of gill-opening, membrane fleshy; height of fin near vent, 1.33 in snout; anal inserted immediately behind the vent, where it is but a low ridge of skin, much higher and less fleshy posteriorly, height near its middle portion equal to half the length of snout; caudal slightly longer than diameter of eye. Color in life, yellowish olive on anterior third, becoming a rich brown posteriorly; head and body covered with conspicuous, light, ocellated spots, the light part of which is clearly defined, the dark part more intense next the white, growing diffuse without; spots on head very small, 0.1 to 0.2 diameter of eye, placed from 1 to 3 times their width from each other, their centers tinged with yellow; behind the gill-opening the spots grow rapidly larger for a short distance, then very gradually increase in size to the tail, where they are nearly as large as the eye and 1 to 2 or 3 times their diameter apart; posteriorly and on the fins the spots are pure white or cream colored; opercles with a brownish black margin; mouth, within and at corners, bright lemon-yellow. The color in alcohol differs but little from that of the living example. Described from the type, No. 50869, U. S. Nat. Mus., 35.83 inches long, obtained in the Honolulu market. Two other examples were obtained from the same place; one agreeing closely with the type, except that the lower jaw projects beyond the upper a distance equal to the diameter of the eye. The belly is without spots. The other (cotype, No. 12792, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus.) has the body very thick and robust, nuchal region greatly enlarged; head 7.46 in length, 4.35 in tail; depth 1.67 in head. This species may be known from all other Hawaiian eels by the yellow mouth and the very large, dark-bordered, white spots in few rows. Gymnothorax xanthostomus Snyder, Bull. U. S. Fish Corum., XXII, 1902 (Jail. 19, 1901), 519, pi. 5, fig. 10, Honolulu. r u in 1.5 r r jq 03 Gymnothorax pictus (Ahl). FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 105 Genus 57. EURYMYCTERA Kaup. The tube of the anterior nostril stretches considerably beyond the lips, and its tip is dilated above and below; posterior nostril surrounded by a funnel-formed border, and situated before the eye. This genus differs from Gymnothorax in the slender, acuminate snout. Eurymyctera Kaup, Apodes, 72, 1856 ( crudelis ). 64. Eurymyctera acutirostris (Abbott). Head much compressed, the facial outline moderately oblique; eye large, circular, equal to 0.2 of length of side of head, measuring from angle of jaws; jaws greatly attenuated, very slender, the lower somewhat the smaller and with a gentle upward curve at its extremity; teeth uniserial, compressed, very acute, the palatines, vomerines, and mandibulars all inwardly directed; the palatine teeth 13, of a uniform size, the series commencing below center of orbit and terminating shortly anteriorly to angle of jaws; 12 compressed acute teeth upon vomer in a direct line, the anterior tooth much the largest; mandible with 26 teeth upon each side, the anterior 4 of each side being nearly 3 time's the others in size, more widely set, the posterior pair with a single, compressed, very small tooth between them; nasal teeth 14, widely set and from 3 to 5 minute teeth between each pair; 3 teeth placed upon mesial line, the second one very slender and the longest tooth in mouth; the third twice as great in circumference, and but little shorter than the second tooth; orbits one diameter distant, and the distance from upper edge of orbit to facial outline equal to distance between lower margin of orbit and free edge of upper lip; gill-opening rather small and oblique; pores upon snout and lateral line not visible; fold of skin enveloping dorsal fin unusually thin and arising within a short distance of occiput, with a slope of about forty-five degrees; gill-opening situated as far posteriorly to commencement of dorsal as that is posterior to angle of jaws; dorsal fin equal in width to 0.88 width of body, with no perceptible decrease until it approaches posterior eighth of body, when it decreases rapidly and at its termination is only equal to one-seventh of width of fin upon back. Ground color in alcohol, dark hair-brown, nearly black upon occiput and cheek, and along base of dorsal fin; head, body, and both fins irregularly reticulated with narrow bands of white, varying in width and becoming yellow on posterior fifth'of dorsal fin, and upon that portion of body, but in a less degree; 3 broken lines of black extending along body from angle of jaws to gill-opening; iris chrome yellow. This species 'is known only from Abbott’s type (No. 998, Mus. Phila. Acad. ) collected in the Hawaiian Islands in 1835 by Dr. .). lv. Townsend. ilurxna acutirostris Abbott, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. I860, 476, Hawaiian Islands; Gunther, Cat., VIII, 127, 1870; after Abbott. I/ycodontis acutirostris , Fowler, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1910, 494, PI. XVIII, tig. 5; from Abbott’s type. Genus 58. ECHIDNA Forster. The name Echidna was suggested for these eels long before its application by Cuvier to a genus of Australian monotremes (properly called Tctch yglossus) , and includes some 12 or 15 species, most of them belonging to the western Pacific. They represent the highest degree of specialization among the morays, as Uropterygius represents the extreme degradation. The genus is well marked, distin- guished from the other morays by the blunt teeth. It is represented in Hawaiian waters by 7 nominal species. Echidna Forster, Enchiridion, 31, 1778 (varier/ata). i Gymnomursena LacOpede, Hist. Nat. Poiss., V, 648, 1803 (doliata = marmorata) . Gymnopsis Rafinesque, Analyse Nature, 1815, 93 (doliata). Pcecilophis Kaup, Apodes, 98, 1856 (catenatus). a. Vertical fins low, almost obsolete; body encircled by alternating light and dark rings, 30 to 100 in number. . zebra, p. 106 cm. Vertical fins well developed; body rings, when present, broader, 20 to 30 in number. b. Jaws completely closing; body color-rings narrower than eye. c. Upper jaw with 1 series of teeth on sides; body with about 27 narrow brown bands alternating with wider light bands; corner of mouth brown without distinct black spot psalion, p. 106 cc. Upper jaw with 2 series of teeth on sides; body with about 23 dark bands, indistinct on middle part of body; corner of mouth with a distinct black spot obscura, p. 107 106 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION, bb. Jaws not completely closing; body color-rings wider than eye. d. Lower jaw with not more than 2 series of teeth on sides; body with alternating light and dark rings, the latter 26 in number. e. Upper jaw with 2 series of teeth on sides; body with reddish brown rings completely encircling it zonata, p. 108 ee. Upper jaw with 1 series of teeth on sides; body not completely encircled by the broad, dark brown cross-bands zonophxa, p. 109 dd. Lower jaw with more than 2 series of teetli on sides; body without alternating light and dark rings, except sometimes near the end of tail. /. Teeth on sides of lower jaw apparently in 3 series; color in life uniform yellowish brown; no reticulated dark blotches on sides leihala , p. 109 ff. Teeth on sides of lower jaw apparently in 4 series; body with from 20 to 25 more or less reticu- lated blotches on the side, sometimes solid and band-like near tail nebulosa, p. 110 65. Echidna zebra (Shaw). Plate 20. Head 5.2 in trunk; tail a little over 2 in head and trunk; eye 1.8 in snout, 2 in interorbital space; snout 7.3 in head; mouth, from tip of snout, 2.75. Body rather deep and compressed; head deep, compressed, and swollen; eye small, anterior, midway between tip of snout and corner of mouth; mouth large, somewhat undulate; snout projecting well beyond tip of mandible; lips thick and fleshy; teeth all broad, smooth, and molar-like; anterior nostrils in fleshy tubes, the posterior pair with their rims slightly elevated, each situated above anterior margin of eye; interorbital space elevated, convex, and as the upper profile of head is concave above the eyes the forehead rises somewhat abruptly behind; gill-openings small; skin smooth, very tough and thick; no lateral line; pectoral fins obsolete; dorsal beginning behind gill-opening; tail deep, strongly compressed posteriorly; caudal with its margin bluntly rounded. The vertical fins in our specimens are rather low, almost obsolete, and not nearly so well defined as shown in Bleeker’s plate. Color in alcohol, deep or dark brown, encircled more or less completely over the body by numerous narrow white cross-bars with blackish margins, which fadeaway into the brown bands between; all of the bands or rings are not complete, though they are very seldom forked or broken up into small bars. Color in life (No. 03543) dark reddish-brown, the dark stripes along or bordering each white band or ring darker brown than the general body color. Another specimen (No. 02994) rich, purplish brown throughout, crossed by about 69 pale yellowish rings, each about one-twelfth of an inch in width, or less than half the eye. Most of these rings are complete or nearly so, some fragmentary, others broken up into spots, soon fading into whitish, and bounded by darker than the general color. The above description is based chiefly upon No. 03543, a specimen 31 inches long, obtained at Honolulu. The collection contains also a specimen (No. 02994) 26 inches long from the same place, and one (No. 03712) from Kailua. Hawaii. Another was obtained by the Albatross at Honolulu in 1902. This species was not obtained by Dr. Jenkins, and does not appear to be abundant among the Hawaiian Islands, but it is very abundant at Samoa. Oymnotliorax zebra Shaw, Natural. Miscell., IX, plate 322, 1797, American seas. Gymnothorax zebra, Bloch & Schneider, Syst. Iehth., 528, 1801; after Shaw. Gymnomurxna doliata Lac6pede, Hist. Nat Poiss., V, 648, 649, pi. 19, fig. 4, 1803, near the coast of New Britain. Murssna zebra, Cuvier, Regne Animal, Ed. I, 234, 1817. Murrena molendinaris Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, I, 1833, 32, Mauritius. Gymnomurxna Jasciata Kaup, Cat. Apod. Fish., 103, fig. 69, 1856, Muscat; on type of M. molendinaris of Bennett. Echidna zebra, Bleeker, Atlas, Ichth., IV, 81, pi. 171, fig. 1, 1864-65 (Sumatra; Kajeli, Buro; Amboyna; Timor); Snyder, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Jan. 19, 1904), 520 (Honolulu). 66. Echidna psalion Jenkins. Fig. 29. Head 7.25 in body, or 3.4 in distance from tip of snout to vent; depth 13; snout 5.5; eye slightly less than snout and slightly nearer tip of snout than angle of mouth; gape 2.5 in head; tip of snout to vent 1.2 in tail; interorbital about equal to eye. Body moderately elongate, compressed posteriorly; tail slender, pointed; gill-opening very small, inconspicuous; anterior nostril tubular, about 2 in eye, near tip of snout, well above the lip; posterior nostril without tube, oval, above eye just anterior to its middle; a series of pores along upper lip and a series on each side of lower jaw; upper jaw with a single series of blunt, conic teeth in front, those on sides smaller and in a single series; roof of mouth with 2 series of large molars; vomer in front with 'R.nH-Ti'g'yi*. jgn3 Plate 20 Echidna zebra (Shaw). FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 107 a single series of about 3 strong, bluntly conical, depressible teeth; lower jaw with 2 series of blunt, conic teeth, the inner the larger; origin of dorsal in front of gill-opening a distance equal to one-fourth the head. Color in alcohol, a series of 27 narrow brown bands alternating with wider light bands, the nar- rowest bands mostly somewhat narrower than eye, the broader ones mostly twice eye; a series of Fig. 29. — Echidna psalion Jenkins; from the type. narrow parallel brown longitudinal lines on side of head in front of gill-opening; the anterior brown band running through eye, the second around head posterior to gape; angle of mouth brown. Only one specimen, type, No. 50685, TJ. S. Nat. Mus. (original No. 2355), 13 inches long, obtained by the Albatross in 1896 at Honolulu. Echidna psalion Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 131, fig. 12, Honolulu. 67. Echidna obscura Jenkins. Fig. 30. Head 8.3 in total length; depth 17; eye 9.5 in head; snout 5.75; interorbital 5.75; gape 2.8; dis- tance from tip of snout to vent slightly less than from vent to tip of tail. Fig. 30. — Echidna obscura Jenkins; from the type. Body moderately elongate, rather deep and somewhat compressed; head narrow, somewhat swollen above; mouth large, the gape extending more than an eye’s diameter beyond eye; lower jaw shorter than upper and somewhat curved; eye about midway between tip of snout and angle of mouth; 108 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. interorbital equals snout; origin of dorsal in front of gill-opening a distance equal to length of mouth; dorsal fin somewhat higher than anal, its height greater than length of snout; tail compressed and moderately slender; a few short conical teeth in anterior parts of each jaw; 2 series of conical teeth in each side of upper jaw; roof of mouth paved with molars, in 2 rows anteriorly, in 4 posteriorly; molars in 2 series in each side of lower jaw; gill-opening small, narrow, length less than diameter of eye; anterior nostril tubular, near tip of snout, considerably above margin of mouth; posterior nostril round and inconspicuous, near middle of upper margin of eye. Color in alcohol, dark brownish with about 23 dark cross-bands mostly as broad as depth of body, indistinct on middle part of body, but quite distinct anteriorly and on tail; alternating with them are white ones which are narrower than eye and which extend on anal and dorsal fins; the edges of the bands jagged, the white bands widening toward the belly; extreme tip of tail brown (in the cotypes the tip is narrowly edged with white); side of lower jaw brown, angle of mouth black with white spot in front on lower jaw; gill-opening without dark border. The 2 cotypes show some differences in color. In the larger example (No. 2351) , 16.5 inches long, the body is more uniformly dark brown and the light cross-bands are very indistinct except on tail; in the other cotvpe (No. 2353), 9.5 inches in length, the white cross-bands are very distinct, all completely encircling the body except 3 or 4 anterior to vent. The species was not taken by us. Three specimens were obtained by Dr. Jenkins in 1889, the type, No. 50686, U. S. Nat. Mus. (field No. 2352), a specimen 12.5 inches long, collected at Honolulu; cotypes, No. 7725, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus. (field No. 2351), a specimen 16.5 inches long; and No. 2754, U. S. Fish Commission (field No. 2353), a specimen 9.5 inches long, both from Honolulu. Echidna obsc ura Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 430, tig 11, Honolulu. 68. Echidna zonata Fowler. Fig. 31. Head 7.2 in total length, or 3.75 in distance from tip of snout to vent; vent about midway between tip of snout and tip of tail; depth about 2.2 in head; eye 10 in head, 1.6 in snout, or 1 in interorbital space; length of mouth 2.7 in head. Body moderately elongate, compressed; tail strongly compressed and pointed; head swollen; mouth moderate, gape reaching beyond eye a distance equal to length of snout; lower jaw shorter Fig. 31 .—Echidna zonata Fowler. Type of E. vincta Jenkins. than upper, curved so that the mouth does not close completely; teeth bluntly conic, in a single series in front in upper jaw, in 2 series laterally; teeth on vomer bluntly conic, in a single series of 3 teeth, depressible anteriorly, in a double series of molar teeth posteriorly, about 7 teeth in each series; lower jaw with a double series of bluntly conic teeth on each side, and a median series of similar teeth. Color in life, body crossed by 25 (by error 24 in drawing) broad reddish-brown nonreticulating bands, the width of those at middle of body exceeding snout and eye; the bands completely encircling the body, and separated- by somewhat narrower light bands; tip of snout yellowish white; the first dark band through eye broadening on interorbital space; second dark band crossing side of head and Bull. U.S.F.C. 1903. Plate 21 FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 109 very broad on nuchal region; tip of tail narrowly white. In some of the cotypes, the dark cross-bands tend to break up below and form reticulations. This species is not rare about Honolulu among the coral rocks. It apparently does not reach a large size, the examples in hand ranging from 15 inches down to 6 inches in length. Echidna vincta Jenkins (type, No. 50687, U. S. Nat. Mus., a specimen 13.5 inches long, obtained at Honolulu. Cotypes, No. 7492, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus., 15 inches long; No. 2753, U. S. F. C.; No. 2753, Field Museum), appears to be identical with this species. Specimens were also obtained by the Albatross at Honolulu in 1902. Echidna zonata Fowler, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1990 (Nov. G), 495, pi. XVIII, fig. 2, Honolulu. (Type, No. 1G484, Phila. Ac.) Echidna polyzona, Fowler, op. cit. 496 (Honolulu); not of Richardson. Echidna vincta Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 429, fig. 1U, Honolulu; Snyder, op. cit. (Jan. 19, 1904),. 521 (Honolulu). 69. Echidna zonophaea Jordan & Evermann. Plate 21. Head 3 in trunk, or 6.5 in total; tail longer than head and trunk by a little more than the snout; eye 2 in snout, 1.5 in interorbital space; snout 6; interorbital space 7.75; mouth 2.8. Body compressed, the tail tapering rather narrowly posteriorly; head deep and compressed, pointed in front; snout rather long and pointed, the tip obtusely rounded and projecting considerably beyond the mandible; eye rather small, midway between tip of mandible and corner of mouth; mandible arched below so that only the anterior teeth touch the front of the jaw above, though the thick fleshy lips conceal them all; teeth molar, those in front of jaws pointed; anterior nostrils in short tubes, the posterior pair above the eye with a slightly elevated margin; interorbital space convex; top of head more or less swollen or convex in profile; gill-opening 1.67 in eye; skin smooth; head with a few pores; origin of dorsal beginning at last fourth of space between corner of mouth and gill-opening; caudal small. Color in alcohol, grayish white, the body and tail crossed by about 25 broad rich-brown bands, extending upon the dorsal and anal fins; dark bands anteriorly broadest above and not meeting across belly, their width about equal to the distance from tip of snout to middle of eye; first brown band through eye, second across nape, the fourth across gill-opening; gray bands of ground color anteriorly broad and widening much upon belly; posteriorly the gray bands are narrower and better defined, especially on the fins, their width scarcely greater than half that of the brown bands; tip of tail very narrowly white; body anteriorly, especially within the gray bands, profusely covered with numerous small, roundish, black specks, less numerous and more scattered posteriorly; no black spots on head; angle of mouth black, with a small white blotch immediately in front on lower jaw, continued across under jaw as a broad whitish band; side of head with about 4 or 5 narrow blackish lines between mouth and gill-opening; region of gill-opening marbled with dark brown and whitish, the opening dark. One example (No. 03545) had much yellow on the head and between the brown zones. This species is known from the type and 3 cotypes, all obtained by us at Honolulu. Echidna zonoplixa Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (April 11, 1903), 167, Honolulu (Type, No. 50621, U. S. Nat. Mus). 70. Echidna leihala Jenkins. Fig. 32. Head 7 in total length; depth 2.1 in head; tip of snout to angle of mouth 2.5 in head; eye 10 in head; interorbital 8.5; gill-opening a very small narrow slit, 3 in eye, with no distinguishing color marking; origin of dorsal well in advance of gill-opening, 3 in head; jaws curving away from each other, closing only at tip; a few sharp fixed teeth in anterior portions of jaws, the remaining all blunt; teeth in anterior portion of upper jaw sharp, in a single series; in the posterior portion a double series of blunt teeth, between which the roof of the mouth is crowded with blunt teeth, becoming as many as 6 series posteriorly; teeth in lower jaw in 2 series anteriorly, becoming blunt posteriorly and apparently in 3 series; anterior nostril tubular, near tip of snout above margin of lip; posterior nostril smooth, near the middle of the upper margin of the eye. Color in life, uniform yellowish brown, not lighter on the belly, being distributed over the whole body in fine granular markings; no transverse bands appearing in life, but evidence of bands, 110 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. especially toward tip of tail, appears some hours after death. (The figure shows alcoholic specimen. ) Snout white, angles of mouth brown; iris yellow; no other conspicuous markings. (Jenkins.) Dr. Jenkins obtained 3 specimens in 1889, as follows: The type, 17 inches in length, No. 50844, U. S. Nat. Mus. (field No. 283), Honolulu; and cotypes, No. 7783, L. S. Jr. Univ. Mus. (field No. Fig. 32. — Echidna leiliala Jenkins; from the type. 2368), 15.5 inches long; and No. 2752, U. S. Fish Commission (field No. 2369), 12 inches long, all from the reef in front of Honolulu. It is possible that this species and zonata, zonophxa , obscura, and psalion are all color variations of one for which the earliest name is Echidna tritor. Echidna leiliala Jenkins, Bull. XT. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 428, fig-. 9, Honolulu. ? Pcecilophis tritor a Vaillant & Sauvage, Rev. et. Mag. Zool., 3d series, III, 287, 1875, Hawaiian Islands. 71. Echidna nebulosa (Ahl) . “Puhikdpa.” Plate I. Head 3.25 in trunk; tail shorter than head and trunk by a little more than snout and eye; eye 2.5 in snout and a little over 2 in interorbital space; snout 5.5; interorbital space 6.5; mouth 2.2. Body compressed; tail tapering gradually; head large, thick, compressed, swollen above, so that the upper profile is convex from eyes; snout deep, compressed, rounded, the extremity blunt; eye small, high, nearer tip of snout than corner of mouth; mouth horizontal; jaws nearly equal; teeth in anterior part of jaws conical, those posterior molardike; anterior nostrils in small tubes, posterior pair above the eyes anteriorly; interorbital space convex; gill-opening a little larger than eye; skin smooth and tough, with some pores on head; origin of dorsal about midway between posterior edge of eye and gill-opening; tip of tail rounded. Color, in alcohol, whitish, finely spotted and speckled with blackish brown, crossed by about 27 cross-bands formed of deep blackisli-brown reticulations, each divided so as to form 2 lateral series; spots on lower surface of body more or less solid, and the ground color with fewer small spots between; tip of snout and caudal white. This description from a specimen (No. 03774) 29 inches long, taken at Honolulu. The puhi kdpa is “a kind of eel that makes havoc among all kinds of fish. Hence Kamehameha (King of Hawaii) was called ‘Puhi k;ipa’ because ‘victorious over all.’ ” a “Tail of same length as body. Branchial opening of same size as eye, surrounded by a black spot more or less distinct. Intermaxillary teeth in a single row in front, in two rows behind, conical and quite short; maxillary teeth shorter, in two rows; the three anterior vomerine teeth weak, of same size as the intermaxillary teeth, a large vomerine plate composed of rounded teeth as those of Daurades, small, numerous, in two rows in front, in six rows in the middle. Anterior mandibulary teeth pointed, in two rows; posterior teeth conical, arranged in three series. Anterior nostril tubes very short. Angle of mouth black; some horizontal black lines under the throat. Honolulu.” (Vaillant & Sauvage.) This brief description is not full enough for certain identification. The species may be identical with E. leiliala Jenkins. FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS, 111 In life the irregular dark areas are dark brown, with chrome-yellow spots, the bars between these dark areas gray and brown; anterior tubular nostril orange; iris orange. An example from Hilo, gray with black spots and bands almost meeting on the belly, and quite meeting on the tail; spots of deep yellow in the black spots, those of belly edged with yellow; anterior nostril orange; snout and chin livid brownish; vent deep yellow, border of ljns grayish white, like tip of tail. The natives say that this eel goes ashore in the grass, wriggling quickly to the water again when disturbed. They also claim that it is savage and will bite. We have a number of specimens from Honolulu, Hilo, and Kailua. Dr. Jenkins obtained one from Honolulu, in 1889, which we have examined, and the Albatross obtained one at Honolulu in 1902. The species is very common at Samoa. Murxna nebnlosa Ahl, De Murwna et Ophichtho, Thumb. Dissert., Ill, 5, pi. 1, fig. 2, 17H9, East Indies. Gymnotlwmx nebulosus, Bloch & Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 528, 1801; after Ahl. Gymnotliorax echidna Bloch & Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 52C, 1801, Huahia; Tahiti. Murxna aphis Riippell, Atlas zu der Reise im Nordl. Afrika, 116, taf. 29, fig. 2, 1828, Red Sea. Thxrodontis aphis, McClelland, Calc. Journ. Nat. Hist., V, 1844, 217. Echidna variegata Forster in Lichtenstein, Descript. Animal., 181, 1844, seas Huahainam; Bolam-Bolam; Tonga-Tabu. Murxna varicgata, Richardson, Voy. Ereb. & Terror, Fish., 94, pi. 47, figs. 1-5 and 11-10, 1846 (Indian Ocean; Chinese Sea; coasts of Australia). Pcccilophis varicgata, Kaup, Cat. Apod. Fish. Brit. Mus., 98, tab. 13, fig. 67, 1856; after Richardson. Murxna nebnlosa, Gunther, Cat., VIII, 130, 1S70 (Port Natal; Zanzibar; Madagascar; Seychelles; India; Moluccas; Amboyna; Macassar; Siam; China Seas: Fiji; Trinity Bay; Australia). Echidna nebnlosa, Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23. 1903), 429 (Honolulu); Snyder, op. cit. (Jan. 19, 1904), 520 (Honolulu). Genus 59. UROPTERYGIUS Ruppell. This genus contains most of those morays with fins altogether wanting, or developed only at the tip of tail; teeth small, pointed, subequal, the mouth of moderate size, and only the anterior nostrils provided with a tube. The typical species have the tail about as long as the rest of the body. Gymnomurxna Lacdpcde, Hist. Nat. Poiss., V, 648, 1803 ( doliata=marmorata ); restricted first by Kaup in 1856 to doliata, which is an Echidna. Ichlhyopwjs Lesson, Voy. de la Coquille, II, 131, 1830 (panlherinus= marmoratus)-, not of Fitzinger 1829, a genus of reptiles. Uroplerygius Riippell, Ncue Wirb., Fische, 83, 1838 ( eoneolor ). Sculica Jordan & Evermann, Fishes North and Mid. Amer., I, 403, 1896 ( necturus ). a. Posterior nostril with elevated rim; jaws equal; no dorsal fin evident marmoratus, p. Ill aa. Posterior nostril without rim; jaws unequal; dorsal fin evident on tail leucurus, p. 112 72. Uropterygius marmoratus (Lacepede). Fig. 33. Head 2.25 in trunk; tail longer than head and trunk by a little less than half of head; eye 2.3 in snout, 2 in interorbital space; snout 5.67 in head; interorbital space 7.5; mouth 2.5. Body compressed; tail tapering gradually behind to a rather thick point; head rather large, compressed, obtusely pointed; snout long, pointed, the tip blunt; eye small, a little nearer tip of snout than corner of mouth ; mouth with thick lips concealing the teeth; teeth large and sharp pointed, biserial in the jaws, the outer series much smaller and more numerous than the inner, which are 112 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. depressible; vomerine teeth in a single median series; anterior nostrils in short tube, the posterior pair with elevated rims; interorbital space elevated; no tins, except an obsolete-rayed development around end of tail. Color in alcohol, dark blackish brown above, paler beneath, marked all over with indistinct blackish reticulations; chin pale brown, somewhat soiled. One adult (No. 03730) 1 1 inches long was obtained by Mr. Goldsborough at Kailua, Hawaii, and about a score of young individuals 1.3 to 4.72 inches long were dredged or taken in the tangles by the Albatross off the south coast of Molokai and between Maui and Lanai in 21 to 4(1 fathoms. In life the young are dark brown, the throat and lower jaw much lighter, almost white in some specimens, there being no dark markings as in the adult. The mucous pores on the head are white. ,Gymnomurxna marmorata Laeepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss., V, G48, 650, 1803, coast of New Britain. Ichthyophis panther iniis Lesson, Voy Coq., Poiss., II, 131, 1826-1830, Oualan, Caroline Islands. fMunvna micropterus Bleeker, Nat. Tvds. Ned. Ind., Ill, 298, 1852, Wahai, southern Ceram. ? Uroplcryrjius xanthoptcrus Bleeker, Nat. Tvds. Ned. Ind., XIX, 350, 1859, Patjitan, southeast Java. tGywnomursena xanthopterus Bleeker, Atlas, IV, 114, pi. 20, fig. 4, 1864. fGymnomuricna micropterus , Bleeker, op. ci t . , 115, pi. 20, fig. 2, 1864. fGymiioinuruma macrocephalus Bleeker, Ned. Tyds. Dierk., 11, 54, 1865, Amboyna. Uropterygius murmoratus, Snyder, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Jan. 19, 1904), 521 (Albatross Stations 3847, 3850, 3872, 3876). 73. Uropterygius leucurus Snyder. Plate 13, fig. 2. Head, measured to gill-opening, 8.3 in length; tail 1.9; depth 2.6 in head; snout 5; cleft of mouth 2.9; lower jaw shorter than upper, tip extending to base of nostril tubes; teeth of jaws in 2 series, outer ones small and close set, inner ones fang-like and widely spaced; a median, depressible fang in upper jaw; a single row of sharp teeth on vomer; anterior nostrils with tubes equal in length to diameter of eye; posterior nostrils without rims, located above eyes; eye located above middle of cleft of mouth; gill-opening a horizontal slit equal to diameter of eye. The dorsal fin becomes evident at a point about half the length of head from tip of tail, being represented anteriorly by a mere fold of the skin which extends to occiput; caudal pointed; a mere trace of an anal which joins the caudal. Color brown, finely spotted above with white; ventrally the spots become elongate and unite, also increasing in size until on the belly the color is white with tine reticulations of brown; upper parts with figures formed by the union of elongate spots; end of snout, upper lip, lower jaw, and throat white; fin around end of tail white. This species resembles the young of U. marmoratus. It differs in color, that form being neither spotted nor otherwise figured with white. The jaws of U. marmoraius are equal, and no dorsal fin is evident on the tail. One specimen, 4.3 inches long, was taken in 28 fathoms of water, station 3874, between Maui and Lanai. Type, No. 50871, U. S. Nat. Mus. Uropten/i/ius leucurus Snyder, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Jan. 19, 1904), 521, pi. (i, fig. 12, Albatross Station 3874, between Maui and Lanai. Genus 60. SCUTICARIA Jordan & Snyder. This genus differs from Uropterygius in having the posterior nostrils in tubes. MunenMemia Kaup, Cat. Apod. Fish., 97, 185G ( tigrina ): not of Lacepede, 1803, which is Mi/xine. Scuticaria Jordan & Snyder, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, 1901, 880 (tigrina). 74. Scuticaria tigrina (Lesson). Plate 22. Head 6.4 in trunk; tail a little over 2 in head and trunk; eye 2.8 in snout, 2.5 in interorbital space'; snout a little over 7 in head; mouth a little over 3. Body very elongate, round; tail compressed, tapering a little posteriorly to a very blunt and rounded tip; head round, blunt in front; snout round and blunt; eye very small, nearer tip of snout than corner of mouth; mouth nearly horizontal, jaws even; lips thick and tough; teeth all sharp- pointed, 2 series 111 upper jaw of which the inner are the larger, mandible with a short double series m front, those^on vomer in a single series; anterior nostrils in short tubes nearer tip of snout, and posterior also in short tubes above anterior margins of eyes; interorbital space elevated and convex; gill-opening equal to eye; skin thick and tough, with a few mucous pores on head; no fins. SC UTI CAR I A TIGRINA (LESSON ). FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 113 Color in alcohol, pale reddish brown, marked everywhere with numerous blotches of blackish brown edged with a paler brown than the general body-color; between the large dark blotches many small spots similarly edged; snout and mandible mottled with dark brown. Here described from a specimen (No. 04815) 42 inches long, taken at Honolulu. We have also a specimen (No. 04831) 40 inches long, from the same place, and 3 others (Nos. 03706, 03718, and 03719), 48, 35, and 35 inches long, respectively, from Kailua, Hawaii. Ichlhyophis iigrinus Lesson, M6m. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, IV, 399, 1829, Borabora, Society Islands. Mursenoblenna tigrina, Bleeker, Act. Soc. Sci. Ind. Neeil., II, 1857, 93. Gymnomurxna tigrina , Bleeker, Atlas. Ichth., IV, 113, pi. 165, fig. 3, 1864 (Prigi, Java; Nova Selma; Cocos Island; Amboyna; Celebes; Timor); Kner, Reise Novara, I, 387, 1867 (Tahiti); Gunther, Cat., VIII, 133, 1870 (Mauritius; Zanzibar; East Indies; India); Smith & Swain, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1882, 121 (Johnston Island). Order H LYOPOMI. This group, which contains the single family of Halosauridx, is thus defined by Gill: Scapular arch constituted by proscapular, postero-temporal and post-temporal, the post-temporal discrete from side of cranium and impinging on supraoccipital; hypercoracoid and hypocoracoid lamellar; a foramen in upper margin of hypocoracoid; -mesocoracoid absent; actinosts normal; cranium with the condyle confined to basioccipital; opercular apparatus characteristic, the preopercle entirely detached from the suspensorium (rudimentary and connected only with the lower jaw); operculum normally connected, subopercle enlarged and partly usurping the usual position of the preopercle, in company with the suborbital chain which is extended backward to the opercular margin; bones of jaws, palatines, and pterygoid complete and normal; anterior vertebras separate; ventrals abnormal. Family XXXIV. HALOSAURIDX. Body elongate, compressed anteriorly, tapering into a very long and slender tail, which becomes compressed and narrowed into a sort of filament; abdomen rounded; scales rather small, cycloid, deciduous; sides of head scaly; lateral line present, running along the side of the belly, its scales in the known species enlarged, each in a pouch of black skin with a luminous organ at its base; no barbels; head subconieal, depressed anteriorly, the flattened snout projecting beyond the mouth; mouth inferior, horizontal, of moderate size, its anterior margin formed by the premaxillaries, its lateral margin by the maxillaries, which are of moderate width; teeth small, in villiform bands, on the jaws, the rudimentary palatines and pterygoids, none on vomer and tongue; eye rather large; facial bones with large mueiferous cavities; opercular apparatus peculiar, the preopercle entirely detached from suspensorium, rudimentary and connected only with lower jaw; opercle normally connected ; subopercle enlarged and partly usurping the usual position of the preopercle, in company with the suborbital chain, wdiich is extended backward to the opercular margin; bones of head unarmed; gills 4, a slit behind the fourth; pseudobranchise none; gillrakers short; gill-membranes separate from the isthmus; branchiostegals numerous (about 14); dorsal fin short, rather high, inserted behind ventrals and before vent; no adipose fin; no caudal fin; anal fin extremely long, extending from vent to tip of tail (its rays about 200 in number) ; ventrals moderate, not very far back; pectorals rather long, narrow, inserted high; no axillary scales; shoulder-girdle weak, its uppermost bone (supraclavicle or post-temporal) touching the cranium at the nuchal region, but not connected with it laterally; air-bladder large, simple; stomach ccecal; pyloric cceca in moderate number; intestines short; ovaries not closed; vertebrae very many, 60-j-x. Fishes of the deep sea. Genus 61. ALDROVANDIA Goode & Bean. Ventrals normal; no second dorsal fin; vertex scaleless; scales of lateral line enlarged, provided with photophores; head i pointed snout and prominent lateral ridges; anal moderate, high, its Height one-third to one-fou. „n that of dorsal. The 3 Hawaiian species of this genus are fully described in Section II. Ahlrovandia Goode & Bean, Oceanic Ichth., 132, 1896 ( rostrata ). Halosouropsis Collett, Poiss. Hirondelle, 146, pi. V, fig. 23, 1896 ( macrochir ). F.C.B.1903— 8 114 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Order I. HEMIBRANCHIL- The Hemibranchs. Interclavicles developed; gills pectinate; post-temporal simple, not furcate; supraclavicle quite small; superior pharyngeal bones reduced in number, the bones of the gill-arches also reduced except in G aster osleidx; inferior pharyngeals present, not united; ventral fins abdominal or subabdominal, joined to the intraclavicle or else detached from it through partial atrophy of the shoulder-girdle; mouth bounded above by premaxillaries only; shoulder-girdle simple in structure; basis of cranium simple and without tube; 4 anterior vertebrae more or less elongate; snout usually more or less pro- duced, the small mouth at its end. A small group, well distinguished from the Percesoces and other Teleocepliali, from ancestors of which it is probably descended, differing in the presence of the inter- clavicles and in the reduction of the shoulder-girdle and other structures. Its relations to the Lophobranchii are close, the characters of the latter being largely extremes of the same modifications. FAMILIES OF HEM I BRANCH 1 1. a. Only one dorsal lin. b. Dorsal preceded by 8 to 12 free spines bb. Dorsal without spines and not followed by iinlets aa. Dorsal fins 2, the anterior of spines only, the posterior of soft rays Family XXXV. AULOSTOMIDtE. — The Trumpet-Fishes. Body compressed, elongate, covered with small ctenoid scales; lateral line continuous; head long; mouth small, at the end of a long, compressed tube; lower jaw prominent, with a barbel at the sym- physis; premaxillary feeble, not protractile; maxillary broad, triangular, with a supplemental bone; teeth minute, in bands, on lower jaw and vomer; branchiostegals 4; gills 4, a slit behind the fourth; pseudobranchife well developed; gillrakers obsolete; gill-membranes separate, free from the isthmus; air-bladder large; spinous dorsal present, of 8-12 very slender free spines; soft dorsal and anal rather long, similiar, posterior, with 23 to 28 rays each; caudal small, rhombic, the middle rays longest, but not produced into a filament; ventrals abdominal, of 6 rays, all articulated; pectorals broad, rounded, the space in front of them scaly; first 4 vertebrae elongated; 2 pyloric coeca. A single genus, with 2 species, found in tropical seas. Genus 62. AULOSTOMUS Lacepede. Characters of the genus included above. Aulostomus Lac6pede, Hist. Nat. Poiss., V, 357, 1803 ( chinensis ). Aulostoma Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, 320, 1850; changed spelling. Polypterichthys Bleeker, Nat. Tyds. Ned. Ind., IV, 1853, 608 ( valentini=chinensis ). Solenostomus Gronow, Oat. Fishes, ed. Gray, 146, 1854 (chinensis). 75. Aulostomus valentini (Bleeker). “ Nunu.” Fig. 34. Head 3; depth 3.75 in snout; snout 1.5; eye 8 in snout; maxillary 4 in snout; mandible 2.65 in snout; D. xi-27; A. 26; scales about 19-250-20. Body elongate, compressed, covered with small ctenoid scales; lateral line continuous, slightly arched over base of pectoral; head long; eye moderate, posterior; mouth small, oblique, at the end of a long compressed tube; lower jaw prominent, hooked and with a barbel at the symphysis; premaxil- lary slender; maxillary broad; minute teeth on lower jaw, vomer, and palatines; dorsal similar to anal, both posterior, dorsal directly over anal, their posterior bases arching and nearly meeting on the long slender caudal peduncle. Color in alcohol, brown with about 14 lighter colored cross-bands, about as wide as eye, extending around the body; base of dorsal and anal black; a black spot on upper anterior half of caudal, and one usually present on lower rays; a similar spot on base of each ventral; first rays of dorsal black; fins otherwise pale yellowish; a black spot on middle of maxillary; sometimes a series of 2 to 5 or 6 small black spots on median line of belly in front of anal; sometimes other black spots on belly. The above description chiefly from a specimen (No. 03327) 19.5 inches long, from Honolulu. Other examples somewhat smaller are darker in coloration, some of them uniform chocolate-brown Aulostomidse, p.114 Fistulariulse, p. 115 Macrorhamphosidse, p. 117 FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 115 without cross-bars except on caudal peduncle and between dorsal and anal fin, where there are light bars which tend to break up into white spots. The caudal usually has the 2 black spots, though the lower one is often absent. The color of this species seems subject to great variation. Garrett, in Fische der Stidsee, figured 2 forms, one a uniform lemon-yellow and another light brown with 5 or 6 rosy-brown longitudinal stripes each less than pupil in width; a narrow line of same color on caudal peduncle with a broader crossbar at each end and one at its middle; head pale rosy with 3 deeper rosy oblique bars on snout; fins all pale rosy; middle caudal rays scarcely rosy; a black spot on maxillary, one on base of ventral and 2 Fig. 3-1. — Aulostomus valentini (Bleeker); after Gunther. on caudal fin. In the yellow figure there is a black spot on maxillary and one on upper caudal rays, but none below nor on ventral. This species is fairly abundant at Honolulu, where specimens were obtained by Jenkins in 1889, by the Albatross in 1896 and 1902, by Wood in 1898, and by us in 1901. The Albatross obtained it also at Laysan, and it occurs at Johnston Island. Polypterichthys valentini Bleeker, Nat. Tyds. Ned. Ind., IV, 1853, 608, Ternate. Aulostoma chinense, Streets, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 7, 74, 1877 (Honolulu); Gunther, Fische der Siidsee, VII, 221, pi. 12.3, figs, band c, 1831 (Hawaiian, Society, Pomotu islands; Aneityum); Steindaehner, Denies. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LXX. 1900, 502 (Honolulu; Laysan). Aulostomus cliinensis, Smith & Swain, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., V, 1882, 121 (Johnston Island); Fowler, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1900, 500 (Oahu); not Fistularia chinensis of Linnaeus, which is based on the American species. Aulostomus valentini Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 437 (Honolulu); Snyder, Bull, U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Jan. 19, 1904), 523 (Honolulu; Laysan Island). Family XXXVI. FISTULARIILLJi. — The Cornet-Fishes. Body extremely elongate, much depressed, broader than deep; scaleless but with bony plates on various parts of the body, mostly covered by the skin; head very long, the anterior bones of the skull much produced, forming a long tube, which terminates in the narrow mouth; this tube formed by the symplectic, proethmoid, metapterygoid, quadrate, palatines, vomer, and mesethmoid; both jaws, and usually the vomer and palatines also, with minute teeth; membrane uniting the bones of the tube below, very lax, so that the tube is capable of much dilation; post-temporal coossified with the cranium; branchiostegals 5 to 7; gills 4, a slit behind the fourth; gill-membranes separate, free from the isthmus; gillrakers obsolete; basibranchial elements wanting; pseudobranchiae present; air-bladder large; spinous dorsal entirely absent; soft dorsal short, posterior, somewhat elevated; anal fin opposite and similar to soft dorsal; caudal fin forked, the middle rays produced into a long filament; pectorals small, with a broad base, preceded by a smooth area as in Gasterosteidie; pectoral ossicles 3; inter- clavicles greatly lengthened; supraclavicles very small; ventral fins very small, wide apart, abdominal (through partial atrophy of the girdle, by which they lose connection with the interclavicles), far in advance of the dorsal, composed of 6 soft rays; pyloric coeca few; intestine short; vertebrae very numerous (4-j-44 to 49-j-28 to 33); the first 4 vertebrae very long. Fishes of the tropical seas, related to the sticklebacks in structure, but with prolonged snout and different ventral fins. A single genus, with few species. BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. 116 Genus 63. FISTULARIA Linnaeus. Characters of the genus included with those of the family. Fistularia Linnaeus, Syst. Nut., Ed. X, 312, 1758 ( tabacaria ). Cannorhynchui Cantor, Malayan Fishes, 211, 1850 ( tabacaria ); Fistularia being preoccupied by Fistularia Donati, 1750, a pre- Linntean genus of Polyps. Flagellaria Gronow, Cat. Fishes, ed. Gray, 146, 1854 ( fistularis=tabacaria ). a. The long plates of posterior portion of lateral line unarmed petimba, p. 116 aa. The long plates of lateral line each armed with a compressed spine directed backward serrata, p. 116 76. Fistularia petimba Lacepede. Head 2.65 in length; depth 13 in head; eye 10 in head; snout 3.5 in body; interorbital 10; man- dible 4.5 in snout; D. 14 (14 to 17); A. 14 or 15. Interorbital space slightly concave with a strong median ridge and fainter lateral ones, diverging both anteriorly and posteriorly; a rosette of short, diverging lines upon top of snout at about one-ninth distance from eye; 2 ridges on upper surface of snout nearest together mesially, then diverging slightly, inclosing a central ridge and coming together again at tip of snout; lateral ridges finely serrate, anteriorly smooth; other ridges smooth, the lower lateral ridge serrate posteriorly, not showing from above; serrations on posterior rim of orbit above and on lateral occipital ridges; body much depressed, entirely smooth; depth one-half width; lateral line along middle of side, ascending, the lines from the 2 sides coming near together on back behind pectorals for a distance about equal to postorbital portion of head; lateral line on large specimens armed posteriorly with a series of embedded keels, which become smaller anteriorly, entirely disappearing somewhat in advance of dorsal; in small examples this keeled portion is asperate; distance of origin of dorsal fin from base of caudal about half length of snout; height of dorsal about twice eye; anal opposite dorsal and similar to it; caudal lobes smaller than dorsal; caudal filament 1.5 in snout; ventrals short, equal to eye. Color in alcohol, brown above, lighter below; fins pale. The above description chiefly from a specimen (No. 03584) 42 inches long, from Honolulu. We have also from Honolulu 2 examples (Nos. 02945 and 03131) 39 and 37 inches long, respectively; 98 examples 6 to 17.5 inches long, from Hilo, and 1 specimen 19 inches long from Kailua; specimensfrom Japan and Samoa, and numerous specimens obtained by the Albatross in 1902 at Honolulu, Hilo, Necker Island, and Hanalei Bay, Kauai. We have examined 13 examples collected in 1889 by Dr. Jenkins at Honolulu, 20 small specimens obtained by the Albatross November 8, 1899, in the harbor of Papeete, Tahiti, and a large example from the Philippines. Snyder mentions finding skeletons of this fish at Necker Island, where the fish had been carried ashore by birds. Fistularia petimba LacepMe, Hist. Nat. Poiss., V, 349, 1803, New Britain, Isle of Reunion, equatorial Pacific; Jenkins, Bull. TJ. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 437 (Honolulu; Tahiti), Snyder, 1. e. (January 19, 1904), 523 (Honolulu: Hilo; Hanalei Bay, Kauai; Necker Island). Fistularia depressa Gunther, Report Shore Fishes, Challenger, 69, pi. 32, fig. D, 1880, Sulu Archipelago (others from Natal; Zanzibar, Amboyna: China; New Guinea; New South Wales, Fiji Islands; and California); Jordan & Evermann, Fishes North & Mid. Amer., I, 757, 1896; Seale, Occas. Papers Bishop Mus., I, No. 3, 64, 1901 (Guam). 77. Fistularia serrata Cuvier. Head 3.6 in length; D. 13 to 15; A. 14 or 15; V. 6; branch iostegals 7. The tube into which the head is produced is exceedingly long, the part of the head situated behind the orbit being contained 6.5 times in its length; it is distinctly serrated on the outer edge, as high as broad near its base, and somewhat compressed in its anterior portion; a vertical cut across its middle would be hexagonal. The cleft of the mouth is horizontal, extending nearly as far backward as the maxillary. Lower jaw prominent; intermaxillary styliform, not protractile; jaws and palatines armed with a series of small teeth; vomerine teeth rudimentary, if present. The upper surface of the tube is covered with a very thin skin; the middle is much more elevated than the lateral portions, at least on the basal half of the tube, and is formed by crenulated ridges, the outer of which arise from the anterior angle of the orbit, first convergent, and then keeping a parallel direction. The lateral edge of the tube is very distinctly serrated and provided with rather prominent spines posteriorly. The eye is elongate ovate, much longer than high, its horizontal diameter one- FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 117 half of its distance from the base of the pectoral fin; it is protected by prominent angles of the frontal bones anteriorly and posteriorly; the bony ridge between the orbits is concave and narrow, its width being less than the vertical diameter of the eye; crown of head rather convex, with slight erenulated strife; nostrils close together, one before the other, in front of the anterior angle of orbit on side of head; opercle not quite twice as long as high, and covered with a thick membrane which is prolonged beyond margin of bone and fixed to base of pectoral; gill-opening wide, but not extending upward beyond base of pectoral; 6 slender branchiostegals; shields of anterior portion of trunk are the follow- ing: 1, a narrow strip along the median line; 2, a pair of broader ones occupying the sides of the back; 3, a narrow one on each side; 4, the pubic bones on the belly. Body depressed, nearly twice as broad as high; naked, without dermal ossifications; lateral line marked by pores and small narrow bony shields, sunk in the skin anteriorly, becoming broader on the tail, and armed with a compressed spine directed backward; spines forming a kind of serrature. Base of pectoral fin obliquely curved; fin somewhat longer than the orbit and rounded; a small foramen posteriorly in its axil; ventral fins widely apart, their distance from, the pectoral 2/7 of that from the caudal; ventrals much shorter than pectoral and composed of 6 soft rays; a series of feeble spines embedded in the skin along median line of back and of abdomen; these spines do not belong to the endoskeleton for if the skin is removed these spines follow, and are easily detached from its outer surface. (Gunther.) Color in life, upper parts dark drab; lower, white; tips of dorsal, anal, and lobes of caudal rosy with dusky shades; pectoral transparent. Fifteen specimens were taken at Honolulu. (Jenkins. ) Not obtained by us in 1901 nor by the Albatross in 1902. Fistularia serrata Cuvier, Regne Animal, Ed. I, II, 349, 1817, America (after Bloch); Gunther, Cat., Ill, 533, 1861 (China; East Indies); Streets, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No, 7, 74, 1877 (Honolulu); Jordan & Gilbert, Synopsis, 390, 1883; Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23,1903), 437 (Honolulu). Fistularia immaculata Cuvier, Regne Animal, Ed. I, 349, 1817, seas of the Indies (after Commerson and John White.) Fistularia commersoni Riippell, Neue Wirbelthiere, Fische, 142, 1837, Red Sea; no definite locality given. Cannorhynchus immaculatus, Cantor, Cat. Malay. Fish., 211, 1850, (Sea of Pinang). Fistularia petimba, Jordan & Snyder, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, 1902, 07 (Japan); not. of Lacepede. Family XXXVII. M AC RO R H A M PH0S 1 1 )7E. Body compressed, oblong, or elevated, covered with small, rough scales; no lateral line; some bony strips on side of back, and on margin of thorax and abdomen, the former sometimes confluent into a shield; bones of skull much prolonged anteriorly, forming a long tube which bears the short jaws at the end; no teeth; gill-openings wide; branchiostegals 4; branchihyals and pharyngeals mostly present, the fourth superior branchihyal and the first and fourth superior pharyngeals only wanting; 2 dorsal fins, the first of 4 to 7 spines, the second of which is very long and strong; soft dorsal and anal moderate; ventral fins small, abdominal, of 1 spine and 5 soft rays; pectorals short: caudal fin emarginate, its middle rays not produced; air-bladder large; pseudobran chise present; gills 4, a slit behind the fourth; vertebrae about 24. the 4 anterior ones much lengthened; no pyloric cceca; intestinal canal short. Genus 64. MACRORHAMPHOSTJS Lacepede. Body oblong, graduating into the caudal peduncle; back straight; dorsal spines about 7; charac- ters otherwise included above. The single Hawaiian species of this genus is fully described in Section II. Macrorhamphosus Lac6pede, Hist. Nat. Poiss., V, 136, 1803 ( cornutus=scolopax ). Centriscus Cuvier, Regne Anim., Ed. I, II, 350, 1817 ( scolopax ; not Centriscus L.)« Macrognathus Gronow, Cat. Fishes, 147, 1854 (scolopax). Orthichthys Gill, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1862, 234 ( velitaris ). Order J. LOPHOBRANCHII. Gills tufted, not laminated, composed of small rounded lobes attached to the gill-arches; interclavicles well developed; scapula suspended to the cranium by a post-temporal; superior branchihyals and pharyngeals, and basal branchihyals wanting or not ossified ; mouth very small, bounded above by the 118 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. premaxillaries; post-temporal simple, eoossified with the cranium; basis of cranium simple; pectoral fins with elevated bases; anterior vertebrae modified, the diapophyses much expanded; air-bladder simple, without air-duct; snout produced, bearing the small, toothless mouth at the end; gill-covers reduced to a large simple plate; skin with bony plates; muscular system little developed; the Syncjna- thidie have neither spinous dorsal nor ventral fins; the Solenostomidx of the Indian Ocean, constituting the suborder Solenostomi, have all the fins well developed. FAMILIES OF LOPHOBRANCHII. a. Spinous and soft dorsal present; ventral fins present; gill-openings wide Solenostomidx, p. 118 aa. Spinous dorsal fin wanting; no ventral fins; gill-openings narrow Syngnathidse, p. 119 Family XXXVIII. SOLENOSTOMIDX. Body compressed; tail very short; snout long, compressed, all parts covered with thin skin, below which is the dermal skeleton with star-like ossifications; spinous dorsal short; soft dorsal and anal long, with elevated base; caudal long; ventrals close together, inserted opposite spinous dorsal, each of 7 rays; the fins free in the male, in the female adnate to the body, forming a large pouch for the reception of the eggs; branchiostegals 4, very thin; intestinal canal simple. Singular fishes of the East Indies, constituting 1 genus. Genus 65. SOLENOSTOMUS Lac5p'ede. Characters of the genus included above. Solenostomus Lac<5pede, Hist. Nat. Poiss., V, 360, 1803 (paradoxus) . 78. Solenostomus cyanopterus Bleekef. Fig. 35. Head 2.2 in length; depth 5; D. v-20; P. 27; V. 7; A. 19; C. 15; depth of snout at middle 4.5 in its length; eye 6.25 in snout; dorsal spines 2 in head; ventral equal to snout or a little more; caudal a little shorter than head; caudal peduncle shorter than base of second dorsal. Color pink, with small black dots like ink specks scattered over head and upper part of body; eye red; fins pale, the spinous dorsal with 2 long black ocelli (said to be dark blue .in life) on mem- branes of first and second spines; besides black dots, caudal with small inky spots like those on body, but more elongate, several of them drawn out into lines. The above description is taken from Jordan and Snyder’s Japanese specimen. The only Hawaiian reference is that given by Bleeker. It is doubtful if the species really occurs in these islands. Solenostomus paradoxus, Bleeker, Nat. Tyds. Ned. Ind., Ill, 1852, 308 (Hawaii and Ceram); Kaup, Lophobranchiates, 1856, 2 (lie de France, India, New Guinea); not of Pallas. ■ Solenostomus eyanopterum Bleeker, Nat. Tyds. Ned. Ind., VI, 1854, 507, Hawaii and Ceram; Gunther, Fishes of Zanzibar, 137, pi. XX, figs. 2, 3, 1866 (Zanzibar); Gunther, Cat. Fish., VIII, 1870, 151 (Zanzibar, Ceram, China); Dum6ril, Hist. Poiss., II, 1870, 497 (New Guinea); Jordan & Snyder, Proc. TJ. S. Nat. Mus., XXIV, 1902 (Sept. 27, 1901), 4, pi. 3 (Boshu (Awa) Japan). Bull. U.S.F.C. 1903. Plate 23 FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 119 Family XXXIX. SYNGN AT H 1 1 >7E. — The Pipe-Fishes. Body elongate, usually slender, covered with bony plates which are firmly connected, forming a bony carapace; head slender, the snout long, tube-like, bearing the short toothless jaws at the end; gill-opening reduced to a small aperture behind the upper part of the opercle; tail long, prehensile or not, usually provided with a small caudal fin; male fishes with an egg-pouch usually placed on the under side of the tail, sometimes on the abdomen, commonly formed of 2 folds of skin which meet on the median line; the eggs are received into this pouch and retained until some time after hatching, when the pouch opens, permitting the young to escape; dorsal fin single, nearly median, of soft rays only; pectorals small or wanting; ventrals none; anal fin minute, usually present. Genera about 15; species 150. Small fishes, found in all warm seas, sometimes entering fresh waters. a. Hippocampinx: Tail prehensile; caudal fin small; head placed at a large angle with axis of body. . . Hippocampus , p. 119 aa. Syngnathinse: Tail not prehensile, usually with a caudal fin; axis of head usually in line with axis of body. b. Egg-pouch of male on body; dorsal with 25 rays; rings 18+14 ... Doryrhcimphus, p. 120 bb. Egg-pouch of male on tail; dorsal with 22 rays; rings 16+36 Ichthyocampus, p. 121 Genus 66. HIPPOCAMPUS Rafinesque. The Sea-Horses. Body strongly compressed, the belly gibbous, tapering abruptly to a long, quadrangular, prehen- sile tail; head with a distinct curved neck, placed nearly at a right angle with the direction of the body, surmounted by a compressed occipital crest, on the top of which is an angular, star-shaped coronet; top and sides of the head with spines; physiognomy remarkably horse-like, like that of a conventional “knight” at chess; body and tail covered with bony plates, forming rings, those on the body each with 6 spines or tubercles, those of the tail with 4 ; pectoral fins present, short and broad ; anal minute, usually present; dorsal fin moderate, opposite the vent; egg-pouch in male a sac at base of the tail, terminating near the vent. Species numerous, in all warm seas. These fishes attach them- selves by their tails to seaweed and other floating substances, and are often carried to great distances by currents. Hippocampus Rafinesque, Indice d’lttiologia Siciliana, 37, 1810 ( heptagonus=hippocampus ). Hippocampus Leach, Zool. Misc., 103, 1814 (hippocampus). a. Eye small, 4 in snout; a short keel in front of coronet hilonis , p. 119 aa. Eye larger, 2.8 in snout; no keel before coronet .fisheri, p. 119 79. Hippocampus hilonis Jordan & Evermann. Plate 23. Eye about 4 in snout; snout 2 in head; D. 16, on 3 rings; rings 12 -j- 35. Tail a little longer than head and trunk; trunk rather deep, compressed, its width 2 in depth; eye small, equal to interorbital width, which is concave, broader posteriorly; gill-opening high, rather large; spines on head and body very blunt, rounded or obsolete, though forming knobs of more or less equal size along tail; coronet with rounded knobs, before which is a short keel or trenchant ridge; base of dorsal about 1.35 in snout. Color in alcohol, dark or blackish brown, more or less uniform. This species is known to us only from the example described above. It is closely related to the Japanese Hippocampus aterrimus Jordan & Snyder, but on comparison with the type of that species, was found to differ in the presence of the keel on the top of the head and in other minor characters. It is also close to H. ringens. Hippocampus Aiionis- Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (April 11, 1903) , 169, Hilo. (Type, No. 50626, U. S. Nat. Mus. Coll. A. M. Wilson.) 80. Hippocampus fisheri Jordan & Evermann. Fig. 36. Eye 2.8 in snout; snout 2 in head; D. 18, on 4 rings; A. 4; P. 15; rings 12-)-34. Tail longer than head and trunk; trunk rather deep, compressed, its width 1.7 in depth; eye small, equal to interorbital width; interorbital Space concave; gill-opening small, high; spines on head and body rather high, sharp; 2 rings on trunk between each pair of larger spines; tail with 3 rings between each pair of larger spines; coronet well developed, with 5 spines; spines over eye blunt; base of dorsal about equal to snout; anal small, long; pectoral broad, rays rather long. 120 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Color in life, trunk below middle row of rings yellowish golden, above middle row blackish brown on orange ground; knobs orange; lower portion of knobs on 8 to 11 rings spotted with dark brown; side and top of tail same as back of trunk; ventral side pale dirty orange; head, crown and snout dirty dark brown; an orange band across snout and one before eyes; pale brownish golden over gills; chin orange; iris yellowish golden with 8 reddish streaks radiating from pupil; fins pale; a red spot before each eye at each side of preorbital spine. Color in alcohol, pale brown, upper surface with dark brown marblings; side with small roundish dark spots. The above description is from the type, No. 50625, U. S. Nat. Mus. (field No. 03835), a specimen 2.6 inches long, obtained at Kailua, Hawaii, where the species was new to the natives. We have 5 other examples, each about 3 inches long, taken from the stomach of a dolphin ( Coryplixna sp. ) which was captured at Hilo, July 18, 1901. When fresh, No. 03507, a male, was pink or pale cardinal along and near the keels; plates on back and above middle row of knobs on side mottled blackish on pale red ground; plates below middle row of knobs and on belly porcelain white; egg-pouch uniform pale cardinal-red, paler than rest of body; tail same pink or pale cardinal, mottled with blackish blotches; top of head and crown blackish on pale red; cheek, jaw, and snout pink. Some examples had ventral side of tail and portion behind fourth prominent spine of tail uniform pale cardinal-red. Hippocampus fisheri Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (April 11, 1903), 169, Kailua, Hawaii. Genus 67. DORYRHAMPHUS Kaup. This genus differs from Siphostoma chiefly in the position of the egg-pouch of the male, which is under the abdomen instead of the tail. The angles of the body are strongly ridged. Tail shorter than body. Tropical seas. Doryrhamphus Kaup, Lophobranchii, 54, 1856 ( excisus ). C/ueroichthys Kaup, op. cit., 55 (valencienni) . Doryichthys Kaup, op. cit., 56 ( bilineatus ). Microphis Kaup, op. cit., 63 ( cuncalus ). Belonichthys Peters, Reise Nach Mosambique, IV, Flussfische, 109, taf. 20, fig. 5, 1868 (zambezensis) . FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 121 81. Doryrhamphus pleurotsenia (Gunther). Fig. 37. D. 25; osseous ring's 18+14; edge of each ring terminating in a slightly prominent spine; lateral line continuous, passing into the lower caudal edge; snout with denticulated ridges; operculum with a slightly oblique raised line, below which are several other radiating keels; snout shorter than remaining portion of head; interorbital space concave, the supraorbital ridge being raised but scarcely serrated; vent behind middle of dorsal fin, equidistant from root of pectoral and snout; distance of snout from vent 1.16 inches; distance of vent from end of caudal 0.75 inch. Color light grayish, with a brownish-black band from snout along the middle of body and caudal fin. Off Honolulu, 18 fathoms. (Gunther.) A specimen was obtained by the Albatross at Honolulu in 1902. Fig. 37. — Doryrhamphus pleurotsenia (Gunther); after Gunther. Our single specimen of this species was lost. The color note taken in the field is as follows: Color in life (No. 03553) with a reddish-brown lateral band from tip of snout through eye to base of caudal, other parts of body olivaceous brown; white band on top of snout from tip to forehead; 2 red spots on each side of snout a short distance behind the angles of mouth ; pectoral, dorsal, and anal transparent; caudal brilliantly colored, dusky orange with brown, margin lemon-yellow. Doryiclithyspleurotxnia Gunther, Challenger Rept., Zool., I, part VI, Shore Fishes, 62, pi. XXVI, fig. D, 1879 (1880), off Honolulu; Snyder, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Jan. 19, 1904), 523 (Honolulu). Genus 68. ICHTHYOCAMPUS Kaup. Head short, with a shorter, compressed, sharp-ridged snout; orbits slightly projecting; operculum round, swollen, higher than broad, and grained like the head; tail almost as thick as the body and sud- denly pointed at the setting on of the very rudimentary caudal fin; anus situated under the beginning of the dorsal fin; the edges of the concave back coalesce with those of the tail into one line which runs without interruption to the caudal fin; egg-pouch of male under the tail. A single species of this genus is known from the Hawaiian Islands. (See Section II.) Ichthyocampus Kaup, Wieg. Archiv, XIX, 1853, 231 ( Syngnathus carce); Kaup, Cat. Lophobranchii, 29, 1856. Order K. SYNENTOGNATHI. — The Synentognathous Fishes. Lower pharyngeal bones fully united; second and third superior pharyngeals variously enlarged, not articulated to the cranium, sending processes forward, the fourth small or fused with the third; vertebrae numerous (45 to 70), the abdominal ones much more numerous than the caudal; ventral fins abdominal, without spine, the rays more than 5; scapula suspended to cranium by a post- temporal bone, which is slender and furcate; articular bone of lower jaw with a small supplemental bone perhaps corresponding to the coronoid bone; parietal bones much produced, well separated by the supraoccipital; supraclavicle not distinct; no interclavicles; no mesocoracoid; maxillary very close to premaxillary and sometimes firmly joined to it, the suture always distinct; basis of cranium double in front, but without muscular tube; no adipose fin; fins without spines; lateral line concur- rent with the belly, peculiar in structure; air-bladder usually large, without pneumatic duct; intesr tinal tract simple, without pyloric coeca. This order is allied to the Haplomi on the one hand and to the Percesoces on the other, and like these groups, it marks the transition from the soft-rayed to the spiny- rayecl fishes. In their anatomical characters the Synentognathi most resemble the latter, but there are never spines in the fins, and the lower pharyngeals are united. The group is divisible into 4 closely related families, wrhich have usually been regarded as subfamilies of one family, Exoccetidse or Scomberesocidx. 122 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. a. Third superior pharyngeal on each side scarcely enlarged, not longer than its anterior process, and armed with compar- atively few (about 15) pointed teeth; fourth superior pharyngeal distinct on each side; lower pharyngeals united into a small linear plate, armed with small teeth; vertebra with zygapophyses; both jaws produced in a long beak in the adult (the upper short in the young); teeth in jaws strong, unequal; maxillaries firmly appressed to the premaxillaries; a distinct suture along the boundary; coronoid bone (attached to the articular) evident. Species carnivorous Belonidse, p. 122 aa. Third superior pharyngeal greatly enlarged, covered with blunt.ish, tricuspid teeth; fourth superior pharyngeal wanting or fused with the third; lower pharyngeals large, fused into a thick triangular bone with transversely concave surface, covered with blunt tricuspid teeth; teeth in jaws always small conic or tricuspid; maxillary close to premaxillary, but not suturally joined to it, there being some open space between; coronoid bone present, but small; no canine teeth; no zygapophyses to the vertebra. b. Third superior pharyngeal solidly joined with its fellow to form an ovoid plate, which sends 2 processes forward; cleft of mouth narrow; lower jaw usually produced; teeth of jaws tricuspid; herbivorous species. . . IlemirampMdx, p. 126 bb. Third superior pharyngeal more or less closely appressed, but not united; dorsal and anal without finlets; pectoral fins more or less produced, forming an organ of flight; species at least partly carnivorous Exocoetidas, p. 130 Family XL. BELONIDSE. — The Needle-fishes. Body elongate, very slender, compressed or not, covered with small, thin scales; lateral line A-ery low, running as a fold along side of belly; both jaws produced in a beak, the lower jaw the longer, very much the longer in the young, tvhich resemble Hemiramphus; maxillaries grown fast to premax- illaries; each jaw with a band of small, sharp teeth, besides a series of longer, wide-set, sharp, conical teeth; no finlets; dorsal fin opposite anal, both fins rather long; air-bladder present; lower pharyngeals united to form a long, slender, narrow plate, with flat surface covered Avith small, pointed teeth; upper pharyngeals distinct, the third pair little enlarged, each with some 15 moderate, unequal, pointed teeth ( Tylosurus marinus), fourth pair Avell developed, with similar teeth, but without anterior processes; A’ertebrae numerous, with zygapophyses; ovary single. Voracious, carniverous fishes, bear- ing a superficial resemblance to the gar-pikes; found in all warm seas, sometimes entering rivers. Genera 4; species about 50, the majority of them American. Their habits are ordinarily much like those of the pike, but Avhen startled they swim along the surface with extraordinary rapidity, often leaping above the water for short distances. When thus leaping the large species of the Tropics are sources of danger to incautious fishermen, sometimes piercing the naked abdomens of the savages. Most of them are good food-fishes, but the green color of the bones of the larger sjrecies often causes them to be avoided for no good reason. a. Gillrakers present Belone, p. 122 aa. Gillrakers none. b. Body subterete or slightly compressed, its breadth more than two-thirds its greatest depth Tylosurus, p. 123 bb. Body much compressed, its breadth not hall its greatest depth Athlennes, p. 126 Genus 69. BELONE Cuvier. This genus differs from Tylosurus in the possession of gillrakers, and is confined to the Old World and the islands of the Pacific. Belone Cuvier, B.5gne Animal, Ed. I, II, 185, 1817 (belone). 82. Belone platyura Bennett. Fig. 38. Head (tip of mandible slightly damaged) about 1.88 in trunk; depth in trunk a little over 16; D. 13; A. 19; P. 12; V. 6; scales about 177 or more to base of caudal; greatest width of head equal to its depth; upper jaw a little OArer 1.5 in head; eye 2 in postocular part of head, 1.25 in interorbital space; pectoral about 4.3 in space between tip of snout and opercle; ventral 6.5. Body elongate, depressed on the back and upper surface and also below, the sides rounded; head long, broadened and flattened aboAre, somewhat constrained beloAv; eye rather large and a trifle longer than deep; jaws A'ery long and slender, the upper much shorter than the loAver, and the groove of maxillary extending well beyond anterior margin of eye; teeth in mandible not extending beyond tip of Upper jaAV, and Avith a median asperous ridge; no vomerine teeth; tongue small, bluntly pointed, a rather thin fleshy flap a little free in front; nasal cavity large and close to upper surface of eye; interorbital space broad and flattened; gill-openings large, the isthmus Arery narrow, long, and slender; gillrakers rather large, in moderate number; no pseudobranchiae; peritoneum gray, or marked with numerous dark dots. FISHES OF HAW All AFT ISLANDS. 123 Scales moderately large and narrowly imbricated, those on middle of back enlarged; no fin flaps; scales on cheeks, opercles and a number of small ones on top of head; lateral line running low or along the ventral part of the body, and posteriorly below keel on side of caudal peduncle; origin of dorsal a little nearer that of ventral than base of caudal and well behind anal; anterior dorsal rays longest, the posterior or last rays also elongated, longer than middle ones but not as long as the anterior; anal with anterior rays longest; caudal deeply emarginate, the rays strong, the lower lobe the longer, and the entire length of the fin a little more than that of pectoral; pectoral with rays all more or less firm and strengthened, the uppermost enlarged; ventrals rather short and placed a little nearer base of pectoral than base of caudal; caudal peduncle very broad and depressed, its greatest width twice its least depth, and with a sharp keel along each side. Color in alcohol, deep blue-black above, sharply defined along the sides from the silvery white of the lower surface; pectoral, ventrals, and anal all more or less grayish. In the young there is a black lateral band and the dorsal is high. This description is from an example (No. 04992) 14 inches long, taken at Kailua. We have a number of examples taken at Honolulu and Kailua. Several were obtained by Dr. Jenkins at Honolulu in 1889, and others by the Albatross in 1902. The species also occurs in Samoa. Belone platyurus Bennett, Proc. Comm. Zool. Soc. London, 1830,168, Mauritius; Jenkins, Bull. II. S. Fish Comm., XXXI, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 433 (Honolulu). Belone platura, Riippell, Neue Wirbelthiere, Fisch., 1837, 73, pi. 20, fig. 1 (Red Sea); Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., XVIII, 451, 1846 (Massawah); Bleeker, Act. Soc. Sci. Indo-Neerl., II, 85, 1857; Gunther, Cat., VI, 237, 1866 (Red Sea, Mauritius, Amboyna); Streets, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 7, 75, 1877 (Honolulu); Steindachner, Denks. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LXX, 1900, 30 (Laysan) ; Snyder, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Jan. 19, 1904), 521 (Honolulu). Belone carinata Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist Nat. Poiss., XVIII, 437, 1846, Hawaiian Islands; Gunther, Cat., VI, 236, 1866 (copied). Mastacembelus plalurus, Bleeker, Nat. Tyds. Dierk., Ill, 1866, 234 (Singapore; Amboyna). Genus 70. TYLOSURUS Cocco. Body elongate, very slender, not much compressed ; both jaws prolonged into a beak, the lower jaw somewhat the longer, much the longer in young fishes, the very young resembling Herairamphus; each jaw armed with a band of small, sharp teeth, beside which is a series of longer, wide-set, sharp, conical, unequal teeth ; no teeth on vomer or palatines; scales small, thin; lateral line running along side of belly, becoming median on the tail, no finlets, dorsal fin more or less elevated anteriorly; caudal fin short, unequally lunated or forked; pectorals moderate; ventrals small, the latter inserted behind the middle of body; gillrakers obsolete; bones usually more or less green; size comparatively large. Species numerous. Voracious fishes, chiefly American, one species crossing to Europe; some of them entering rivers. Only one species is known to occur in the Hawaiian Islands. Tylosurus Cocco, Lettere in Giornale Sci. Sicilia, XVII, 18, 1829 ( cantraini=imperialis=acus ). 124 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. 83. Tylosurus giganteus (Schlegel). “Ahaciha;” “Auau.” Fig. 39. Head a little over 2 in trunk; depth 9.5 in trunk; D. 24; A. 22; P. 14; V. 6; scales about 370 or more to base of caudal; depth of head a little more than its greatest width; eye about 2.13 in post- ocular part of head, 1.3 in interorbital space; pectoral about 3.5 in space between tip of snout and opercle; ventral 3.85. Body elongate, more or less rounded, the sides a little compressed; head long, flattened above, the sides compressed, somewhat constricted below; eye moderate, a little longer than deep; jaws long, strong, and rather powerful, the lower a trifle the longer; groove of maxillary extending posteriorly for nearly half the eye diameter; teeth developed as large canines in both jaws, and with villiform bands along the edges; also a median roughened ridge on the mandible; no vomerine teeth; tongue small, blunt, little free in front, and fleshy; nasal cavity large, close to upper margin of eye and with a thick fleshy flap over the nostril; interorbital space broad, slightly convex; top of head with bony striae; gill-openings large, the isthmus very narrow, long and thin; no gillrakers; no pseudobranchise; peri- toneum gray; scales very small, narrowly imbricated, very much smaller on back than elsewhere; no tin flaps ; cheek scaled, a few scales on top of head, but opercles bare; lateral line running inferiorly along side and up on side of caudal peduncle; origin of dorsal nearer that of ventral than base of caudal by about length of pectoral, the origin of anal only slightly in advance; anterior dorsal rays elongate, those forming posterior half of fin rather long, but shorter than the former; anterior anal rays form- ing a rather long lobe; caudal rays strong, deeply emarginate, lower lobe the longer, length of fin about 2.3 in entire length of head; pectoral rather small, upper ray enlarged; ventrals inserted nearer base of pectoral than base of caudal by a space equal to that between middle of eye and posterior mar- gin of opercle; least width of caudal peduncle only a trifle more than its least depth, the keel along side more or less obsolete. Fig. 39. — Tylosurus giganteus (Schlegel); after Bleeker. Color in alcohol more or less silvery white below, the upper surface greenish brown; fins tinted with yellowish about their bases. This description taken from an example (No. 05006) 18 inches long obtained at Honolulu. We have others taken at Honolulu, one by Dr. Jenkins in 1889. In an example from Hilo the color markings are better preserved. It has a dark or blackish lateral band from over pectoral to near base of caudal, the dorsal, caudal, and pectoral are more or less blackish, and the margin of the preopercle is broadly marked with blackish brown. This fish reaches a rather large size, one of our numerous examples being 40 inches long. It is a food-fish of considerable importance, living in the open sea. Belone gigantea Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., 245, 1846, Nagasaki, Japan. Belone annulata Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat, Poiss., XVIII, 447, pi. 550, 1846, Celebes, Tongatabu, Seychelles, Pondi- cherry; Gunther, Cat., VI, 240, 1866 (Pinang, China, Formosa, Gilolo); Steindachner, Denks. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LXX, 1900, 512 (Honolulu; Samoa). Belone melcinurus Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Genoot., XXII, 1849, 11, Madura, Madura. Belone cylindrica Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Genoot., XXIV, 1852, 13, Bijd, Soend. Mastacembelus choram Bleeker, Ned. Tyds. Dierk., Ill, 1866, 227, East Indies. Mastacembelus annulatus , Bleeker, Atlas Ichth., VI, 48, pi. 258, fig. 3, 1869-71 (Java, Madura, Bawean, Cocos Island, Sumatra, Singapore, Pinang, Bangka, Celebes, Batjan, Ternate, Amboyna). Tylosurus annulatus, Seale, Occas. Pap. Bishop Mus., I, 64, 1901 (Guam). Tylosurus giganteus, Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 433 (Honolulu). FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 125 Genus 71. ATHLENNES Jordan & Fordice. This genus is close to Tylosurus, differing chiefly in the greatly compressed, almost ribbon-shaped body. The single species is American and Pacific. Atlilennes Jordan & Fordice, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 18S6, 342 (Mans). 84. Athlennes Ilians (Cuvier & Valenciennes). “Ahciaha.” Fig. 40. Head (tip of beak broken) 2.6 in trunk; depth 9 in trunk; D. 25; A. 26;- P. 12; V. 6; scales about 520 in a lateral series to base of caudal; depth of head about twice its width; eye about 2 in postocular part of head, 1 and a trifle over in interorbital space; pectoral 3.3 in head; ventral a little over 4. Body very elongate, narrowly compressed, the sides flattened; head flattened on top, the sides strongly compressed and the under surface narrowly constricted; eye rather large, much longer than deep; jaws long, the upper strongly arched upward at the base, so that the mouth can not be closed, the mandible very broad and deep at the base; groove of maxillary extending to below middle of eye at least; many large canines in each jaw, and the floor of the mandible with a median asperous ridge; no vomerine teeth; tongue well developed, rather small, and free in front; nasal cavity large, near upper margin of eye, and with a thick fleshy flap over the nostril; interorbital space broad, flattened; top of head with a few bony strife; gill-opening large, the isthmus a thin frenum; no gillrakers; no pseudobranchiae. Scales very minute and narrowly imbricated; top of head and a large patch on cheeks scaled, otherwise naked; no fin flaps; lateral line running along the ventral surface of body, also along the lower side of caudal peduncle to base of caudal; origin of dorsal a little nearer base of ventral than, that of caudal, and the anterior rays very long and forming a falcate lobe; anal similar to dorsal, the anterior rays long and forming a long falcate lobe, the origin of the fin only a trifle in advance of that of the dorsal; caudal small, the rays rigid, strong, the edge emarginate, and the lower lobe the longer; pectoral with the uppermost ray enlarged; ventrals inserted a trifle nearer anterior margin of nasal cavity than base of caudal; caudal peduncle compressed, its least width two-thirds its least depth, and no keel along sides. Color in alcohol, brown above, the lower portions, including the sides, silvery white, and the fins all more or less brownish; 3 large blackish blotches sometimes present on back below dorsal. This description taken from an example (No. 03561) 30 inches long obtained at Honolulu in 1889 by Dr. Jenkins. We have also 2 others collected by him at Honolulu and 5 large examples col- lected by ourselves from the same locality. The species is recorded by Steindachner from Acapulco. Our specimens range in length from 29 to 40 inches. 126 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. This fish was common in the Honolulu market, where it is regarded as a good food-fish. We have thus far failed to find any difference between the Pacific species and the common Athlenneshians of the West Indies. Bclonc Mans Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., XVIII, 432, 1846, Havana, -Bahia ; Gunther, Cat., vi, 1866, 248 (copied) ; Steiudachner, Ichth. Beitr., Ill, 64, 1875 (Acapulco). Tylosurus Mans , Jordan & Gilbert, Synopsis, 373, 901, 1883. Atlilennes Mans , Jordan & Evermann, Fish. North & Mid. Amer., I, 718, 1896; Jenkins, Bull. U. 8. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 433 (Honolulu); Snyder, op.cit. (Jan. 19, 1904), 521 (Lahaina, Maui). Family XLI. HEM I RAM PH I Dik. — The Balaos. Body elongate, more or less compressed, covered with large cycloid scales; upper jaw short, low'er jaw variable, sometimes much produced, the toothed portion at base fitting against the toothed pre- maxillaries; teeth equal, mostly small and tricuspid; maxillaries ankylosed to premaxillaries; gill- rakers long; caudal fin rounded or forked; if forked, the lower lobe the longer; anal fin modified in the viviparous species (Zenarchopterus) , unmodified in the others and usually similar to the dorsal; no finlets; air-bladder large, sometimes cellular; third upper pharyngeal on each side much enlarged, solidly united with its fellow to form an oval plate, with slightly convex surface and covered with blunt tricuspid teeth; this is about as large as the united lower pharyngeals and fits into the con- cavity of the latter; fourth upper pharyngeal wanting or grown fast to the third; lower pharyngeal large, thick, triangular, with coneave surface; vertebrae about 50. Probably not separable from the Exoccetidse. Herbivorous fishes of the warm seas; mostly shore species, a few pelagic. They feed chiefly on green algae, and, like the related forms, swim at the surface, occasionally leaping into the air. Size rather small, about a foot in length. Genera about 7; species about 75. a. Body moderately compressed; pectoral moderate. Shore fishes. b. Ventrals inserted anteriorly, far in advance of dorsal; air-bladder simple; sides of body more or less con vex Hyporhamphus, p. 126 bb. Ventrals inserted posteriorly, not far before dorsal; air-bladder cellular; sides of body nearly vertical and parallel Hemiramphus, p. 127 aa. Body very slender and compressed, more or less band-like; pectoral fin very long, ventral very short, inserted posteriorly. Pelagic species Euleptorhamphus , p. 128 * Genus 72. HYPORHAMPHUS Gill. The Halfbeaks. Body elongate, moderately compressed, the sides of body not vertical, but more or less convex, the dorsal outline parallel with that of the belly. Upper jaw short; lower jaw prolonged into a slender beak, bordered with membrane, this beak shorter in the young; premaxillaries forming a triangular plate, the teeth of which fit against the toothed portion of the mandible; maxillaries joined to premax- illaries; teeth feeble, mostly tricuspid; gillrakers rather long; head covered with large shield like scales; scales deciduous; caudal fin more or less forked, the lower lobe the longer; no finlets; dorsal and anal similar, opposite each other, not modified in the males; last ray of dorsal usually short; ven- trals small, inserted well forward, nearly midway between opercle and base of caudal. Air-bladder large, simple, not cellular. Young with the lower jaw short. Sides in our species with a distinct silvery band, as in Atlierina. Oviparous. Species numerous in all warm seas, going in large schools, but usually remaining near shore, feeding chiefly on green algse. Size comparatively small. One species known from Hawaiian waters. Hyporhamplius Gill, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1859, 131 ( tricuspidatus = unifasciatus). 85. Hyporhamphus pacificus (Steindachner). Fig. 41. Head (from tip of snout) 4.6 in trunk; depth 9.5 in trunk; D. 15; A. 18; P. 12; Y. 6; scales about 64 in a lateral series; width of head about 1.5 in its depth; snout 2.67 in head; eye 4.25, 1.5 in postocular part of head, about 1.67 in snout, and 1 in interorbital space; pectoral 1.5 in head; ventral 2.67. Body moderately elongate, compressed, the back rounded rather broadly; head flattened above, the sides compressed, and the lower surface narrowly constricted; snout a trifle over 4 in space FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 127 between front margin of eye and tip of beak; eye moderate, a trifle longer than deep; mouth a little less than eye; teeth in small villiform bands in jaws; no teeth on roof of mouth; tongue more or less rounded, rather thick and little free around edges; nasal cavity level with the upper part of eye in front and with a small fleshy flap over nostril; interorbital space flattened, and posteriorly the top of the head slightly convex; gill-opening with a long, thin, narrow' and sharp-edged isthmus; gillrakers numerous, thin, sharp-pointed; no pseudobran chue; scales rather large, very deciduous, and the sides of the head more or less scaly; no scaly fin flaps; lateral line running low along the side to base of caudal; origin of dorsal nearer that of ventral than base of caudal by a space dqual to postocular part of head, and about opposite that of anal; anterior dorsal rays the longest; anal more or less similar to dorsal; caudal well forked, the lower lobe the longer, and the length of the fin a little less than head measured to tip of snout; ventrals small, inserted a little posterior to middle of space between base of pectoral and that of caudal by a space about equal to width of head; caudal peduncle compressed, its least width 2 in its least depth. Color in alcohol, dull brown above, and as the scales have all more or less fallen, the edges of the pockets are narrowly blackish; side with a slaty and a silvery lateral band, both together running to caudal; lower surface of body silvery; all the fins more or less tinged with gray; beak blackish. This description from an example (No. 03562) 10 inches long, taken at Kailua, from which place the collection contains 69 examples, ranging in length from 3 to 10 inches. The usual length seems to be 8 to 10 inches. The species was not seen at Honolulu. Two specimens in the Museum of the Philadelphia Academy (Nos. 7507 and 23338), both young, collected “near the Sandwich Islands” by Dr. Wm. H. Jones, doubtless belong to this species. Hyporhamphus sp., Fowler, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sei. Phila. 1900, 498, near the Hawaiian Islands (young). Hemirhamphus pacificus Steindachner, Denks. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LXX, 1900,511, Laysan Island. Hyporhamphus pacijicus, Snyder, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Jan. 19, 1904), 522 (Laysan Island). Genus 73. HEMIRAMPHUS Cuvier. Body more robust than in Hyporhamphus and different in form, the sides being compressed and nearly vertical and parallel; head and jaws as in Hyporhamphus. Dorsal longer than anal fin and inserted farther forward, its last ray more or less produced in American species; ventral fins small and inserted well backward, much nearer base of caudal than gill-opening; air-bladder cellular, with many partitions (in H. hrowni). Species probably numerous, but most of them have not been examined as to the characters which separate the genus from Hyporhamphus. Only one species known from the Hawaiian Islands. Hemi-Ramphus Cuvier, ROgne Animal, Ed. I, II, 186, 1817 (brasiliensis=browni). 86. Hemiramphus depauperatus Lay & Bennett. “Me’eme’e;” “Iheihe.” Fig. 42. Head (from tip of snout) 4.3 in trunk; depth about 6.1 in trunk; D. 14; A. 13; P. 11; V. 6; scales about 60 iD a lateral series to base of caudal; width of head about 1.5 in its depth; snout 3 in head; eye 4 in head, 1.4 in snout, 1.6 in postocular portion of head, about one in interorbital space; pectoral less than head by about 0.5 eye diameter; ventral 2 in head. Body moderately elongate, rather thick, the sides compressed and flattened; head compressed, more or less flattened and rounded above, the lower surface not constricted narrowly; snout about 4.6 in space between front margin of eye and tip of beak; eye moderately large, longer than deep; mouth about 1.75 in eye; teeth in small villiform bands in the jaws; no teeth on roof of mouth; tongue more or less rounded, thick, and a little free around the edges; nasal cavity moderately large above and in 128 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. front of eye, and with a thick flap over nostril; interorbital space flattened, the top of the head convex posteriorly; gill-opening large, with a long, thin, narrow sharp-edged isthmus; gillrakers rather long, thin, pointed, and numerous; no pseudobranehiie; peritoneum dark brown; scales rather large, very deciduous and narrowly imbricated, especially along the sides; no scaly flaps at bases of pectorals or ventrals; a number of small scales on the basal portions of the anterior dorsal rays. Lateral line running- low along the side to base of caudal; origin of dorsal well before that of anal and about the last fourth of the space between front margin of eye and base of caudal; dorsal with anterior rays longest; anal similar to dorsal, its base 1.5 in that of the latter; caudal forked, the lower lobe much longer and stronger than the upper; pectoral long, the upper ray enlarged and longest; ventrals rather short, the rays all strong, flattened, and the inner ones much the longer, the margin of the fin concave, ending in sharp points; caudal peduncle compressed, its least width 2 in its least depth. Color in alcohol, more or less deep silvery, dull bluish black on the back, and as the scales have all more or less fallen, the edges of the pockets are blackish; sides and lower portions silvery white; fins all more or less gray, the dorsal and caudal deeper; top of the head and beak blackish. This description is from a specimen 14 inches long (No. 03564). We have many specimens, vary- ing in length from 13.5 to 15.5 inches. All were taken at Honolulu, some in 1889 by Dr. Jenkins, who considers the species identical with II. brasiliensis. It may be distinguished from the latter, how- ever, by its longer pectoral fin. ? Esox maxilla inferiors proclvcta Browne, Hist. Jamaica, 443, 1756, Jamaica. f Esox brasiliensis Lin-nseus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 314, 1758, Jamaica; after Browne; the Timucu of Marcgrave wrongly included in the synonymy; Bloch, Ichth., 391, 1801, corrected synonymy and description. ? Hemirhamphus marginatus Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila., II, 1823, 135, Lesser Antilles; not of Forskal. Hemiraniphus depauperatus Lay & Bennett, Zool. Beechey’s Voyage, 66, 1839, Oahu; Fowler, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1900, 499, PI. XIX, fig. 3 (Hawaiian Islands); Snyder, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Jan. 19, 1904), 522 (Hono- lulu; Albatross Station 3834). f Hemirhamphus browni Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., XIX, 13, 1846, Guadaloupe; Martinique. ? Hemirhamphus plevi Cuvier & Valenciennes, 1. c., 19, Martinique; San Domingo; Gunther, Cat., VI, 369, 1866; Meek A Goss, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1884, 225. ? Macrognalhus brevirostris Gronow, Cat., 148, 1854, Jamaica; after Browne. ? Hemirhamphus filamcntosus Poey, Memorias, II, 297, 1861, Cuba. f Hemirhamphus brasiliensis, Gunther, Cat., VI, 270, 1866; Jordan & Gilbert, Synopsis, 224, 1883. Hemiramphus brasiliensis, Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 434 (Honolulu). Genus 74. EULEPTORHAMPHUS Gill. This genus consists of pelagic species related to Ilemiramphus, the body much more slender and greatly compressed, and the pectorals very long, approaching those of the flying-fishes; air-bladder not described, probably cellular. Two or 3 species known, 1 from the Hawaiian Islands. Euleptorhamphus Gill, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1859, 151 (brevoorti = velox) . 87. Euleptorhamphus longirostris (Cuvier) . “Iheihe.” Fig. 43. Head (from tip of snout) 6 in trunk; depth 10.75 in trunk; D. 24; A. 23; P. 9; V. 6; scales about 105, according to the pockets; width of head about 1.25 in its depth; snout about 3.17 in head; eyeabout 3.17 in head, 1.17 in postocular part of head, a little greater than width of interorbital space; jiectoral 1.6 in head to end of broken beak; ventral 3 in head (from tip of snout). Body very long, greatly compressed, the sides flattened, and the middle of the back with a sub- carinate ridge; head compressed, flattened on top and the lower surface narrowly constricted; snout FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 129 about 8 in beak (broken at tip), to front margin of eye; eye rounded, as deep as long; mouth 2 in eye; teeth in small villiform bands in the jaws and on the vomer; tongue rather thick, flattened, fleshy; and a little free in front and around the edges; nasal cavity somewhat small, above the eye in front, and with a well developed fleshy flap; interorbital space broad and flattened and the top of the head posteriorly convex; gill-opening large, the isthmus a rather long thin narrow frenum; gillrakers short, moderately numerous, rather weak, and pointed; no pseudobranchiae; scales rather small, very decidu- ous, the head naked; no scaly fin flaps; lateral line running low along the side; origin of the dorsal about the last third in the space between the front of the nasal cavity and the base of the caudal and well in advance of the anal; dorsal rays long; caudal deeply forked, the lower lobe much the longer; anal long, the rays also long; pectoral very long, and reaching for more than two-thirds the distance to ventrals, the rays all strong and the upper enlarged; ventral very small, only a little posterior to the center of the space between the bases of pectoral and caudal; caudal peduncle with its least width 2 in its least depth. Color in life (No. 02993) pale bluish silvery above; scales on back with darker edges; lower side and belly silvery; top of head dark bluish, side silvery; hill bluish black; fins pale bluish, anal white; upper lobe of caudal with a diffuse curved black band parallel with the edge. Color in alcohol, more or less silvery, dull brown above, and as the scales have all more or less fallen, the edges of the pockets are narrowly blackish; side with a slaty silvery lateral band to caudal; all the fins more or less dull olivaceous gray, the anal and ventrals whitish; beak blackish. This description from an example (No. 03193) 17 inches long, taken at Honolulu, where we obtained many others. We have also examined a number of examples collected by Dr. 0. P. Jenkins at Honolulu in 1889. Our specimens range in length from 16 to 18 inches. Hemiramphus longirostris Cuvier, Regne Animal, Ed. 2, II, 235, 1829, Pondicherry (after Kuddera of Russell); Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., XIX, 52, 1846 (Pondicherry). Hemiramphus marrorhynchus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., XIX, 1846, 55, pi. 556, open sea, 1770 E., y° S. Hemirhampus longirostris, Gunther, Cat., VI, 276, 1866 (copied); Day, Fishes of India, 513, 1877 (Coromandel, coast of India). Hemirhamphus macrorhynchus, Gunther, Cat., VI, 276, 1866 (copied). Euleptorhamphus longirostris, Putnam, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1870, 239; Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 434 (Honolulu); Snyder, op. cit. (Jan. 19, 1904), 522 (Honolulu). F. C. B. 1903—9 130 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Family XLII. EX0C(ET1D/E. -Flying-fishes. I Body oblong or elongate, covered with cycloid scales, which are rather deciduous; lateral line j running very low, along the side of the belly; head more or less scaly with vertical sides; mouth moderate, terminal, the jaws not prolonged into a beak; premaxi Uaries not protractile; hinged at base ! mesially; margin of the upper jaw chiefly formed by the premaxillaries, the short maxillaries enter- ; ing the lateral margin; maxillary free from the premaxillary, its edge slipping under the front of the preorbital; dentition various, the teeth small and weak; dorsal flu without spines, inserted on the posterior part of the body, opposite the anal and more or less similar to it; ventrals abdominal, of several soft rays, inserted posteriorly; pectoral fin inserted high, used as an organ of flight; shoulder- girdle and pectoral muscles very strong; caudal fin forked, the lower lobe the longer; no finlets; vent close in front of anal; nostrils large, double, near the eye; lower pharyngeals enlarged and fully united, forming a large, transversely concave plate, covered with large, close-set, blunt, tricuspid teeth; third upper pharyngeal greatly enlarged, not united with its fellow, both covered with large, blunt, tricuspid teeth; fourth superior pharyngeal wanting in the adult (probably co-ossified with the third) — these characters verified on Exoccetus californicus — vertebrae without zygapophyses; gill-membranes not united, free from the isthmus; pseudobranchiae hidden, glandular; gillrakers various; gills 4, a slit behind the ; fourth; air-bladder very large, not cellular so far as known, and extending far backward among the haemopophyses of the caudal vertebrae; vertebrae about 50; intestinal canal simple, without cceca. Carnivorous or herbivorous fishes. Genera 6 or 8; species about 65; abounding in all warm seas, mostly pelagic, swimming near the surface, and skipping or sailing through the air, sometimes for consider- able distances. a. I’ectoral fins moderate, not reaching beyond middle of dorsal fin; dorsal more or less elevated; anal long, its base scarcely shorter than dorsal. h. Pectoral not reaching the ventrals Evolanlia , p. 130 Mi. Pectoral reaching beyond ventrals to dorsal or for the first third of its length Parexocoetus, p. 131 aa. Pectoral fins very long, their tips usually reaching to base of caudal; lower jaw little prominent, snout short. c. Ventral fins inserted anteriorly, much nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, not used as organs of flight, their tips not reaching nearly to front of dorsal; anal fin long, its base nearly equal to that of dorsal ..Exoccetus p. 132 cc. Ventral fins inserted posteriorly, more or less near base of caudal than tip of snout, used as organs of flight, and their tips reaching past middle of base of anal. d. Anal fin long, equal to dorsal fin Exonautes, p. 133 dd. Anal fin short, not equal to dorsal fin CypsMurus , p. 134 Genus 75. EVOLANTIA Snodgrass & Heller. This genus differs from other genera of flying-fishes chiefly in the short pectoral, which does not reach the ventrals; no teeth on roof of mouth; ventrals small, midway between pectorals and base of caudal. Evolantia Snodgrass & Heller, Fishes of the Galapagos Islands, in Proc. Wash. Ac. Sci., V, 1903 (Sept. 12), 189 (m.icroptera) . 88. Evolantia microptera (Cuvier & Valenciennes). “ Malolo.” Fig. 44. Head 4.25 in length; depth 6; D. 13; A. 15; P. 12; V. 6; scales to base of caudal about 45; about 10 scales in a transverse series to middle of belly; width of head less than its depth and about 2 in its length; snout 4 in head, eye 3.5, 1.5 in postocular part of head, 1 in interorbital space; ventral 2.3 in head; base of dorsal 1.3; pectoral 2.75 in body. Body elongate, compressed; head elongate, pointed in front, the upper profile more or less convex; snout rather short, pointed, and rounded; eye anterior, well behind center of length of head, and the bony rim behind slightly keeled outward; mouth small, superior, the mandible projecting well beyond the snout; teeth in jaws minute, none on roof of mouth; tongue rounded, and free around the edges; nasal cavity moderately small, above eye in front, and with a thick, fleshy flap; interorbital space broad, very slightly concave; gillrakers slender, pointed, rather numerous, and much shorter than the long gill-filaments; peritoneum brown; scales cycloid; lateral line running along the lower part of side; origin of dorsal apparently nearer tip of caudal (damaged) than base of pectoral, and well in advance of the anal; dorsal high, the median ridge elevated; anal high, the anterior rays elevated; caudal deeply forked, the lower lobe the longer; pectoral moderately long, not reaching the origin of FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 131 ventrals; ventrals small, about midway between origin of pectoral and base of caudal, and not reaching anus; caudal peduncle moderately deep and compressed. Color in alcohol, brown above, whitish beneath, washed with silvery; along the side a broad, leaden silvery longitudinal band; pectoral gray-brown, edged with whitish; dorsal and caudal dark, the anal and ventrals whitish. This description from an example 7.5 inches long, obtained at Honolulu in 1889 by Dr. Jenkins. We have a number of others 6 to 7 inches in length from the same place. This species does not appear to reach a greater length than about 8 inches. Exoccetus micropterus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., XIX, 127, 1846, pi. 563, Port King- George, New Holland; Carteret, New Ireland; Buru; Malabar; Bleeker, Act. Soc. Sei. Indo-Neerl., 1, 1856, 63; Giinther, Cat., VI, 279, 1866 (Amboyna). Cypsilurus micropterus, Bleeker, Nederl. Tydsch. Dierk., Ill, 128, 1865 (Amboyna). Evolantia microptera, Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 434 (Honolulu). Genus 76. PAREXOCCETUS Bleeker. Body moderately elongate, elliptical in cross-section; snout short; lower jaw not produced; roof of mouth (vomer, palatines, and pterygoids) fully provided with teeth; pectoral fins moderate, not reaching beyond middle of dorsal; ventrals long, inserted behind middle of body; anal fin about as long as dorsal; dorsal high. Small flying-fishes of the tropical coasts widely distributed. Parexoccetus Bleeker, Nederl. Tydsch. Dierk., Ill, 1865, 126 (mento) . ci. Head about 4 in length; D. 9; A. 10 rostratus , p. 131 aa. Head shorter, 4.67 in length; D. 13; A. 14 brachypterus , p. 131 89. Parexoccetus rostratus (Gunther). Head a little more than 4 in length; depth 5.5; D. 9; A. 10; scales in lateral line 40; 24 scales between occiput and dorsal fin, and 8 longitudinal series between the origins of dorsal and anal; depth of head equaling distance between extremity of snout and center of eye; eye 4.3 in head, less than width of interorbital space, which is flat. Snout much produced, its length a little more than that of postorbital part of head; mouth cleft directed upward, subvertical; dorsal beginning scarcely in advance of anal, elevated, its anterior rays when depressed extending to caudal; anal fin low; lower caudal lobe not much shorter than the head; pectoral reaching to dorsal, its length less than one-half the total body length (without caudal); ven- tral extending to vent. Dorsal black, with the last ray white; pectoral black, with the upper and lower rays white; ventral and anal whitish. Length 6.5 inches. Hawaiian Islands. (Gunther). Known only from the type, which is in the British Museum. Exoccetus rostratus Gunther, Cat., VI, 280, 1866, Hawaiian Islands. 90. Parexocoetus brachypterus ( Solander). “ Malolo;" “ Puhiki’i.” Plate III. Head 4.67 in length; depth 5; D. 13; A. 14; P. 12; V. 6; scales 42 to base of caudal; 8 scales in a transverse series to middle of belly; greatest width of head 1.3 in its depth; snout 4 in head; eye 3, about 1.25 in postocular part of head, 1 in interorbital space; ventral 1.2; depressed dorsal 2.75 in body; pectoral 1.88. Body elongate, spindle-shaped and laterally compressed; head elongate, compressed, pointed; 132 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. snout short, blunt; eye moderately large, impinging upon the upper profile; maxillary small, reach- ing to the anterior margin of the eye; teeth small, villose, the. mandible projecting and pointed; nasal cavity small, and with a small fleshy flap over nostril; interorbital space broad and flattened; gillrakers fine, slender, and rather numerous; peritoneum pale or grayish, with rather dark dots or spots; scales large, cycloid; lateral line running low along the lower part of side and also lower portion of caudal peduncle to base of caudal fin; dorsal very long, the median rays the longest, the edge of the fin rounded and when depressed reaching angle in emargination of caudal fin; origin of dorsal a little in advance of that of anal, or about midway between base of pectoral and tip of upper caudal lobe; anal rather low, the rays not prolonged; caudal deeply forked, the lower lobe much longer than the upper; pectoral very long, reaching the first third of base of dorsal; ventrals long, reaching below second and third anal rays. Color when fresh (No. 03418) with the upper portion of body dark ultramarine blue, the lower surface silvery white; dorsal blue, except a large blackish blotch on the upper marginal portion; pos- terior half of caudal blue; pectoral transparent with a rosy tinge; margin of ventral red, or the color on the first, second, third, and fourth rays rosy above. This description from an example (No. 03418) 6.5 inches long from Honolulu. Our collections from Honolulu contain 29 examples of this species (7 of them numbered 02953 to 02958, and 03418), and 2 specimens obtained at Hilo. Dr. Jenkins obtained 8 specimens at Honolulu in 1889; 2 of these are numbered 150 and 211; 2 other examples (No. 6010) were obtained by Dr. Wood. Specimens were obtained by the Albatross at station 3829 off the southern coast of Molokai. These numerous specimens are almost uniformly 7 inches in total length, which seems to be about the maximum size of this species. This flying fish is apparently the most abundant species among the Hawaiian Islands. Early in June numerous schools were seen near and in the harbor of Honolulu, and it continued a common fish in the Honolulu market during the summer. Exocoetus brachypterus Solander in Richardson, Iehth. China, 2C5, 1846, Otaheite; Gunther, Cat., VI, 280, 1866 (China Seas); Streets, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 7, 75, 1877 (Hawaiian Islands); Steindachner, Denks. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LXX, 1900, 512 (Honolulu and Laysan). Exocoetus hillianus, Gosse, Nat. Sojourn in Jamaica, II, 11, PI. I, fig. 1, 1851 (Jamaica); Ltitken, Vid. Medd. Natur. Foren., 397, 1876 (Atlantic; Antilles; Honolulu). Parexoccetiis mesogaster, Jordan & Meek, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1885, 47 (Hawaiian Islands); Jordan & Evermann, Fishes North & Mid. Amer., 1, 728, 1896; Fowler, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1900, 500 (Hawaiian Islands); (probably not Exoccetus mesogaster of Bloch. ). Parexoccetus brachyterus, Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 435 (Honolulu); Snyder, op. cit. (Jan. 19, 1904), 522 (off southern coast of Molokai) . Genus 77. EXOCCETUS Linnaeus. This genus is characterized mainly by the short ventrals which are anteriorly placed and terminate in advance of the anal fin, not being used as organs of flight; pectoral fins very long; no teeth on palate. Open seas. Exocostus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 316, 1758 (volitans). Halocypselus Weinland, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., VI, 1858, 385 (mesogaster=evolans— volitans). 91. Exoccetus volitans Linnaeus. “Malolo.” Fig. 45. Head 4.25 in length; depth 4.88; D. 12; A. 12; P. 15; V. 6; scales about 42 to base of caudal, 10 scales in a transverse series; head a little deeper than wide; snout 4.5 in head; eye 3.67, 1.67 in post- ocular part of head, 1.3 in interorbital space; ventral 1.75 in head; base of dorsal 1.2; base of anal 1.2. Body elongate, the sides compressed and flattened; head subconic, blunt; snout very obtuse, short, rounded; eye anterior, the posterior margin about the middle of the head; mouth very oblique, superior, the maxillary not reaching the eye, the mandible projecting and the jaws forming a thin, horny, cutting edge; small teeth on vomer; tongue flattened, moderately broad,' rounded and free; nasal cavity moderate, above the eye in front, and with a small thick flap; interorbital space broad, only very slight ly convex; gillrakers slender, rather numerous and not quite half the eye; peritoneum pale; scales large, cycloid, head scaled; lateral line running low and stopping short behind anal fin; origin of dorsal nearer base of pectoral than tip of upper caudal lobe, and a trifle behind origin of anal; anterior dorsal FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 133 rays elevated and the fin similar to anal; caudal deeply forked, the lower lobe much the longer; pectoral very long, the second ray divided, the second and third the longer, and extending to base of caudal; origin of ventral almost midway between tip of snout and middle of base of anal; caudal peduncle rather deep and compressed. Color above, brown, the lower surface whitish, washed with silvery; pectorals dark brown with pale edges; dorsal and caudal more or less grayish; ventrals and anal whitish. Here described from an example 6 inches long, taken at latitude 28° 03' 42" N. , longitude 143° ltV 05" W., by the Albatross, December 21, 1891. We also have another example, a little larger, with the same data, and Dr. Jenkins obtained a small one at Honolulu, in 1889. None was seen by us in 1901. An example came aboard the Albatross at night at about 24° N. and 151° W., and another at station 3808, near Oahu, during the investigations of 1902. Exocoetus volitans Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 316, 1V58, locality not known (after Balk, who copied from Artedi); Jordan & Evermann, Fish. North & Mid. Amer., Ill, 2835, 1898; Fowler, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 190(1, 500 (Hawaiian Islands); Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 435 (Honolulu); Snyder, op. cit. (Jan. 19, 1904), 522 (Albatross stations 3804, 3805, and 3808). Exoccetus evolans Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, 521, 1766 “in Oceano Hispanico’’ (after Gronow); Gunther, Cat., VI, 282, 1866 (Mediterranean; Demerara; between Zanzibar and Seychelles; Java; India; China seas; north coast of Aus- tralia); Liitken, Vid. Medd. Naturh. Foren., 1876, 102, 395. Exoccetus splendens Abel, Narr. Voyage China, 4, 1818, China (vide Valenciennes). Exocoetus georgianus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. I’oiss., XIX, 136, 1846, 50 N., g2° W.; Giinther, Cat., VI, 279, 1866 (copied); Liitken, Vid. Medd. Naturh. Foren., 101, 394, 1876 (young examples with barbel). fEzocoetus monocirrhus Richardson, Ichth. China, 265, 1846, China; Giinther, Cat., VI, 279, 1866 (Sea of China). Exocoetus chilensis Abbott, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 472, Chile. Exoccetus obtusirostris Giinther, Cat., VI, 283, 1866, Cape de Verde Islands; India; New Orleans. Exocoetus speculiger, Streets, Bull. IT. S. Nat. Mus., 7, 75, 1877 (Hawaiian Islands). Halocypselus evolans, Jordan & Gilbert, Synopsis, 377, 1883; Jordan & Meek, Proc. U. S. Nat.. Mus. 1885, 49; Jordan & Ever- mann, Fish. North & Mid. Amer., I, 730, 1896. Halocypselus obtusirostris, Jordan & Gilbert, Synopsis, 378, 1883. Genus 78. EXONAUTES Jordan & Evermann. Exonautes differs from Cypsilurus in the longer anal, which is as long as the dorsal and with about as many rays. Exonautes J ordan & Evermann, Check-list of North American Fishes, 322, 1895 (exsiliens). 134 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. 92. Exonautes gilberti Snyder. Plate 24. Head, to end of opercular flap, 4.6 in length; depth 7; width of body at base of pectorals 7; depth of caudal peduncle 3.6 in head; eye 3; snout 3.6; interorbital space 2.6; D. 10; A. 10; scales in lateral series beginning above base of pectoral 48; between occiput and base of dorsal 32; between lateral line and dorsal 6. As indicated by the above measurements of the body, this is one of the most slender of the flying fishes. Body quadrangular in section; back broader than belly, convex; some of the median scales of back with low keels; interorbital space concave; snout a little shorter than diameter of eye; lower jaw slightly projecting beyond upper; maxillary extending to posterior border oE nostril. No teeth on tongue or roof of mouth, those on jaws scarcely perceptible; gillrakers on first arch 25, long and slender; lateral line disappearing near end of anal tin. The pectoral fin extends to within about an eye’s diameter of base of caudal; has 18 rays, first and second simple; second a third of its length longer than first, which is 3.81 times diameter of eye; third ray divided near tip of first; tip of fin formed by branches of fourth ray, those of fifth being slightly shorter; second ray of dorsal fin longest, 2 in head; base of fin equal to 2 times diameter of eye; anal inserted the width of a scale posterior to dorsal, its base shorter than that of dorsal by an amount equal to the space between 2 rays; height of first and second rays about equal to that of fourth dorsal; ventrals inserted midway between base of caudal and a point anterior to the edge of opercle, a distance equal to diameter of pupil; extending posteriorly a little beyond the base of anal, not beyond tip of last ray when depressed; upper lobe of caudal pointed, its length 3 times the width of the interorbital space; lower lobe an eye’s diameter longer. Color in alcohol, dark brown above, silvery below; pectoral without spots, dusky, the free edge with a white area as wide as pupil, proximal to which is a blackish band two-thirds as wide as the eye; upper or anterior edge of fin light, an indistinct dark area extending along the first to fourth rays; lower or posterior edge of fin along the last 4 rays white; middle rays of ventrals dusky, the fin indistinctly bordered with white; free edge of caudal bordered with white; dorsal dusky; anal white. In life, steel-blue above, silvery below. This species is apparently related to Exonautes rondelelii (Guv. & Yal. ) of the Atlantic. The type (No. 50872, U. S. N. M.) is the only specimen known. It is 10.43 inches long (snout to end of lower caudal lobe). It came aboard the Albatross at night near 28° 30' N. and 140° W. Exonautes gilberti Snyder, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Jan. 19, 1904), 522, pi. V, tig. 13, northeast of Honolulu between Albatross stations 3799 and 3800. Genus 79. CYPSILURUS Swainson. Body elongate, broad above, somewhat compressed; head short, blunt, narrowed below; mouth small; jaws very short, about equal; chin without barbel; maxillaries not joined to the premaxillaries; teeth very feeble or wanting; eyes large; gillrakers moderate; scales large, deciduous; no finlets; dorsal fin short, opposite anal, which is considerably shorter than dorsal; caudal widely forked, the lower lobe the longer; pectoral fins very long, reaching past the beginning of anal, and serving as organs of flight, their great size enabling the fishes to sustain themselves in the air for some time; ventral fins large, posteriorly inserted, also used as organs of flight; air-bladder very large; no pyloric coeca. Species numerous, in all warm seas, living mostly in the open water and swimming in large schools. The species are largely cosmopolitan, differing from Exonautes in the much shorter anal. Cypsilurus Swainson, Class. Fish., II, 296, 1839 ( nuttalli ). a. Dorsal 12; anal 8; scales 43; dorsal plain aa. Dorsal 14; anal 11; scales 50; dorsal black above aaa. Dorsal 15; anal 10; scales 60; dorsal with a large dark spot 93. Cypsilurus simus (Cuvier & Valenciennes). “ Malolo.” Fig. 46. Head 4 in length; depth 4.67; D. 12; A. 8; P. 15; V. 6; scales 43 to base of caudal; 12 scales in a transverse series to middle of belly; greatest width of head about 1.2 in its depth; snout 4.67 in head; eye 3.2, 1.3 in postocular part of head, 1.4 in interorbital space; depth of caudal peduncle about 3 in head; base of dorsal 5 in body; base of anal 3 in head; ventral about, 3.6 in body. simus, p. 134 .bahiensis, p. 136 atrisignis, p. 136 EXONAUTES GILBERTI SNYDER. BULL. U. S. F. C. 1 903 PLATE 24 .. FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 135 Body elongate, the sides compressed and flattened; head subconic, the sides constricted below; snout blunt, rounded and short; eye large, impinging upon the upper profile of the head, and also with its posterior margin a little behind the center of its length; mouth nearly terminal, small, oblique, the small maxillary reaching about below nasal cavity, the mandible included; teeth minute in jaws, none on vomer or palatines; tongue smooth, not broad, rounded and free in front; nasal cavity small, near front of eye above, and with a well developed fleshy flap; interorbital space broad, concave in the middle; about 13 gillrakers developed, the longest nearly a third the length of the eye, compressed and pointed; peritoneum pale; scales rather large, cycloid, and each with several striae, at least on the sides; lateral line running along the lower part of the body, falling short of base of caudal by several scales, behind anal fin; origin of dorsal a little nearer base of pectoral than tip of upper caudal lobe and a little in advance of anus; anal originating below middle of dorsal, similar to dorsal with the anterior rays elevated; caudal deeply forked, the lower lobe much the longer; pectoral very long, falling a little short of base of caudal; ventrals nearer base of caudal than base of pectoral, and reach- ing back nearly to the posterior base of anal; caudal peduncle rather deep, much compressed. Color in life (No. 03421 ) with top of head and upper parts of body reddish purple, lower parts white; membranes of pectoral covered with numerous minute black dots, upper side of rays purplish; outer edge of soft dorsal black; ventrals and anal colorless. One specimen (No. 03424) has a large black area on dorsal fin, the fin itself bright; top of head and body blue, ends silvery; belly white; caudal dusky; no spots on pectoral, upper surface bright purple; ventrals transparent. Other specimens were dark blue above, silvery below with blue reflections; pectoral purple. One (No. 03542) from Honolulu had very large black spots on pectoral. Color in alcohol, brownish above, the lower surface whitish washed with silvery; dorsal, caudal, and pectorals brownish; ventrals and anal whitish. Color in life, dark blue above, silvery below with blue reflections; pectoral purplish, usually with many large round black spots. This description from an example (No. 02945) 12 inches long, taken at Honolulu. Of this species we have 21 examples taken at Honolulu, and we have examined 15 examples taken at the same place by Dr. Jenkins in 1889. Specimens were obtained by the Albatross at Honolulu; Waimeaand Hana- maula Bay, Kauai; and Napili, Molokai. The maximum length of this species is about 14 inches. This is the common flying fish seen in thousands in the sea about Honolulu. Exoccetus simus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., XIX, 105, 1816, Hawaiian Islands. Exoccetus neglectus Sleeker, Ned. Tydsch. Dierk., Ill, 1865, 112, Sumatra; Steindachner, Denks. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LXX, 1900, 512 (Honolulu). Cypsilurus simus , Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 435 (Honolulu); Snyder, op. cit. (Jan. 19. 1904), 522 (Honolulu; Kauai; Molokai). 136 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. 94. Cypsilurus bahiensis (Kanzani). Head 4.67 in length; depth 4.75; D. 14; A. 9 or 10; P. 15; V. 6; scales to base of caudal 50,-14; snout 3.5 in head; eye 4, 1.8 in postocular part of head, 1.5 in interorbital space; base of dorsal 5.5 in body; base of anal 9; length of ventral 4. Body elongate, the sides compressed and flattened; head elongate, subconic; snout moderately elongate, flattened- above, and somewhat obtuse; eye anterior, the posterior margin a little behind center of. length of head, and the eyelid somewhat adipose in front above; mouth oblique, equal to eye, the maxillary reaching below nasal cavity; teeth small and sharp in the jaws, none on vomer and palatines; tongue rather small, elongate, somewhat narrow, rounded and free in front; nasal small, above and in front of eye, and with a shallow groove leading down in front of the eye, the nasal flap thick; interorbital space broad, flattened, or only slightly concave, like the top of the head in front; gillrakers in moderate number, rather short, less than the gill-filaments in length; peritoneum white; scales large, cycloid; head scaled; lateral line running along the lower part of side, stopping behind the anal a few scales before base of caudal; origin of dorsal nearer base of pectoral than tip of upper caudal lobe, before the anus, nearer origin of anal than base of ventrals, the anterior rays elon- gated; anal similar to dorsal, the anterior rays the longer; caudal deeply forked, the lower lobe much the longer; pectoral very long, reaching within a very short distance of the base of caudal; ventrals long, reaching well beyond first anal rays; caudal peduncle deep and compressed. Color in alcohol, brown above, the sides and lower surface white, washed with silvery; pectorals deep brown, more or less margined with white; dorsal with a large black blotch, otherwise pale brown; caudal pale brownish; anal and ventrals whitish. Described from a gravid female (No. 03567) 19 inches long, taken at Hilo in July. We have another example from Hilo and 8 from Honolulu, 3 of the latter taken by Dr. Jenkins in 1889 and 1 by Dr. Wood. The species is readily recognized in life when skimming over the waves by its reddish-brown pectorals. It is common in the sea about Honolulu, but less abundant than C. simus. Exocodus bahiensis Ranzani, Nov. Comm. Ac. Sci. Inst. Bonon., V, 1842, 326.pl. 38, Bahia; Gunther, Cat., VI, 293, 1866; Poey, Synopsis, 384 and 385, 1868; Lut.ken, Vid. Medd. Naturh. Horen., 402, 1876; Jordan & Evermann, Fishes North and Mid. Amer., I. 739, 1896; Steindachner, Denks. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LXX, 1900, 512 (Honolulu). Cypsilurus bahiensis, Jordan & Evermann, Fishes North and Mid. Amer., Ill, 2836, 1898; Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 436 (Honolulu). 95. Cypsilurus atrisignis Jenkins. Plate 25. Head 4.3 in length; depth 5.5; D. 15; A. 10; P. 14; lateral line about 60; scales before dorsal fin 34; scales between origin of dorsal and lateral line 9. Body elongate, broad dorsally, narrow ventrally, broadest just in front of base of pectorals, where it is nearly as broad as the depth; top of posterior portion of head broad, narrowing toward tip of snout, somewhat concave between the eyes; interorbital space equaling distance from posterior margin of eye to margin of opercle; eye large, its center anterior to center of head; snout less than eye, some- what pointed, lower jaw slightly projecting; maxillary included and falling considerably short of anterior margin of eye; pectoral reaching tip of last dorsal ray; ventral reaching to one-third the base of anal, its origin half way between eye and base of caudal; origin of dorsal much in- advance of vent, its distance from first caudal ray 1.4 times head, the longest ray, the anterior one, about 2 in head; lower lobe of caudal the longer. Color in alcohol, dark purple above, light below; dorsal fin with black spot about 0.7 diameter of eye between the eighth and eleventh spines; caudal and ventrals colorless, unmarked; ventrals white, without spots; pectoral rays and membranes very dark purple above, the rays light below, the mem- branes with black spots on anterior and posterior portions. One specimen (No. 197), 13.5 inches in length, was taken by Dr. Jenkins in 1889 at Plonolulu. Type, No. 50713, U. S. N. M. Another is in the museum of Stanford University, taken by Mr. A. P. Lundin, at Kusai (Strong Island), one of the Carolines. » Cypsilurus atrisignis Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 436, pi. 3, Honolulu. (Type, No. 50713, U. S. N. M., Coll. O. P. Jenkins,) CYPSILURUS ATRISIGNIS JENKINS. ' .. . ' FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 137 Order L. ACANTHOPTERI. — The Spiny-rayed Fishes. Anterior vertebrae unmodified and without ossicula auditus; no mesocoracoid and no interclavicles (so far as known); border of mouth formed by premaxillary; maxillary normally distinct from it and always present, but sometimes coossilied with it; gills laminated; shoulder-girdle attached to the skull by a post- temporal, which is normally furcate and usually not coossified with the skull; hyper- coracoid and hypocoracoid distinct, ossified, the former usually perforate; pharyngeals well devel- oped, the lower rarely united, the third upper pharyngeal largest, the fourth often wanting; pectoral actinosts always present, opercular apparatus complete; gill-openings in advance of the pectorals; pectoral fins above the plane of the abdomen; ventral fins more or less anterior, normally attached by the pelvis to the shoulder-girdle, typically with 1 spine and 5 rays, these sometimes wanting, sometimes without spine or with many rays, or otherwise modified; anterior rays of dorsal and anal typically simple or spinous, but all the fin rays often articulate; air-bladder typically without duct in the adult; scales various, typically ctenoid; lateral line usually running high. To this group are referable the great body of existing marine fishes. Suborder PERCESOCES. Ventral fins abdominal, i, 5; branchial arches well developed, the bones all present except the fourth superior branchiliyal; third superior pharyngeal much enlarged; lower pharyngeals distinct; scales cycloid; pectorals elevated, about on a level with the upper posterior angle of opercle; spinous dorsal usually present. a. Lateral line wanting; teeth small or wanting; gillrakers present, long and slender, b. Anal with only 1 or no anal spine, weak; first dorsal with 3 to 8 slender, flexible spines; head elongate; vertebrae more than 35; stomach not gizzard-like; intestine short Atherinidse, p. 137 bb. Anal with 2 or 3 spines, stouter; first dorsal with 4 stiff spines; head short and broad; vertebra fewer than 35, about 24; stomach gizzard-like; intestine long Mugttidx, p. 138 aa. Lateral line present, teeth very strong, unequal; gillrakers very short or obsolete Sphyrxnidx, p. 141 Family X L 1 1 1 . ATHERIN1D/E. — The Silversides. Body rather elongate, somewhat compressed, covered with scales of moderate or small size, which are usually, but not always, cycloid; no lateral line; some scales often with rudimentary mucous tubes; cleft of mouth moderate; teeth small, on jaws and sometimes on vomer and palatines, rarely want- ing; premaxillaries protractile or not; opercular bones without spines orserrature; gill-openings wide, the gill-membranes not connected, free from the isthmus; gills 4, a slit behind the fourth; pseudo- branchite present; gillrakers usually long and slender; branchiostegals 5 or 6; dorsal fins 2, well sepa- rated, the first of 3 to 8 slender flexible spines, the second of soft rays; anal with a weak spine, similar to the soft dorsal, but usually larger; ventral fins small, abdominal, not far back, of 1 small spine and 5 soft rays; pectorals moderate, inserted high; air-bladder present; no pyloric cceca; vertebrae numer- ous, usually about 23 -[-23=46; third and fourth superior pharyngeals coossified, with teeth. Carniv- orous fishes, mostly of small size, living in great schools near the shore in temperate and tropical seas; a few species in fresh water. All the species have a silvery band along the side, this sometimes underlaid by black pigment. Genera about 15, species 60. All that are large enough highly valued as food, hence the common name of “fishes of the king,” Peseados del Rey, orPesceRe, orPeixe Rey. Only one genus of silversides is known from the Hawaiian Islands. Genus 80. ATHERINA (Artedi) Linnaeus. The Friars. Body oblong, compressed; mouth large, terminal, oblique; jaws about equal, their edges nearly straight; maxillary extending to front of eye; premaxillaries narrow posteriorly, strongly protractile; villiform teeth in bands on jaws, vomer, and palatines. Species numerous, mostly European. Atherina (Artedi) Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 315, 1758 ( hepsetus ). Membras Bonaparte, Fauna Italica, 1836 (no type indicated). 138 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION- 96. Atherina insularum Jordan & Evermann. Fig. 47. Head 4 in length; depth 4.75; eye3inhead; snout4; interorbital 2.8; maxillary 2.5; mandible 2.2; D. vi-i, 11; A. 17; scales 46, 6 rows from anterior base of anal upward and forward to spinous dorsal. Body oblong, compressed; head triangular, the sides compressed, top flat; mouth large, oblique, maxillary reaching front of pupil, lower jaw included; teeth in rather broad villiform bands on jaws, vomer, and palatines; interorbital space very broad and flat; snout broad, truncate; origin of spinous dorsal slightly posterior to vertical at vent, slightly nearer tip of snout than base of caudal; longest dorsal spine about 2.4 in head, reaching nearly to vertical at front of anal; distance between spinous and soft dorsals equal to distance from tip of snout to middle of pupil; edge of soft dorsal concave, anterior rays somewhat produced, their length 1.9 in head; last dorsal ray about one-half longer than one preceding; base of soft dorsal 1.8 in head; origin of anal considerably in advance of that of soft dorsal, the fins similar, anterior rays about 1.7 in head, base of anal 1.3 in head; caudal widely forked, the lobes equal; ventral short, barely reaching vent; pectoral short, broad, and slightly falcate, its length about 1.4 in head; scales large, thin, and deep, 19 in front of spinous dorsal, 6 rows between the dorsals and 9 on median line of caudal peduncle. Color when fresh, clear olive-green with darker edges to scales; lateral stripe steel-blue above, fading into the silvery belly; fins uncolored. Color in alcohol, olivaceous above, silvery on sides and below; scales of back and upper part of side with numerous small round coffee-brown specks, disposed chiefly on the edges, median line of back with a darkish stripe; middle of side with a broad silvery band, plumbeous above, especially anteriorly, more silvery below; top of head and snout with numerous dark brownish or black specks; side of head silvery, opercle somewhat dusky, sides and tip of lower jaw dusky; dorsals and caudal somewhat dusky, other tins pale; pectoral without dark tip. This small fish is common inside the reef in shallow bays everywhere in the Hawaiian Islands. Many individuals were seen off the wharf at Lahaina on Maui. Our collections of 1901 contain 20 specimens from Kailua, from 1.5 to 3.5 inches long; 43 from Hilo, 1.5 to 2.25 inches long; and 1 from Honolulu, 2.25 inches in length. Numerous specimens were obtained by the Albatross at Honolulu in 1902, one of which is taken as our type and three others as cotypes. Type, No. 50819, U. S. N. M., 4.25 inches long, obtained by the Albatross at Honolulu. Cotypes, No. 2741, U. 8. F. C., 3.9 inches long; No. 2302, -Am. Mus. Nat. ITist., 3.9 inches long; and No. 4063, Field Col. Mus., 3.5 inches long, all collected at Honolulu by the Albatross. Atherina insularum Jordan & Evermann, Ball. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Apr. 11, 1903), 170, Honolulu (Kailua; Hilo), Jenkins, op. cit. (Sept. 23, 1903), 437 (Honolulu); Snyder, op. cit. (Jan. 19, 1901), 523 (Laysan Island, Albatross stations 3S34, 3860, 3870, and 3905). Family XLIV. MUGILIDtE. — The Mullets. Body oblong, more or less compressed, covered with rather large cycloid scales; no lateral line, but the furrows often deepened on the middle of each scale so as to form lateral streaks; mouth small, the jaws with small teeth, or none, the teeth various in form; premaxillaries protractile; gill-openings FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 139 wide, the membranes separate, free from the isthmus; branchiostegals 5 or 6, gillrakers long and slender; gills 4, a slit behind fourth; pseudobranch he large; 2 short dorsal fins, well separated, the anterior with 4 stiff spines, the last oneof which is much shorter than the others; second dorsal longer than the first, similar to anal; anal spines 2 or 3, graduated; ventral fins abdominal, not far back, composed of 1 spine and 5 rays; caudal forked; air-bladder large, simple; intestinal canal long; peritoneum usually black; vertebrae 24. Genera 8 or 10, species about 100, inhabiting the fresh waters and coasts of warm regions, feeding on organic matter contained in mud. “In the genus Mugil, a con- siderable indigestible portion of the latter is swallowed, and in order to prevent larger bodies from passing into the stomach or substances from passing through the gill-openings, these fishes have the organs of the pharynx modified into a filtering apparatus. They take in a quantity of sand or mud, and, after having worked it for some time between the pharyngeal bones, they eject the roughest and indigestible portion of it. The upper pharyngeals have a rather irregular form; they are slightly arched, the convexity being directed toward the pharyngeal cavity, tapering anteriorly and broad- ening posteriorly. They are coated with a thick soft membrane, which reaches far beyond the margin of the bone, and is studded all over with minute horny cilia. Each branchial arch is provided with a series of long gillrakers, which are laterally bent downward, each series closely fitting to the sides of the adjoining arch; together they constitute a sieve admirably adapted to permit a transit for the water, retaining at the same time every solid substance in the cavity of the pharynx.” (Gunther.) a. Jaws without true teeth; anal spines 3. b. Orbit with a well-developed adipose eyelid covering part of the iris; cilia slender, in one or few series; cleft of mouth chiefly anterior Mugil, p. 139 bh. Orbit without distinct adipose eyelid; cleft of mouth lateral; lower jaw narrow, the upper very thick and very protractile; cilia broad, in many series, pavement-like Chsmomugil, p. 140 aa. Small teeth in 1 or 2 series in the upper jaw, and sometimes in the lower and on the palate; no adipose eyelid; anal spines 3 Myxus, p. Ill Genus 81. MUGIL (Artedi) Linnaeus. Body oblong, somewhat compressed, covered with large scales; head large, convex, scaled above and on sides; mouth small, subinferior, the lower jaw angulated; jaws with one or a few series of short, flexible, ciliiform teeth; no teeth on vomer or palatines; eye large, with a large adipose eyelid, which is little developed in the young; stomach muscular, like the gizzard of a fowl. Species very numerous, living on mud and running in great schools along the shores and in brackish lagoons of all warm regions. Mugil (Artedi) Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 310, 1758 ( ccplialus ). 97. Mugil cephalus Linnaeus. “Amn-amn;” Mullet. Fig. 48. Head 4 in length; depth 4.2; snout 4.2 in head; eye 3.9; D. iv-i, 8; A. in, 8; scales 40,-13, trans- verse series counted from anus upward and backward to soft dorsal; dorsal spine 1.75 in head; soft dorsal 1.6 in head; anterior base of spinous dorsal midway between end of snout and base of caudal. Body oblong, rather robust, slightly compressed; head subconic; lower jaw slightly included; maxillary hidden; no teeth, except a single row of very small teeth in outer fleshy part of upper jaw; jaw narrow, the distance from the symphysis to posterior edge of lip being equal to greatest width of mouth; eye anterior, moderate, the adipose lid covering entire eve except pupil; head scaly; soft dorsal and anal almost naked; soft dorsal concave; 'anal similar to dorsal but not so concave; caudal deeply forked, upper lobe slightly the longer; pectoral not quite reaching to spinous dorsal. Color in life, from a 10.5-inch specimen (No. 02995) taken at Honolulu, bluish gray, white below; cheek dusky; spinous dorsal and pectoral dusky; caudal pale, finely dusted with dark specks, edges dark; anal sparsely dusted; ventrals white. Ten specimens from Honolulu, from 1.5 to 10.5 inches long, and 3 specimens, 3.75 to 4.75 inches long, from Kailua. We have also examined a number of specimens collected by Dr. Jenkins at Hono- lulu in 1889 and 1 specimen 10 inches long collected by R. C. McGregor on Molokai in March, 1900. This species of mullet, the am a am a of the natives, is perhaps the most abundant and important food-fish of the Hawaiian Islands. It is the species which has received most attention from the natives in the way of protection and cultivation. The mullet ponds have been an institution of importance 140 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION, ever since the days of the earliest kings. A full discussion of this subject is given elsewhere in this report. We are unable to find any difference between the Hawaiian ama ama and the striped mullets of the United States, Japan, Chile, or the Mediterranean. If different from any of these it is distinct from all and should receive a new name. Mugil cephalus Linnfeus, Syst. Nat., Erl. X, 316, 1758, European Ocean (based on Artedi); Jordan & Swain, Proc. XJ. S. Nat. Mus. 1884, 263; Jordan & Evermann, Fish. North and Mid. Amer., I, 811,1896; Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 438 (Honolulu). Mugil atbula Llnnseus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, 520, 1766, Charleston, S. C. (Coll. Dr. Garden); Jordan & Gilbert, Synopsis, 403, 1883; Snyder, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Jan. 19, 1904), 523 (Waimea, Huleia.and Hanapepe rivers, Kauai, Honolulu; Station 3844 oft southern coast of Molokai). Mugil tang Bloch, Ichthyologia, XI, 134, pi. 395, 1797, Guinea, Tranquebar. Mugil plumieri Bloch, op. cit. , 136, pi. 396, 1797, St. Vincent, W. I. (on a drawing by Plunder). Mugil ocur Forskal, Red Sea. Mugil ceplialotus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., XI, 98, 1836, Pondicherry. Mugil linealus M itch ill in Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., XI, 96, 1836, New York. Mugil rammclsbergii Tschudi, Fauna Peruana, Iehth., 20, 1845, Peru. Mugil berlandieri Girard, U. S. and Mex. Bound. Surv., 20, pi. 10, figs. 1 to 4, 1859, St. Josephs Island, Indianola; Brazos Santiago; Brazos; Galveston; all on the coast of Texas (coll. Wurdemann, Clark, and Kennerly). Mugil mexicanus Steindachner, Ichth. Beitrage, III, 58, pi. VIII, 1875, Acapulco (no adipose eyelid shown on plate). Mugil ccphalotus Eydoux & Souleyet, Voy. Bonite, I, 175, pi. 4, 1841, Sandwich Islands; Streets, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 7, 73, 1877 (Honolulu). Mugil cephalus, Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., XI, 19, 1836 (Mediterranean). Mugil guentheri, Gill, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1863, 169 (western coastof Central America); not of Steindachner. Mugil dobula, Gunther, Fischc der Stidsee, VI, 214, plate CXX, fig. a, 1877 ( Hawaiian Islands); Gunther, Shore Fishes, Chal- lenger, 61, 1880 (Hilo, Hawaii); Steindachner, Denlts. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LXX, 1900, 501 (Honolulu); not of Gunther, Cat., Ill, 420, 1861, a species from rivers of western Australia. Mugil kelaartii, Fowler, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1900, 500; ibid, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1903, 743 (Sandwich Islands); not of Gunther. Genus 82. CH.ENOMUGIL Gill. Cleft of mouth lateral; lower jaw narrow; dentiform cilia in very many series, broad, flat, and somewhat paved; upper lip very thick; no adipose eyelid. Small mullets of the tropical shores. Chsenomugil Gill, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1863, 169 (proboscideus) . 98. Chaenomug-il chaptalii (Eydoux & Souleyet) “ Uouoa.” Fig. 49. Head 4 in length; depth 3.9; snout 3.75 in head; eye 3.4; D. iv-i, 9; A. in, 10; scales 43,-13. Body robust, more compressed posteriorly; head moderate; snout subconic, rather pointed; mouth slightly oblique, its cleft deeper than long; maxillary entirely hidden; front part of upper lip very thick; lower margin of each lip covered with rather strong papilhe or weak pectinate teeth; lower jaw included, rather narrow; no teeth evident; eye large, anterior; interorbital space convex, 2 in head; first dorsal spine 2 in head; soft dorsal and anal slightly convex; caudal forked, lower lobe the longer and heavier; ventrals truncate; pectoral falcate, 1.3 in head. FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 141 Color in alcohol, dull olivaceous above with silvery reflections gradually fading into lighter and becoming white on belly; top of head and snout brown; indications of brown on opercles; dorsal, caudal, and pectorals dusky, pectorals the darkest; other fins pale. Eight specimens 1 to 9.2 inches long from Honolulu; 33 from 1.2 to 0. 5 inches long from Hilo, and 18 specimens from 2 to 4.5 inches long from Kailua. We have also examined several specimens taken by Doctor Jenkins at Honolulu in 1889. Fig. 49. — Chxnomugil chaplain (Eydoux & Souleyet). Mugil chaplain Eydoux & Souleyet, Voyage Bonite, Zool., I, 171, pi. 4, tig. 1, 1841, Hawaiian Islands. Myxus ( Neomyxus ) srlateri Stein dachner, Ichth. Beitriige, VII, in Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LXXVII, 1878, 384, Kingsmill and Hawaiian islands. Chxnomugil chaptali Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (September 23, 1903), 438 (Honolulu). Genus 83. MYXUS Gunther. Cleft of mouth extending on sides of snout, but not to orbit. Small teeth in a single series in upper jaw, and sometimes in lower and on palate. Upper lip not particularly thick; anterior margin of mandible sharp. Anal spines 3. Myxus Gunther, Cat.., Ill, 466, 1861 (elongatus). Neomyxus Steindachner, Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Wein 1878,77, 384 ( sclateri ). 99. Myxus pacificus Steindachner. Head about 4 in length; depth nearly 4; snout 4 in head; D. iv-i, 8; A. in, 8; scales 39 or 40,-13.5, about 24 scales before the dorsal; head moderately small, the greatest depth about 1.4 in length; greatest breadth between opercles about 1.6 in length of head; upper profile very slightly curved to origin of second dorsal, then falling suddenly the length of the base of this fin; eye with well developed lids; upper lip moderately small; mouth cleft a little longer than broad; preorbital with the lower and posterior edge serrate; between the jaws a band of small movable teeth, those of the outer row larger than those of inner; origin of first dorsal a trifle nearer base of caudal than tip of snout, the first dorsal moderately strong, a little, more than 1.65 length of head; caudal a little longer than head, length of its middle rays about 1.6 times length of head; ventral flap shorter than half length of fin; a dark band along upper edge of pectoral. Length, 5.85 inches. Laysan. (Steindachner.) This species is known from Dr. Steindachner’s description only. Myxus pacificus Steindachner, Denks. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LXX, 1900, 500, Laysan. Family XLV. SPHYR4ENID4i. — The Barracudas. Body elongate, subterete, covered with small cycloid scales; head very long, pointed, pike-like, scaly above and on sides; mouth horizontal, large; jaws elongate, the lower considerably projecting; upper jaw nonprotractile, its border formed by the premaxi llaries, behind which are the broad max- illaries; large sharp teeth of unequal size on both jaws and palatines, none on the vomer; usually a very strong, sharp canine near tip of lower jaw; opercular bones without spines or serratures; gill- 142 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. openings wide, the gill-membranes not united, free from the isthmus; gillrakers very short or obsolete; branchiostegals 7; gills 4, a slit behind the fourth; pseudobranchite well developed; air-bladder large, bifurcate anteriorly; many pyloric cceca; lateral line well developed, straight; pectoral fins short, placed in or below line of axis of body; ventrals i, 5, abdominal, in advance of middle of body; first dorsal over ventrals, of 5 rather stout spines; second dorsal remote from first dorsal, similar to anal and oppo- site to it; caudal fin forked; vertebne 24; first superior pharyngeal not present; second, third, and fourth separate, with teeth; lower pharyngeals separate. A single genus of about 20 species; carniv- orous, pike-like fishes, often of large size, active and voracious, inhabiting warm seas, many of them highly valued as food. Genus 84. SPHYRALNA (Artedi) Bloch & Schneider. Characters of the genus included above. Sphyrsena (Artedi) Bloch & Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 109, 1801 (sphyrxna). Sphserina Swainson, Nat. Hist. Fishes, etc., II, 175, 1839 (europxa=spkyrxna) . a. Scales rather large, 11-85-9 snodgrassi, p. 142 aa. Scales smaller, 14-135-15 helleri , p 143 100. Sphyraena snodgrassi Jenkins. “ Kahu Fig. 50. Head 3.25 in length; depth 6.5; eye 7.3 in head; snout 2.1 ; D.v-i, 9; A. i, 9; scales 11-85-9; longest dorsal spine 3. 1 in head, ray 2.5 in head; anal 2.4; ventral 3.2; pectoral 2.9; interorbital 4.7, nearly twice vertical diameter of eye; maxillary 2.2. Body and head regularly fusiform; lower jaw projecting beyond upper a distance equal to two-thirds diameter of pupil, tip blunt, not terminated by fleshy appendages; eye slightly ovate, larger and anterior; interorbital space flat; maxillary reaching front of eye; suborbital scaled; about 18 rows of vertical scales from eye to edge of preoperele, 8 rows on opercle, those of operele enlarged, rest of head naked; opercle without spines, but with 1 or 2 blunt flexible points; each side of upper jaw with 2 long, sharp, canine teeth in front and 5 or 6 nearly as large but broader teeth , growing gradually smaller posteriorly; lower jaw with 2 large anterior median teeth similar to anterior teeth in upper jaw and back of them a single series of about 15 smaller teeth on each jaw; second and third dorsal spines the longest; caudal forked, lobes equal; anal fin slightly behind soft dorsal, the 2 similar iii form; lateral line slightly decurved on body before second dorsal, posterior part straight. Color in life, dark olive-brown above; side silvery; about 20 very faint short blackish bars just above lateral line, their depth about 4 rows of scales, the bars rather wider than the silvery inter- spaces; membraneous edge of opercle jet black; first dorsal blackish, second with a jet-black central blotch, the tips white; caudal black with white tips; anal like the second dorsal, the blackish blotch fainter; pectoral dusky at base; ventrals white; young with 13 dark crossbars. Description from a specimen 17 inches long. We have 5 specimens 13 to 18 inches long from Honolulu, one 8.25 inches long from Hilo, 6 about 5 inches long from Waialua, and one very large example (No. 04515), 33 inches long, from Honolulu. Specimens 4 to 6 fcfet in length were seen in the market at Honolulu. This is a large voracious species of wide range, entering the open sea. Sphyrsena commcrsonii , Fowler, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. I’hila. 1900, 501 (Hawaiian Islands); Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (Sept. 23, 1903), 438 (Honolulu); Snyder, op. eit. (Jan. 19, 1904), 523 (Honolulu). FISHES OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 143 tSphyrxna dussumieri Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss. , VII, 508, 1831 Red Sea, lie de France, Bourbon. Sphyrxna snodgrassi Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XIX, 1899 (1901), 388, tig. 2, Honolulu (coll. Drs. 0. P. Jenkins aild T. D. Wood. Type, No. 49693, U. S. Nat. Mus.). Sphyrxna again , Steindachner, Denks. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LXX, 500, 1900 (Honolulu); not of Riippell. 101. Sphyrsena helleri Jenkins. “ Kawalea Fig. 51. Hea